Loading...
Plans (4) BUP2015 - 00165 4 OWNER ABBREVIATIONS PROJECT DIRECTORY VENDORDIRECTORYDRAWING INDEX RECEIVED .................... a GENERAL AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE HVAC HEATINAIR-COG ITIONVENTILATINGAND PROPERTY OWNER: MECHANICAUPLUMBING: AUDIO VENDOR: BEER&WINE VENDOR: CASEWORKVENDOR: ACC ACCESSIBLE AIR-CONDITIONING COKE MACHINE VENDOR: A-001 GENERAL INFORMATION : > ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL RTG METRIX COMMUNICATIONS,DIMENSIONAL INC GLA IFR SYN SOR COCA COLA " ACST ACOUSTICAL ID INSIDE DIAMETER A-002 SITE PLAN BUILDING D V I S i(D N 333 NW THxx 9 AVENUE, ITE 1131 W 7TH STREET 11 U SU 1010 S # 0 J I PHONE:360-424-6164 PHONE:714- 7-2 0 89 337x208 PHONE:425-231-7126 AD AREA DRAIN INCL INCLUDE,IN 0 INCLUDING PHONE:3 03-818-2581 A-00 EGRESS PLAN PORTLAND R 72 REN WA 3 ADDM ADDENDUM 0 9 09 TON 98057 INFO INFORMATION RYAN H MAN CONTACT: AG CONTACT:BILLY SCHILLING C G CONTACT:DANIELLE BUTCHER CONTACT:DARRIS DAVENPORT ADJ ADJUSTABLE INSUL INSULATE,INSULATION PHONE:971-888-4423 PHONE:425-336-2822 A-004 RESPONSIBILITY LEGEND AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR INT INTERIOR EMAIL:RYANH@DIMENSIONAL.NET EMAIL:SCDBILL@GLACIER-DESIGN.COM EMAIL:DBUTCHER@SYNSOR.COM EMAIL:DARDAVENPORT@COCA COLA.COM 12011 NE 1st ST AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT IWD INDIRECT WASTE DRAIN €:;<✓- CONTACT:CAMILLE BONE CONTACT:SCOTT MILLER i / / ....,. ! , ........ DEMOLITION ALT ALTERNATE :::::...::.. � Building C Suite 202 r.. ........... EMAIL,CAMILLE.B NE RTP EMAIL.S OTTM METRIXEN . M r , ,..,. .. 0 G M.COM C G CO ,�....,. », � ,,..........:.::... ...::::::::::: .::::..: @ @ DISHWASHER VENDOR, EXTERIOR SIGNAGE VENDOR. FURNITURE VENDOR. ICE MACHINE VENDOR. ALUM ALUMINUM �,l,.:l.:�„ ! s%%�.,.�,,::,<.::.::.::::::...:.:::..:::::::::: :::::.:: JAN JANITOR ::.::.::.::.::.::::::::.:::.;::.;>:.,:.>;;;;;:.;:.::.;:.::.::::.;::.;:.;::.;:.;:.,.;;:.:;;;.;::.;:,:.;<::.;:.,.;:.;:.;:.;:.;;: /.. .... . //�/�,,.. ................................... ... ...... - ��.::..<� ...,,.�<..:. . AD 111 ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLAN ANDD ANODIZED : r %% '�'�' %f it ,: JT JOINT / ,,,,,;;I ..., /i .. Bellevue, WA 98005 ,/,,,, , .,,. ECOLAB CHANDLER SIGNS SMITH&GREENE SMITH&GREENE APPROX APPROXIMATE ./ MD-111 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ,�:::.:.'.:.:.. TENANT: _- :;;:; < < :;. ELECTRICAL' ::.::.:::::::::::.�:::.;:.�::�:.;:.y:.::::;:.::::::.:..............................................................,.............. � / ,....lF.................... ARCHITECT OF RECORD .<, PHONE 651-795-6604 .:.::.:.,:.,.::.::.::.::.::.:::...::..::..,,;::,.::;;;;.::.:::.::.::.::.::.::.::.:::.::.::.:<:.::.::.::.::.;:.<:.;:,�;:..,;,:.;.:,:«.;.::::,.,.:, ,,.:....,,....... .. . PHONE.760-945-7008 PHONE:425-988-6618 PHONE:425-988-6630 APT APARTMENT / KIT KITCHEN >::<>::::::�;'� ,,,.........:..... ............ K N , `::i::i::i::S::S::S::S::S�:::::::: i::i::'<:.': : ::. ................................... MOD SUPER FAS fr / :. .! !':. ,. .. T PIZZA LLC :::::::::::::::::;:::.:;::;:::::::::::::::>::;:::::::::;::::::::::::::::,:;::;::::;::::;:<:;:::........... r.l:.,,:..'::.f»..,...:,.:.:.:::::::::::::::::::::::.:: ARCHITECTURAL ARCH /rfl:.. CASE ENGINEERING CARCHITECT,ARCHITECTURAL CONTACT,AARON BERC CONTACT J D • IM OBYNS CONT MICHELLE CLAYTON. < ACT,TRINA IVERSON CONTACT:MI H LA AUTO AUTOMATIC L LONG ,:....,r r. .. 12011 NE IIST STREET, BUILDING C#202 19515 NORTH CREEK PARKWAY #302 EMAIL: AARON.BERCE COLAB.COM EMAIL: JDOBYNS CHANDLER I NS.COM EMAIL:TRINAI SMITHAND REENE. OM EMAIL:MICHE LEC SMITHANDGREENE. COM A-101 SLAB PLAN AV AUDIO VISUAL LAM LAMINATE,LAMINATED BELLEV E WA U 98005 AWP ACOUSTICALAN LA ,.� ,,....: BOTHELL WA 98011 WALL P ELS U LAUNDRY , A-111 FLOOR PLAN LAV LAVATORY A ATORY .:. ./ . DESIGN MA NAGER PHONE:425-402-9400 INTERIOR GRAPHICS S VENDOR: KITCHEN&PLUMBING EQUIPMENTUI PMENT VENDOR: LIGHTING VENDOR: MEN VENDOR: R: BB BULLETIN BOARD LT LIGHT A-1 12 FINISH H PLAN CONTACT:JOHN KRIT IS SUPERIOR IMAGING SMITH&GREENE NORTH COAST LIGHTING M3MESSEN MESSENGER BABY CHANGING TABLE LTG LIGHTING -209-0156 ONE:42 -113 BD BOARD A EQUIPMENT &FURNITURE PLANEMAIL:JOHN CASEENG.COM PHONE,425 988 6116 PHONE.425-988-6630 PHONE:206-812-3683 PHONE:206 342-1900CONTACT.CHRISTY MONGE ,............�..:,..::./.,..../..r.....r.. r MAS BUILDING MASONRY : CONTACT:JERRY ROSHAU CONTACT: MICHELLE CLAYTON CONTACT:RYAN SCHLEMM ER CONTACT:ANJIE COLLINS A-121 REFLECTED FILING PLAN BLKG BLOCKING MATL MATERIAL EMAIL:CHRISTINEM MODPIZZA.COM B0 BOTTOM MAX MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL, EMAIL,JERRYR SUPERIORIMAGING.COM EMAIL,MICHELLEC SMITHANDGREENE.COM EMAIL.RSCHLEMM NCLIGHTING.COM EMAIL:ANJIE MESSENGER.COM A-201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS r .../ BOT BOTTOM MECH MECHANICAL , r r,.....! CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ARMOUR N DERFER ENGINEERING<:;<:.:::l ,.�l:,,.............,.. ..�......... -PIZZA ENGINE MED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS G MEDIUM A-401 ENLARGED BRG BEARING /,..,............. . G ,f..,. ...,. >::..:.:,...r«.. ....... ! ....... PHONE:206 10-1 P V VENDOR: r./. , 3 089 OS VENDOR: SECURITY V 0 VE D „ ..,, N VENDOR:0 0 OVEN HOOD VENDOR: ME MB 00 BRZ BRONZE M MB MEMBRA E // .�r ! ,�! / �-;:: 555116TH AVE NE #118 /. / �.,..:. ,ter� /�,�`,... RAPH IT ;:.,::,,:.r:r/ ///!.,/,%.::: -IN LER G E LAN AND DETAIL -WALK C00 ;; ., A-4 2 ENLAR EDP S S B MT BASEMENT MEZZ MEZZANI�E :..:....r.„�,,::1.::::::::...:::::.:::::<.::::,::::::::.,,:..... ...f/ ......... 0 G S S ENT ,..... .i..,,................................................... .:.:/,.,:.......... CONT C A T, GREG PARSONS MOD PIZZA TBD :......l:,:.:< EARTHSTONE CAPTIVE AIRF SYSTEMS REGION 85 ;:: f .. . ...,..::: BELLEVUE WA 98004 '.::::�::�::�::�::�:::i::�::�:;::�::�::�::�'::�::�:�:��::%:::i::::�::�::�::�::�::�:::::i::�::�::�::�:::�::�::�:':::�::6.,;:i�::�::�::�:::is;yi::::::�::%k:5<i>i'+.:l:ir,.;+.....,.../rr .1.,........ I MGT MANAGEMENT ,..,,.,.,r .::..::::.:..::: Gra hlte Design BUR BUILT A 6MENT /.............. I T UP ROOFING ::::. -RE TR M p 9 ,: ......:.::.::.::.:::::>::>::> _:..:........ :. E - - A-40 ENLARGED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS S 00 S MAIL.GREGP NE. 3 ;':.::.:::::::.:::.:: MODPIZZA.CO - - - PH NE.2 2 47 PHO .::,; M 0 53 37 65 @ PHONE, 1800 840-4915 PH NE.42 212 MFR MANUFACTURER PHONE:425 614 0949 0 5 5996x2 r`>' Group, LLC, Architects CAB CABINET MH MANHO�E CONTACT:JEAN-PAUL CONTACT:JON CLARKE CONTACT:KEVIN GAMROTH CONTACT: A-404 ENLARGED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS-RESTROOMS 1809 7th Avenue Suite 700 cs CATCH BASIN MH MOPIBROOM HOLDER ARCHITECT: CONTACT:BRIAN UNSDERFER CEM CEMENT,CEMENTITIOUS MIN MINIMUM,MINUTE EMAIL:BRIANU@AU-ENG.COM EMAIL: EARTHSTONE@EARTHLINK,NET EMAIL:REG85@CAPTIVEAIRE.COM EMAIL:KEVIN@MODPIZZA,COM EMAIL: A-601 DOOR LEGEND&DETAILS Seattle, WA 98101 CER CERAMIC MISC MISCELLANEOUS GRAPHITE DESIGN GROUP CG CORNER GUARD MIR MIRRR 1809 SEVENTH AVE #700 TILE VENDOR: SHAKE MACHINE VENDOR: SHELVING VENDOR: TELECOMMUNICATION VENDOR: A-602 EQUIPMENT,CASEWORK,FURNITURE LEGENDS 206.224.3335 E CH COAT HOOK MO MAS�fNRYOPENING SEATTLE,WA 98101 ADVANCED TELCO SOLUTIONS A-603 FINISH,GRAPHICS,MISC,RESTROOM LEGENDS CONSULTANT CI CAST IRON MS MOP SINK DALTILE SMITH&GREENE SMITH&GREENE cJ CONTROL JOINT MTD MOUNTED PHONE:206-519-5132 PHONE:206-498-9470 PHONE:425-988-6630 PHONE:425-988-6630 PHONE:206-452-2093 A-701A INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-DINING CIP CAST-IN-PLACE MTL METAL CONTACT:MATT MAREK CONTACT:KARL VERSHAVE CL CENTERLINE MVBL MOVABLE CONTACT:BRENDA WOLF CONTACT:MICHELLE CLAYTON CONTACT:MICHELLE CLAYTON A-701 B INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-DINING CLG CEILING IEMAIL EMAIL:BRENDA.WOLF@ DALTILE.COM EMAIL:MICHELLEC@ SMITHANDGREENE,COM EMAIL:MICHELLEC@ SMITHANDGREENE,COM EMAIL: CLO CLOSET N NO6 MATT.MAREK GRAPHITEDESIGNGROUP.COM KARL DVANCEDTELCOSOLUTIONS.COM A-702 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-KITCHEN CLR CLEAR NIC N&IN CONTRACT @ CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT NO NUMBER A 801 INTERIOR DETAILS-PARTITIONS CO CLEAN OUT,CASED OPENING NOM NOMINAL COL COLUMN NTS NOT TO SCALE A 802 INTERIOR DETAILS CEILING COMM COMMUNICATION I A-803 INTERIOR DETAILS CONC CONCRETE OC ON CENTER CONN CONNECTION,CONNECT OH OVERHEAD GENERAL NOTES BUILDING CODE INFORMATION SITE MAP A-805 INTERIOR DETAILS CONSTR CONSTRUCTION OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER CONT CONTINUOUS,CONTINUE OPNG OPENING A-SO6 INTERIOR DETAILS CORR CORRIDOR OPP OPPOSITE CPT CARPET ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN CSWK CASEWORK OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 1. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. JURISDICTION: TIGARD,OR MECHANICAL CUR CUBIC R PBD PARTICLEBOARD LEASE AREA: 2,590 SF SINGLE STORY �Q M-001 MECHANICAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES PRCST PRECAST 2. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE D DEEP,DEPTH PD PLANTER DRAIN WORK. M-002 MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS DBL DOUBLE PERP PERPENDICULAR APPLICABLE CODES: �,S SEA DEMO DEMOLISH,DEMOLITION PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE �Q� M-111 HVAC PLAN ° BUILDING CODE: 2014 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE DET DETAIL PLAS PLASTER 3• THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLEMENTARY,AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE `A\�jG M-131 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN �NQ. DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PLYWD PLYWOOD ELECTRICAL CODE: 2014 OREGON ELECTRICAL SPECIALTY CODE S —° — r a 10 DIA DIAMETER PNL PANEL SHALL BE BINDING IF REQUIRED BY ALL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL .Oe � ® M-501 HVAC DETAILS DIAG DIAGONAL,DIAGRAM PL PROPERTY LINE PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE MECHANICAL CODE: 2014 OREGON MECHANICAL SPECIALTY CODE q = W_0 O DIM DIMENSION PR PAIR M-601 HVAC SCHEDULES DIV DIVIDE,DIVISION PRKG PARKING ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. PLUMBING CODE: 2014 OREGON PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE ® 0 LL 0 DIN PF DOWNAMP ROOF,DAMPPROOFING PPTOP PROPEPOINT RTY FIRE CODE: 2014 OREGON FIRE CODE SPECIFICATION d � DR DOOR,DRESSING ROOM PTD PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES,UNLESS ENERGY CODE: 2014 OREGON ENERGY EFFICIENCY SPECIALTY CODE DS DOWNSPOUT PTN PARTITION OTHERWISE INDICATED. SP-902 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION 3 a'• ACCESSIBILITY CODE: 2010 ADDAG � LOCATION OF TENANT DWHER G DRAWING R RADIUS,RISER SP-903 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION DWR DRAWER RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 5. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED NEAR BY WALL INTERSECTIONS,SHALL BE HEALTH CODE: 2012 OREGON FOOD SANITATION RULES IMPROVEMENT SPACE RD ROOF DRAIN,ROAD LOCATED SO THAT THE EDGE OF THE FINISH OPENING IS SIX INCHES FROM THE FACE SP-904 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION E EAST REF REFER TO,REFERENCE OCCUPANCY GROUP: A-2 RESTAURANT SP-905 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND REFG REFRIGERATOR OF THE NEARBY WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CONSTRUCTION FINISH SYSTEM REINF REINFORCED,REINFORCING TYPE: V-B "i SP-906 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION EJ EXPANSION JOINT READ REQUIRED CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS. EL ELEVATION REV REVISED,REVISION SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: D I T I I ELEC ELECTRIC,ELECTRICAL RFG ROOFING o o a ELEV ELEVATOR RM ROOM 6, ALL ANGLED WALLS ARE 45 ,90 OR 135 VON, SPRINKLERED: NO w SP-908 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION ENOL ENCLOSE,ENCLOSURE RO ROUGH OPENING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: NO Q SP-909 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION EP ELECTRICAL PANEL RT RIGHT 7. ALL WOOD BACKERS AND NAILERS SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT. EQ EQUAL N EQUIP EQUIPMENT S SOUTH c ESCAL ESCALATOR SAM SELF ADHERING MEMBRANE0 1 H-1 HOOD DRAWING 8. THROUGHOUT THIS SET OF DRAWINGS,THE TERM"OWNER"REFERS TO THE EXH EXHAUST SC SOLID CORE EXP EXPANSION,EXPOSED SCD SEAT COVER DISPENSER "TENANT".THE TERM LANDLORD REFERS TO THE PROPERTY OWNER• u� H-2 HOOD DRAWING EXIST EXISTING SCHED SCHEDULE SCW SOLID CORE WOOD M FA FIRE ALARM SD STORM DRAIN �� W N FCIC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR( SD SOAP DISPENSERSCOPE O WORK SEPARATE PERMITS �r `L INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR SECT SECTION T SGL SINGLE FCIO FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ NORTH C/� INSTALLED BY OWNER SHT SHEET FD FLOOR DRAIN SHTHG SHEATHING FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION SIM SIMILAR INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF AN EXISTING SPACE IN A MULTI-TENANT SINGLE O O FDTN FOUNDATION SNR SANITARY NAPKIN RECEPTICAL FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER SPEC SPECIFICATION LEVEL BUILDING. WORK INCLUDES NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS,SUSPENDED B. ELECTRICAL&PLUMBING = FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET SPKLR SPRINKLER CEILINGS,CASEWORK, FINISHES, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,MECHANICAL,PLUMBING& 1� Uj FH FIRE HYDRANT SPKR SPEAKER FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET SQ SQUARE ELECTRICAL. FIG FIGURE SS SERVICE SINK,SANITARY SEWER Q FIN FINISH,FINISHED SST STAINLESS STEEL Uj FLEX FLEXIBLE STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS VICINITY MAP �-- FLR FLOOR,FLOORING STD STANDARD FLUOR FLUORESCENT STL STEEL FO FACE OF,FINISHED OPENIING STOR STORAGE ' Cfl FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER/ STRUCT STRUCTURAL B INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR SUSP SUSPENDED FOIO FURNISHED BY OWNER/ THIS SET IS BASED ON MOD GUIDE SET V1.0 DATED 1213112014. � Ll CSI T TREAD INSTALLED BY OWNER r FP FIRE PROTECTION FIREPROOF T&G TOUNGE AND GROOVE `''`'''` FR FRAME,FIRE RATED TEL TELEPHONE FRMG FRAMING TEMP TEMPERATURE,TEMPORARY FRPF FIREPROOF,FIREPROOFING TER TERRAllO REFERENCE S OTO FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED THK THICK,THICKNESS FS FLOOR SINK TMPD TEMPERED ' — ' FT FOOT,FEET TO TOP OF Addr"w FTG FOOTING TPD TOILET PAPER DISPENSER DETAIL "` SECTION .,, ,. <:::,�y: ,' FUT FUTRE TSTAT THERMOSTAT �-%'. £ suite#' MATCH LINE EL 100.00' """" " FVC FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET TV TELEVISION XX XX a r r FWC FABRIC WALL COVERING TYP TYPICAL A J�J� A J - y g A SEE XX/A XXX . < �; � H „�, ,, DATE ATE FWP FABRIC WALLPANEL(S) ,. ISSUED I REVISED UGND UNDERGROUND SHEET NUMBER GA GAUGE UNFIN UNFINISHED BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR S PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 HEET NUMBER MATCHLINE INDICATOR LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED GALVANIZED • , SPOT ELEVATION INDICATOR : . , i ,. .�.. .:! s ,. V REVISION 1 A06.11.15 GB GRAB BAR DETAIL INDICATOR 1wSpdij.n GEN GENERAL,GENERATOR VERT VERTICAL SECTIONroAim WAWO GFRC GLASS-FIBER REINFORCED VEST VESTIBULE LE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD /, CONCRETE !��<. x>. NEW CONSTRUCTION , ' max,, F SAadMied GFRG GLASS FIBER REINFORCED VNR VENEER ��, A-xxx ELEVATIONPlumbins GYPSUM VR VAPOR RETARDER ti lift-wed : SHEET NUMBER �. : I r :, VWC VINYL GFRP GLASS FIBER REINFORCED ""'' " """ """ N"'"' Q'ttiS3 Efl rr.w r A XXX B� $ A EXISTING TO REMAIN PLASTIC WALL SECTION INDICATOR NEW COLUMN GRID �." ' ; ,£ ':..N. � ;Y�, : ,, �<. ' ,.f $hopprawing; .,..w GL GLASS w WEST,WIDE SHEET NUMBER GYP GYPSUM w/ WITH EXTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR INDICATED AND GRID LINES — — EXISTING TO BE REMOVED ' GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD W/0 WITHOUT ` ...,.:, " DETAIL WC WATER CLOSET,WALLCOVERING <.�r:: H HIGH WD WOOD xx X.X -- 1-HOUR FIRE RATED F,. (E�_ OFFICE COPY HB HOSE BIBB WH WALL HYDRANT A-� ELEVATION n. 9 q ', ' rs.: '' w 1 REVISION 06.11.15 HC HOLLOW CORE WP WEATHERPROOF WATERPROOF, XX SHEET NUMBER � i SHEET NUMBER --- 2-HOUR FIRE RATED WATERPROOFING,WORK POINT HD HAND DRYER X-XXX HDBD HARDBOARD WR WATER RESISTANT r I � d D HARDWARE WR WASTE RECEPTACLE W/FLIP TOP LID SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR . , . H W INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR NEW GRID INDICATOR AND GRID STRUCTURAL GRID G " � / HDWD HARDWOOD WT WEIGHT -��. � GENERAL INT ORMATION HM HOLLOW METAL WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC LINES AT FACE OF FOUNDATION HO HOLD OPEN ROOM NAME LEASE LINE HORIZ HORIZONTAL XFMR TRANSFORMER , 2022 HR HOUR y HT HEIGHT ROOM NAME AND NUMBER DATUM INDICATOR � "" `� '�`�' `' F.: `` "'`" ,wA-001 • N 1. ..........._. ----------- __------_ .._---_---- ___-.... ..._-.- ............. .._......... ......_-._.. ._.....__ ..-_-- ----------- -... __....._.. .___...._ .----------- --------- _----_----- SHEET NO..... -„�... OWNER _.. .. E .... .....y............ :.. r y ! i.. ............. X f d'rr'� � k ��' k �' �E A• ..iii” „"> :: ..'�, t; �w € ' i k 1. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY IS Vii,::: >4 EXISTING. � . i i€ k E. 2. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE BEYOND LEASE LINE TO ACCESSIBLE PARKING IS EXISTING. # k 12011 NE 1st ST k k Building C, Suite 202 K Bellevue, WA 98005 F ARCHITECT OF RECORD ---- __ -.,.., ------------ _- ---. _.._ _ -----. .... --- _ ------.._ .— _ _ ----- _ .. ......... _ ..-._ .. - - --- -- EXISTING ACCESSIBLE ........... ✓,. ...................'••'.��.:......------...::.�_... PARKING STALL i k �,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, , l �..................... ._.._ ............ . EXISTING ES SIBLE 1` 1 PARKING AISLE / i � • : • i o ....................... " i � � ' � � � � � � GRAPHITE € � Graphite Design I ......... �...... ..... ...... _z . ..... .._... ...... Group, LLC, Architects 1 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 PARKING STALL Seattle, WA 98101 3 0, > �. 206.224.3335 E CONSULTANT i K ;( i • € i I .......................... 19'-10112" on...... ............._, VIF k £ k� i i ... , } Al N i 3 £ y x a x € I i SEAL I D o I ADJACENT TENANT SPACE. ADJACENT TENANT SPACE, -- —"-"""" - - a NO WORK NO WORK I I .� Z V H i LU i ,t Y kN Ykk € k >/ x k -k € E ^*.' a.; @ ! ..... ...__.__......................... ........................ k S{ k k y k k k €€ F I ... k X �K i x I I € ROUTE TO k x. ,� ! k k '� k x k k y k k ( ACCESSIBLE PARKING ID k x. k k k k k ^` _ f k ......................_.•._ , k rC � '{ ,Y i �� i�<_ , ..,em»•+na.. ,auau,..xa f > k k x n k M k s i r .f k .•, Y k � k , I ` j� � : f! .... Lii■. s I — wN CN y k i UL >l ..... _......__......................... •...................... V J F All X 3 k y i O e�% S o k k k k k EEE 4-kELLJ Ss k k H0 Uj kms. I y ........................___,_.__........................ __ _ � ) k k =i O ADJACENT TENANT SPACE. I Uj Ur k � ,s �: NO WORK b .k EXISTING MALL � PROPOSED MOD PIZZA co h k ACCESSIBCE, € SUITE 12196 0 B � k r x %< �.ROUTE TO PUBLIC � � ........................_..._ ........................ �— '� k RIGHT OF WAY k o N k k k 2,590 SF k -1k SHEET SYMBOLS k -r k K Al k k �s — k k � � -%, y; [{ ,x >t w x k € !. fob $ �19 ..............................__._._........................ ACCESSIBLE ROUTE k fob x % j '• uuuuuu ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO f k k ------------------------------- foJ ISSUED / REVISED DATE k k PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 All X k k k ;,,..... .......... :_ x �f REVISION 1 06.11.15 3All k -k . K � .k � � � k k x k s k k k £k k r k b; k rK � r{ k �� } k y,. k . fes 7( � h' %%t ,, .'.r, %' ,'� ' / .kms X �''�. . SCALE, 1/8`44' '" ............. -- .. ............. ............ _._ ............ ............. ....... k A k >< y k - ..._---- -------- ------------ -_ -- ---- ._... _ _....... _-..__. ..._ ... ": .• , . . _.. k 0 8 16 k ..._.. _ -- ----.... __.... _.._ . -----_. __..... _ _ _..... _ f NORTH Sx k k -,t. K y! �,. '�" k Jt' I .......................... I ....................... ........................... f >},,i)r ,� g a` j%• 1 .... .... ...'f} }f j dry' ••r ri, `{ ., k ~ N =C k k r •3f ` 5; Ek k R; f �S, 35' a' -k s.k i, 3 iy K jr R I k X k k b k k i k yAllf I ss E k V j> at s� k REVISION 06.11.15 > r sk y >: kk kik A SITE PLAN All k y;. Y k > ff 1\ Al f OWNER/TENANT: NOTES: SINGLE SLOTTED C-LINE I" SLOT 2" O.C. 96" STANDARDS. 12" OR IS" STRAIGHT KNIFE BRACKETS WITH METAL SHELF CLIPS AND CLEAR G O D I VA Chomlatier CUSHIONS. OR 18" WIRE MESH SHELVING IF GODIVA CHOCOLATIER, INC. REQUIRED BY HEALTH DEPARTMENT. 333 WEST 34TH STREET NEW YORK, NY 10001 PROJECT PLANNER: i a ELECTRICAL PANELS P-3 P-3 P-3 FRP-I 18" CHROME WIRE MESH FRP-I EO-16 (SEE ELECTRICAL SHELVING ON SURFACE DRAWINGS) MOUNTED STANDARDS WJCA INC. 763 SUSQUEHANNA AVE. FRANKLIN LAKES, NJ 07417 TEL: 201-848-9060 FAX: 201-848-9881 ARCHITECT: I'-10" 1'-10" I'-10" 1'-1011 1'-10" Q 0 / B BzCW W � DAVID A. UDKOW U / U 11881 NORTH 113TH WAY / SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85259 \ BROOM HOLDER X L-1 Li p7rT-----r--=- U LIC. #: 2182 Q P-3 LcB �) YF-21 rF rF-18 80-I EO-11 EO-18 EO-32 EO ON P-3 EA-10 EXP. DATE: 6/30/16 DOOR < DOOR t FRAME FRAME VA Chocolla I er STORE NO: 524 1 ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = V 2 ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" -0" PROJECT LOCATION: '0 I WASHINGTON SQ. MALL SPACE 804 0) 9585 SW WASHINGTON Lo SQUARE ROAD N PORTLAND, OR 90703 Lo co N ISSUE DATE: Q NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 12-11-15 ISSUED FOR BID, W PERMIT AND LANDLORD REVIEW V/ FRP-I P3 STANDARD t (3) 18" MELAMINE P3 ELECTRICAL PANELS 0 BRACKETS (TYP) WHITE SHELVES. (SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) CD^^ VJ rZ a--r 8 co I'-9" l7 L 0 z \ U \ c V T t-d DAVID A. UDKOW El El 2182 4'-0" 8 � SCOTiSDALE, AZ I 4� IF =t- I CDT DRAWING TITLE: Co EO-10 LcB �:) EO-06 YrF-10 L,Q�j) MANAGER'S Lc1^t-18 ) L&-IS Y�-18 rF-18 BO-I P-3 T DESK FDOOR 4 INTERIOR T' ELEVATIONS 0 Y Q PROJECT NO: 1 154129 Q DRAWING NO: Q A401 Q 3 ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" 4 ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" 0 2 3 4 6 7 OWNER CALCULATIONS OCCUPANCY: ASSEMBLY A-2(RESTAURANT) ....... .... INDOOR OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD SQ FEET FACTOR OCC LOAD DINING(FLEXIBLE): 1,459 SF PER SEAT 70 1 11 NE lst ST ............................................... .............................. DINING(STANDING): 121 SF 5 25 ilding C, Suite 202 ............... B Ilevue, WA 98005 F KITCHEN: 477 SF 200 3 A HITECT OF RECORD UNOCCUPIED: 573 SF 0 0 TOTAL 2,590 SF --- 98 TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD OCCUPANTLOAD 98 INDOOR Al ................... A�l QLATIONS REQUIRED PROVIDED EXITS: 2 2ACC (IBC 1015.1) RAPHITE aphite Design EXIT SEPARATION: 1/2 x BUILDING DIAGONAL oup LLC, Architects (IBC 1015.2.1) 1/2 x 73'-9" 36"-1 1 39'4" 1 9 7th Avenue, Suite 700 02 S attle, WA 98101 TRAVEL DISTANCE: 250' 65'-311 DINING(FLEXIBLE) IVNING(STANDING) ftCCUPIED KITCHEN UNOCCUPIED 2 6.224.3335 (IBC TABLE 1016.2) E C SULTANT PER SEAT 5 SF I OCC 0 OCC 2100 SF OCC 0 SF OCC 1,459 SF 121 SF 25 OCC 4-77 SF 3 OCC 175 SF 0 OCC 0 Orr COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL: 75' 501-011 (IBC 1014.3) ....... ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . -/V-- 21z— 7z- 0 �0 . . . . . . . . x x x INDOOR ACCESSIBLE SEATING 4 4 0 V / 7-7---r Lo 70 x x x x x x FE . . . . . . Lo oe . . . . . . . . .. ............ ......... r I 11> - . � I . � \ 0 0 0 x x x x 0 'q . . . PLUMBING FIXTURE COUNT 0 0 0 A PER IPC 12 TABLE 403.1: 1/2 x TOTAL OCC OCC PER SEX . . . . . . . . . . . . x x x x 0 < 1/2 x 98 49 OCC PER SEX ............. x x x x 0� (PER I PC TABLE 403.1) PLUMBING FIXTURE: REQUIRED PROVIDED x x x x WOMEN'S WATER CLOSET 1/75 2 V ox\ A Z 0, mm .00, 0 WOMEN'S LAVATORY 1/200 1 igg ��I i -Al C 77 x x x x D LLu MEN'S WATER CLOSET 1175 1 ow SEAL . . . . . . . . . . x x 11 MEN'S URINAL EXCEPTION 1 N% .............. 11200 D MEN'S LAVATORY 1 < x IL T -A to x 11 x x .................. DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 EXCEPTION 0 . . .0 MOP SINK all x x NMI x .......... LL PER IPC 410.3:SUBSTITUTION: < x x x V x F ............... WHERE RESTAURANTS PROVIDE DRINKING WATER IN A CONTAINER r3 x x x x x x x x x ly < x x FREE OF CHARGE,DRINKING FOUNTAINS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED > K x x x x x x x x x x x UNOC� PER IPC 419.2:SUBSTITUTION. I I A or 1 r%pp I 'M' > I x x x x x x x 238 SF 0 OCC REQ JIRED MEN'S WATER CLOSETS x X X A., x x x x x x x < ........ ...... .- M -I.- Ell.l. ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS < x x x x x x x x x x .......... x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x TACTILE ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS ...... ...... SIGN,SEE 9C/A-601 0 x x x /m x x x Q ox 0xQ x > -a Q 0 x -0 x x C IR I., 5&' 'X' 13-11 EXIT#1 x 'x- X, x r3 x < x x x x x x x o �O3 .......... ............. ct 1 EXIT DOOR x x x -777- x x x 0, X0 x x CY Iv, ............ ........... ............ .................. .......... .................. x OCCUPANT LOAD APPLIED:49 LLJ CN 3�1 WIDTH REQUIRED: 9.8" x LL. WIDTH PROVIDED:34" M: x x x x x OCCUPANT LOAD ALLOWED:17 ... . ....................... ....... .... ............1. x Rm x x >< 0 V x x x x < X x x x x x x x %--'Z 19 19 Uj �J;' Ix x x x x x x x x x x x x ACCESSIBLE SEATING < x >X 'X x x < x x x x x K x x X, x x A x x x x C/3 F— < x x x x 4 x x x x x x x X x A x x 9 x x :;4 x < K x x x V �/v y x x x x x x x x B x < x x x x x x x x x x x x x >D x p* x x x x x COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL < x x x x x x x x Q xt4 Q Q, x x x x x x x x x x x x x x < x x x x x x x x x x x x > 1 ................. PATH OF TRAVEL 1" x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X ; ..... .... ..... .... ... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER MOUNT WITH VALVE 48"AFF DATE ISSUED REVISED EXIT#2 PERMIT/BID A5.22.15 TACTILE SIGNAGE- 1 EXIT DOOR REVISION 1 06.11.15 SEE 9/A-601 OCCUPANT LOAD APPLIED:49 WIDTH REQUIRED: 9.8" EXIT SIGN,REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS WIDTH PROVIDED:34" OCCUPANT LOAD ALLOWED:170 .............. ............. ...........- A ACCESSIBLE SEATING - -- ------------ --------- ... ............. ........... ------------- ...... ....... ............. ......------ ............. ............ ............. ............. ............ ............ . ............. ............. ...... .... ............. ............. ............. ------------ ............ ............. ............. ............ ............. .......... SCALE: 1/4"=l'-O" ------------------------—------------------- ------------------------------------------------ ------........ ..................................... 0 2 4 8 REVISION 1 06.11.15 NORTH A-1 All Ile EGRESS PLAN .............. B 11 B 11 -003 OWNER RESPONSIBILITY LEENDNOTESSHEET LANDLORD OWNER GC VENDOR LANDLORD OWNER GC VENDOR 1. ALL ITEMS CONTAINED WITHIN THSE CONTRACT o ENT ARE TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF 0 0 0 0 0 o DOCUMENTS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11J w w 11J w w w w LU w w W w w w w _ _ _ J J S Z S = S J J J J J J E UNLESS OTHERWISE E GENERALCONTRACTORU SS JTH G J J J J UJ co coCJS C/� (/J CJS C/1 coV� Q Q Q Q Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Cn H- H- F- F- co cn cn NOTED. N0, ITEM 1 DESCRIPTON Z Z Z Z NO. ITEM 1 DESCRIPTON Z z = Z U Z SITE WORK GAS 2. REFER TO SHEET A-602 FOR DETAILED OWNER'S 12011 NE 1st ST 1 CURBS AND PAVING X 67 GAS TAP FEES X VENDOR ASSIGNMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES. Building C, Suite 202 F 2 SIDEWALKS X 68 GAS METER X XBellevue, WA 98005 3. ITEMS INDICATED TO BE FURNISHED AND OR I 3 SIDEWALK REPAIR X 69 GAS STUB UP TO THE TENANT SPACE X X INSTALLED BY THE OWNER'S VENDOR ARE TO BE ARCHITECT OF RECORD 4 ACCESSIBLE RAMPS X 70 GAS PIPING AND CONNECTIONS X X COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER. 5 LANDSCAPING X X BUILDING SHELL 6LANDSCAPING IRRIGATION X X 71 CONCRETE SLAB X 7 PARKING STRIPING X X 72 CONCRETE SLAB INFILL AND PATCHING X X 8 AWNINGS X 73 FLOOR&WALL IMAGING X 9 PATIO RAILINGS 74 CORE DRILLING-NOT USED 10 PATIO FURNITURE X X 75 SLAB CUTTING X G R A P H I T E 11 PATIO HEATERS X X 76 LOAD BEARING STRUCTURE X Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects 12 PATIO UMBRELLAS X X 77 TEMPORARY SHORING&BRACING X X 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 13 PYLON SIGN 78 STOREFRONT SYSTEM X Seattle, WA 98101 E 14 SITE SIGNAGE X 79 ENTRY DOORS X 206.224CONSULTANT 335 15 BUILDING SIGNAGE X X 80 OVER HEAD SECTIONAL DOORS X X 16 WINDOW GRAPHICS X X 81 NEW ROOF OPENINGS X X MECHANICAL 82 MODIFY EXISTING ROOF OPENINGS X 17 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT&CURBS X X 83 NEW EQUIPMENT CURBS X X 18 DISTRIBUTION DUCTWORK,GRILLES AND REGISTERS X X 84 EXISTING ROOFING PATCH AND REPAIR X X 19 EXHAUST FAN X X 85 DEMISING WALL X X 20 THERMOSTAT X X INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION 21 SMOKE DETECTORS X X 86 DEMOLITION OF EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND FINISHES X 22 FIRE DAMPERS X X 87 NEW INTERIOR PARTITIONS X X 23 SYSTEM COMMISIONING X 88 COLUMN ENCLOSURES X X ELECTRICAL 89 FLOOR FINISHES I SEALING X X SEAL 24 ELECTRIC METER X X 90 WALL FINISHES X X D 25 ELECTRIC CONNECTION FEES X X 91 CEILING GRID,TILES,AND SOFFITS X X .NqD 26 ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO THE TENANT SPACE X X 92 DOORS,FRAMES AND HARDWARE X X 3 do 27 MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL&DISCONNECT X X 93 ELIASON DOOR X X cc y 28 STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER X X 94 TOILET PARTITIONS X X 29 LIGHTING EQUIPMJENT PANELS X X 95 RESTROOM ACCESSORIES X X ��� �._ C;' 30 UNDER SLAB CONDUITS X X 96 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER X X 'SSI J 3�9 31 WIRING TO ELECTRICAL DEVICES,EQUIPMENT AND SIGNS X X 97 INTERIOR SIGNAGE X X 32 LOW VOLTAGE WIRING X X 98 INTERIOR GRAPHICS X X 33 LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS X X 99 ARTWORK X X 34 EXTERIOR BUILDING AND PATIO LIGHTING X X EQUIPMENT 35 SECURITY ALARM X X 100 PIZZA OVEN X X 36 FIRE ALARM X X 101 OVEN HOOD 0 C 37 MUSIC SYSTEM X X 102 WALK-IN REFRIGERATOR X X 38 DATA&WIRELESS SYSTEM X X 103 REACH-IN DRINK COOLER X X TELEPHONE&DATA 104 SODA MACHINE X X W CV C`439 TELEPHONE CONNECTION FEES X 105 ICE MACHINE X X LL ti 40 TELEPHONE SERVICE TO THE TENANT SPACE X X 106 POS X X U) C -) 41 FINAL CONNECTION TO SERVICE X X 107 DISHWASHER MACHINE WITH SIDE TABLE X Xaa J O 42 TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT X X 108 UNDER COUNTER SAFE X X 0_ 43 PLYWOOD PANEL BOARD X X 109 CO2+INTRO TANKS X x0 U poo 44 WALL J-BOXES&COVER PLATES X X 110 BEER KEG AND TAP LINES X X U) Q LU PLUMBING 111 COOLING FOR BEER AND WINE LINES X X 3: _ 45 WATER CONNECTION FEES X FURNISHINGS C/) 46 WATER METER X 112 DINING TABLES X X C-0 B 47 BACKFLOW PROTECTIVE VALVES X 113 DINING CHAIRS AND STOOLS X X IT- 48 48 WATER STUB UP TO THE TENANT SPACE X X 114 BANQUETTES X X 49 COLD&HOT WATER PIPING X X 115 BOOTHS X X 50 PIPING INSULATION X X 116 'MAKE'CASEWORK X X 51 RESTROOM FIXTURES&FAUCETS X X 117 EXPEDITE CASEWORK X X 52 ROUGH IN FLOOR SINKS AND DRAINS X X 118 PREP AND ASSEMBLY LINE CASEWORK X X 53 KITCHEN FIXTURES&FAUCETS X X 119 CASEWORK COUNTERTOPS X X 54 FIRE SPRINKLER MAIN TO THE TENANT SPACE-NOT USED 120 SNEEZE GUARDS X X ISSUED /REVISED DATE .22.15 55 FIRE SPRINKLER RISER AND DOUBLE CHECK VALVE-NOT USED 121 FREESTANDING PREP TABLES X X PERMIT/BID 05 REVISION 1 05.11.15 56 CONNECTION TO FIRE SPRINKLER MAIN-NOT USED 122 METRO SHELVING X X 57 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODIFCIATIONS ENGINEERING-NOT USED 123 SODA CABINET X X 58 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS-NOT USED 124 JUICE SIGN RAIL X X A SEWER 125 SMALL WARES X X 59 SEWER TAP FEES X 126 TRASH CART X X 60 SEWER STUB UP TO THE TENANT SPACE X 127 FRONT OF HOUSE WASTE RECEPTACLES X X 61 UNDER SLAB PIPING X X 128 BACK OF HOUSE WASTE RECEPTACLES X X REVISION 1 06.11.15 62 DRAIN AND VENT PIPING X X 129 OFFICE CASEWORK X X 63 DRAIN AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS X X 130 OFFICE STOOL X X 64 CLEANOUTS X X 131 STAINLESS WALL SHELVING X X RESPONSIBILITY LEGEND 65 GREASE INTERCEPTOR AND TRAP X X 132 OVEN SHELF X X 66 UNDER SINK GREASE TRAP-NOT USED A-004 OWNER GENERAL i.: DEMOLITION NOTES 1, VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT WORK AND NOTIFY OWNER OF M NT OF 0 DISCREPANCIES. ANY ; 2. DO NOT DEMOLISH ANY LOAD BEARING WALLS OR 12011 NE 1 st ST CONSTRUCTION THAT WILL COMPROMISE THE Building C, Suite 202 F STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE. NOTIFY Bellevue, WA 98005 3 OWNER OF ANY STRUCTURAL ISSUES ARISING FROM ARCHITECT OF RECORD I DEMOLITION. ......... .... .. . m _ 3. PROTECT EXISTING MATERIALS, FINISHES AND DEVICES TO REMAIN DURING DEMOLITION. -' r [ r ..... �k 3 4. WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS,PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING MATERIALS AND FINISHES THAT ARE TO )< REMAIN OR WHERE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION TO MATCH EXISITING ADJACENT MATERIALS AND FINISHES TO PROVIDE AN INDISTINGUISHABLE LIKE NEW FINISH. GRAPHITE -......::-- Graphite Design 5. REMOVE GLUE AND/OR SETTING MATERIALS FROM Group, LLC, Architects X , EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 ADJACENT FLOORING UB URFA ERESURFACE Seattle, WA 98101 6 .:" k ::k:::::::::N:::::::::::::::"" � :.: k.:::::::" __.. M »:»»»»»»»»::::..�:.� EXISTING FLOORING SUBSURFACE(SLAB)FOR 206.224.3335 ) � E ..� �w ! s INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR FINISHES,VON. CONSULTANT g 6. MAINTAIN CLEANSLINESS OF COMMON SPACES DURING { EXISTING DEMISING AND FOLLOWING DEMOLITION. ! WALL TO REMAIN > 7. MAINTAIN ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL AND € RELOCATED ACCOMMODATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 8. REPAIR AND CLEAN EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN TO ✓� � j I mrw»�.: LIKE NEW CONDITION. EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN 9. MAINTAIN SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY WHERE EQUIPMENT 5 DEVICES AND SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS ARE REMOVED OR REPLACED, REMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME,COORDINATE WITH i SEAL 10. REMOVE ABANDONED AND UNUSED DUCTS,CONDUITS, D " NEW WORK PIPING AND DRAINS TO SOURCE OR TO LEASE LINE AND O CAP. -� r i € 11. UNDERGROUND BEER CHASE CONDUIT FROM WALK-IN COOLER TO CUSTOMER COUNTER TO BE TRENCHED p AND INSTALLED WITH MINIMAL BENDS(36 RADIUS I>> 1 MINIMUM).DEPTH OF BEER CHASE TO BE SET TO AVOID EXISTING COLUMN TO0 ( � CONFLICT WITH UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND TO 5 REMAIN I a ACHIEVE AN UNIFORM RUNNING SLOPE OF 118"PER lj 'y r [_ FOOT MAXIMUM.PROVIDE PULL STRING FOR OWNERS ? VENDOR TO USE FOR FLEXIBLE BEVERAGE TUBING All INSTALLATION. L ° ,x ADDITIONAL TRENCHING FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IS NOT INDICATED,COORDINATE co i EXTENT OF TRENCHING WITH NEW WORK TO W EXISTING ELECTRICAL CV MINIMIZE AREA OF TRENCHING REQUIRED, PANEL,TO BE REMOVED MINIMIZE TRENCHING IN PUBLIC AREAS s (j) I = ry 0 0 .< REFER TO MECHANICAL AND EXISTING DEMISING _ ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SHEETS WALL TO REMAINUj U FOR ADDITIONAL WORK CO Q o UU REMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND .»»»»»»»»H""_. NEW WORKORDINATE WITH EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB TO S REMAIN B F CN _k REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES, s PARTITIONS,CEILING SYSTEMS, { ' DOORS,AND PLUMBING FIXTURES All THROUGHOUT,VON, k 5 4 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 REVISION 1 06.11.15 t EXISTING DOOR,TO REMAIN SCALE; 114"=1'-0" 0 2 4 8 REVISION 1 06.11.15 rr x4NORTH ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION /may ................ i N////H/NH/N/NdXff.WiXHeT%/H//NMM�/H//NH./HHH.H H.l J///H/ HHH////1HJI/II/////II/p➢➢➢➢Y!llHllllHffAF.:MNffAAAINNiWNAtSM�A�FHX//NNIH/%1/1JH1/JHHHH.DDt / / �` M4Y9:PoYN///H//Ii➢➢M9Y/////H/HIJIH.➢4➢Wl➢➢➢Po➢)//NN!!!!JJ!!!.➢WYIAXHI /hW H////NN/N9�A5M+HaJ!/IA%9Y //HhY.M�Y//// NHH !H:!lll:.l:.�IHH//!i'/A➢Y/�Mq:HN///D' /d%�➢Dt%/:•MMY/I//.»9➢l�/b%b9D➢➢YiW/////H/H.•�➢➢➢M�I➢YiYL//•bY >�NHIA»HI/HHHI�'//IINNIINII/NI%/KININ//H/:%HN AYIH!/H!!!!!!l!!.!/!/:d/e76HN/// H/�' p o �:Q��: ` ""- ` /�WNN1N/NNNAYNN.I..IA➢MMSflN% �/IiII/III/I/NiLlM9MX9➢DYRY/IR»]A GWY//NH/AYN/ /N/!//I////O%N/�///N 9DNHXf+91F:55fllHlHJlllf/Je%/fFlFlff!!/FMN/H/!/HN4Y�. lllRYlHllH.SFAFlH!!!!llflM'Ffff/fHfX^ NflllJI9TYI.•!/IlNi flfllllll.�:%fffff.%AAH N////:YAY/ H➢AX'!F!f!{I. !/Ff,.::lilfeff�/i;aYllfff,H!!!!�.WHH////.NLHHHlH6YN/N//////ll/!N/NN/!r2`!//9n:YNlN�' tk� OWNER GENERALNOTES............................................................. ....................._.._ ....... Nil ................. _.... f::. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF r WORK. 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F i i ARCHITECT OF RECORD IfI f ! f s' .1; J GRAPHITE I .................................................................................... . .......................................................................... Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects ! 1 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 ----------- ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... FLAG NOTES � Seattle, WA 98101 206.224.3335 E — , CONSULTANT — —= DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING TOILET ROOM PLUMBING FIXTURES. REMOVE EXISTING CW, HW, WASTE AND VENT PIPING BACK TO ACTIVE MAIN FOR FUTURE CONNECTION. CAP ALL WASTE PIPING BELOW FLOOR AND NOTE ETRIX ----- ----- ------- --- - - ---- UNDERGROUND PIPE SIZING AND ROUTING FOR ACCOMMODATE FUTURE CONSTRUCTION. I I DEMOLISH EXISTING WATER HEATER. E N G I N E E R S DEMOLISH ALL PLUMBING PIPING IN DEMISING 1131 SW 7TH ST, SUITE 110 WALL. REMOVE ALL PIPING BACK TO SERVICE POINT OF CONNECTION. CAP ALL WASTE RENTON, WA 98057 € PIPING BELOW FLOOR. 425-336-2822 www.metrixeng.com SEAL 1 , ........................ • i . ...... ........... 3 .:... ............. ............. ............. ............. .---------- ............. .----------- ............. ............. ..------.... ............. ............. ...... o ............. .__........ ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. _....... . ............ ...._....... ............. .._........ ............. ............. ..... ....... ............. ............. ............. _...... L- ----........... AAROO 2 / l ............... ................ i J I ' e: o i : ..t C fi _�. ..................................................................................................... f ........................ W CV I LL- N i � � � J .................. J O E W = o U I 3 W U......................... ---------- ............................................................................................................................................................ � CV r ........................................................................... ......................... i i .. si gg �i s h ISSUED/ REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 i� _ L... A 1 G i F SCALE: 114"44' 0 2' 4' 8' PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 NORTH MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN / /i%4Ol�Y///l//N/AD%HNH/N/H//J /H///HN�& IIIIWAAIdY.D➢DP�Y///.IIPD➢➢YHY/HrY// HI➢➢KN/// ///H�I.SY!!!!!�/H 9NN... HH.MfN!/// .IIIIA9////9/ .Dfl➢➢YI/J//%%.➢➢➢➢➢YJ/.....//N///%.�II➢➢➢➢➢AA'9//H/! MD-1 11 ///NrYN 69 Nom, YN.... / .LLLL➢Y29➢AHx%/iYiW/. dHHnWI➢➢➢➢D➢➢➢........ /! NNN//!/f II.YR%/➢➢]➢P6➢➢YIN lHIIH!%/iY////H/ f/:l/' 1//:�. OWNER I SHEET NOTES 3 1. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND NOTIFY OWNER OF i ; ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. PROTECT EXISTING MATERIALS,FINISHES AND DEVICES 4 TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION. 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 _....... �._ _ __._..._..._....W..w. 3. UNDERGROUND BEER CHASE CONDUIT FROM WALK-IN Bellevue, WA 98005 F COOLER TO CUSTOMER COUNTER TO BE TRENCHED ARCHITECT OF RECORD AND INSTALLED WITH MINIMAL BENDS(36"RADIUS MINIMUM).DEPTH OF BEER CHASE TO BE SET TO AVOID s CONFLICT WITH UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND TO i ACHIEVE AN UNIFORM RUNNING SLOPE OF 118"PER FOOT MAXIMUM,PROVIDE PULL STRING FOR OWNERSY. VENDOR TO USE FOR FLEXIBLE BEVERAGE TUBING INSTALLATION. I 4. SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB&TRENCH TO 19'-1112" s INSTALL UNDERSLAB CONDUIT&PIPING.PROVIDE NEW G R A P H I T E y 3 23,9„ 12,-4„ CONCRETE SLAB PER DETAIL 41A-803. Graphite Design k, i 20'-2112" 11'-8" Group, LLC, Architects I 18'-7" 10'-10112" 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 ?`- Seattle, WA 98101 18'-1112" 8'-5" 206.224.3335 I 15'-7112" 6'-10" CONSULTANT E ! s de 15'-5112" 1'-8112" %E ~` 2112" All � � INTERCEPTOR GREASE � • `� � I� � '� � - F I AREA OF OVEN I , C OR Cn CV E.:,...G s CV 01 6"CONDUIT - SEAL ROUTED TO I .. ' BEER TAP I I I I �� A(0 RE 3<1O ✓ w" a w , a w r f 5 • 5 1� mo aw rvnaw y SHADED AREA REPRESENTS 3 RECOMMENDED ROUTING s = I I FOR BEER CHASE,REFER 'ki TO NOTE 11 I 1 6 CONDUIT 3 ROUTED TO WALK-IN FRIDGE C REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN FOR W N I PENETRATION SIZE AND TYPE g CV r i / EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB _ J < I — y" k LLI� o U ry LU3:y' I V I I VJ ry TT B I I I I s,4 I I I I I I a� I I F � � ISSUED/REVISED DATE 4-4112 40, PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 z... 6-7" REVISION 1 06.11.15 11'-2112" 18'-3112" 19'-2112" 20'-5 1/2" A 4y .......... t ✓s y i d%�r ........... ............. ............. .� ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............ ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. .. SCALE; 114"=1'-0" ------ ..........Y.......... _ _.._....-.- . .� _..W.__.. E.....W..........._._. _.�W � WW_. 0 2 4 8 REVISION 1 06.11.15 , j NORTH I Ar I >( I � 5 SLAB PLAN y Lm y f� A-101 OWNER s; ,.. NSHEET v� _ _ 1. OC PROVIDE BLOCKING AND BACKING AS DEFINED 0 BEOW IN L EX PARTITIONS AND NEW EXISTING G PARTITIONS FOR ALL CASEWORK,SHELVING, COUNTERTOPS,TOILET ACCESSORIES,AND OWNER SUPPLIED TOILET ACCESSORIES,AND OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT.COORDINATE WITH 12011 NE 1 st ST SHOP DRAWINGS. Building C, Suite 202 __.. H..........:n.......:.... ....._..... _ I g Bellevue, WA 98005 1.1. PROVIDE STEEL BACKING WHERE F ARCHITECT OF RECORD INDICATED.AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION 1! STTEL BACKING PLATES MAY BE fps I I SUBSTITUTED FOR WOOD BLOCKING, 3 ;fr � EXCEPT WOOD BLOCKING SHALL BE USED j aAT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: i �* 3 A-401 HANDRAILS,RAILINGS AND GRAB BARS. �` ' 1.2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE,STEEL BACKING SHALL CONSIST OF MINIMUM 4 INCH WIDE 16 GAUGE STEEL PLATE � SCREWED RIGIDLY TO THE STUDS.� GRAPHITE - 59'-1112" 2. FOR GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AND SOFFIT GrophitL C sign Architects I VIF FINISHES SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. p' ' -k I 7'-1112" 4'-0" 9'-5" 8'-6112" 25'-5112" 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 3, ALL ANGLED WALLS ARE AT 45°,90°OR 135°UON. Seattle, WA 98101 I 11311/2" NEW ELECTRICAL 206.224.3335 00, 9'-7112" E PANELS CONSULTANT 4. MAXIMUM SPACING FOR FCIC MILLWORK KNEE - SEE ELECTRICAL -0"BRACES TO BE 6' OC,UON. DRAWINGS 5 k. 5 ALL PARTITIONS UON ! I C 21 - 6. REFER TO DEMOLITION PLAN FOR UNDERSLAB 1 C"11 _ " PLUMBING LOCATIONS.NOTE DEMOLITION PLAN ti 31-811 M DOES NOT INDICATE ADDITIONAL PENETRATIONS E 6 - E 6 - E 5 - I FOR SANITARY VENT PIPING SERVING BELOW N 2'-9112" I - ` C 22 MIN 6 GRADE DRAIN TRAPS.SANITARY VENT I I PENETRATIONS TO BE COORDINATED TO BE CONCEALED WITHIN FULL HEIGHT OVEN DIMENSION I ; ` 1 I POINT I o PARTITIONSIWALLS BY INSTALLER. 14'-2" 2'-2" T-5112" I 5 I CLEAR PIZZA F PLYWOOD ON KITCHEN TOP OF SEAL p I ENGINEI 103A KITCHEN SIDE AND 103 MOP SINK PARTITION 102 BLOCKING AT 6'-3518" SET 'Np 14 �, ± J L� 805 PLYWOOD ON C 31 B 32 - C 21 - M C 21 - '{ � �d f € IcoC4 La KITCHEN SIDE C 21 0 0 RE C 32 o /� 18 5 `" 3 I I M B 1 a O C 32 a I LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE '~ � I PLYWOOD ON j l J KITCHEN SIDE I WOMEN'S j C 1 a RESTROOM ck� 3 I LJJ SHEET SYMBOLS o o o B 2 MEN'S RESTROOM g I 106 WALUPARTITION TYPE INDICATOR fy SEE SHEET A-801 FOR PARTITION TYPES LU / € DINING SEE SHEET A-112 FOR FINISH PLAN � ti ,k ® 101 101C LINE OF ° J _ SOFFIT ABOVE 0 o A-404 101 DOOR INDICATOR,SEE A-601 � Q I X WINDOW TYPE INDICATOR,SEE A-601 U 3 3'6" 4'.5112" 5'-0112" IX ' on FICLEAR Q WALL MOUNTED Uj FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER — 12'-3112" 13'-7" � 10 4 MOUNT WITH VALVE 48"AFF 'Al € 1 1016 B 2 a C.fl B ✓� € T� N _ I M ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 REVISION 1 1 06.11.15 4 r� h , .. ....... ........._. ............. .... .... ------...... -----..... ...... ... ._. ..... ............ ... .. ...._ ..._.... ......... --------- --.._. ---- .... ..... .. ........ ......... . _........ _..__. _.._. --------- .._.. .... . ............. ............. ............ ............. ............ ------ ------------ ------------ ------ -- .. I SCALE: 1/41'=1'-0" 0 2 4 8 REVISION 1 06.11.15 i ✓"� E NORTH >( t� FLOOR PLAN E f S . A111 10 I s , OWNER } FINISH NOTES 1. G.C.TO VERIFY W/OWNER PROJECT MANAGER AND 5 HEALTH DEPT. :. .,,..../ ,. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER PREPARATION OF ALL NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES IN A SATISFACTORY MANNER TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. THIS 12011 NE 1st ST .. ...........,W.__..........:.::::........__ .._......_ INCLUDES THE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF j Building C, Suite 202 NECESSARY ITEMS. TOUCH-UP AND/OR REFINISH OF Bellevue, WA 98005 SURFACES DAMAGED BY SUBSEQUENT WORK SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL ARCHITECT OF RECORD E CONTRACTOR. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN € � CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S ;y f. ( RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHODS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE THE EXISTING FLOOR PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF - 5 FINISH FLOORING. THE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB MUST BE SMOOTH AND LEVEL TO WITHIN A j TOLERANCE OF ONE-EIGHTH INCH PER FOOT. LATEX I CEMENT PATCHING COMPOUND SHALL BE UTILIZED E (NO ASPHALT BASED COMPOUNDS), R A P H I T E 3. THE PAINT CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL p 9 Gra hite Design I ! HARDWARE,SWITCH COVERS, ETC,PRIOR TO Group, LLC, Architects PAINTING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 REINSTALLATION AFTER PAINTING IS COMPLETED. Seattle, WA 98101 E f I € � 4. ALL FINISHES SHALL BE TOUCHED UP TO CORRECT 206.224.3335 E CONSULTANT ANY IMPERFECTIONS AFTER INSTALLATION, FIXTURE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THE E ' GENERAL CONTRACTOR ALL MATERIALS FOR TOUCH UP WORK. •� ,, 5 �,�, .�.,�,� .�:,,�.,,,,,�kr.,,,,,,�, „-�' � ,.,,,.,�,�.,, ��:,:�,�,.,.,,,,,n,��,�, ,:,,,,,,, �a� ,,,a,�,,,,,,,,`� 5, CLEAN ALL GLASS SURFACES WITH LIQUID GLASS CLEANER AT PROJECT COMPLETION. f 1 -5 — --j G-11 \ 6. REFER TO SHEET A-601 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE, PT-37. ALL WALLS P T 2 UON. 8. ALL FLOORS S G 1 LION. Al g I SEE ELEVATIONS FOR 9. ALL BASE B 1 LION. � SPECIALTY FINISHES x 7 10. WALL TILE TO START AT BOTTOM LEFT CORNER.SEE 2 1 A-702 9/A-803 I /� - ; I A-701 B I I i \\ roe� 15 10 11, PAINT TO TRANSITION AT INSIDE CORNER. 1 — A-702 A-702 13 I G-15 A-702 IK WALL: FRP-1 SEAL E FLOOR: SEC NO J BASE: B-1 �`�� _j Q I _ I APPLY B-1 TO CABINET Q w O TOE KICK ON p Q I _ 5 j — — EMPLOYEE SIDE _ yd M _ _ SHEET SYMBOLS E �— — — — I I I -13 �� /9 S�P� WALL: `PT_-3 FINISH TAG SEE SHEET A-603 J ;e � I 1 I I I I �—J J WALL: PT-15 ' 1 1 1 ��— —J — —_ — — J N I FLOOR: SG-1 L — J All BASE: B-1 START POINT OF TILE - _ ✓( — - - - - - - � - - I k € o G-20\ G-11 GRAPHICS TAG,SEE SHEET A-603 k, i� � i A 701A LO ' FL E �. € — 1 0 >( I a G-20 y CV) WALL: PT-2 I ' I C7 s g BASE: A-701A N A-701A 1 ' I FLOOR: SG-1 , WALL; FRP-3 I I 0 W C,4 " € FINISHES THROUGHOUT UON I WALL: PT-15 LL ti FLOOR: SG-1 0) G-2 BASE: B-1 J ( E ABOVE J 0 8 �4 ' y , .... ...,..... -701 B � I W � S B-2 Q - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .k 9 C0 B -' f I — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A701A I s $ N € S ;�- - 13 A-701A ' w G-16 G-16 G-16 G-16 s .;'�• € ,:::::,:,.:,.::.,,.:v......:......::::.:.:.::..:...:.:.:: „"..,,,b,..,,,.,..,.�,.a.,..,..,...,,..,:,..,..,,,,,,„,,,,,,�,,.,,,,,,,.n,.:"�::,:::.»..:::.».,,.:o..�� �,,,,,,,..,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,. yw,,,,.w,.�..,.,,, jam,»., ,...,,µ ,,,,,,,:�:::,,»..»,,,.,.,,�....::,::,»»:...:m,»»,,.,.:::: ...... . _ I ISSUED/ REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 t E REVISION 1 1 06.11.15 /•S y € ------------- _.......... ............. .............. .............. .......... ........_. _.---....._ ---...._ E€ / � t SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0” � I I 0 2 4 8 REVISION 1 06.11.15 € € k! €� � �; � NORTH r I FINISH PLAN f k� € I f , i 1 5 E i € x F A-112 s i e OWNER f. .. /fff:N S r� NSHEET 6 f if: f T > SHEET A- 1. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE,SH 004 FOR MORE INFORMATION. F t 2. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ER DATA VA ,. ... SPECIFICATIONS,POWER, PLUMBING,HVAC, C DRAINAGE AND VENTILATION INFORMATION. 3. GC TO COORDINATE WITH MILLWORKER FOR LOCATION 12011 NE 1st ST _..........._...__....._....._.._._......_.._... OF BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. Building C, Suite 202 ............................................................................................ `I 4, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FINAL Bellevue, WA 98005 F f I ) LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES AND/OR FURNITURE WITH ARCHITECT OF RECORD OWNER BEFORE INSTALLATION,INCLUDING >� COORDINATING POWER,FIXTURE ANCHOR SLEEVES, € AND/OR FIXTURES. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL POWER/DATA INFORMATION. 5. GC TO COORDINATE AND VERIFY ALL FIXTURE AND/OR FURNITURE QUANTITIES AND INSTALLATION WITH 5 s � FIXTURE FABRICATOR AND OWNER. AS TO MAINTAIN 6. LOCATE FIXTURES AND FURNISHINGS Al 36"CLEAR BETWEEN AND A 44"WIDE EGRESS PATH TO EXIT DOOR £ GRAPHITE 7. REFER TO SHEET A-602 AND A-603 FOR EQUIPMENT _:� --::::::::� Graphite Design SCHEDULES Group, LLC, Architects 8. REFER TO SHEET A-603 FOR STEAM PAN QUANTITIES p £: £ 1809 7th Avenue Suite 700 3 = AT MAKE LINE. Seattle, WA 98101 A-402 206.224.3335 E s.: j F- CONSULTANT I s BELOW M- AB VE ((2 F- E-2 M-60 / l3� 3 � F-6 F-4 _57 (2) F-58 F-66 (4) M-53 5 t ABOVE E-11 M-54 ,", � ,"",", ,,,,,m,"" BELOW 0 00 0 I LL Jj FE� ) �i M-64 ' M-7 M-4 , \ E1 00 0f E-6 E-51M-9 0 -6M-10 s F-56 M-12 ;y M-13 M-14 ° ° ° »: F-62 (2) —II -13 — ABOVE o °o o F-61 (2) E E-7 II £ w E-63 M-61 3 ~' >- ;{ M-6 — PIZZA r, m",:; . , '"� I - E-54 /,%.: " %%ill' ` - 2 KITCHEN E-61 M-62 3 E-55 /`:.::;,.: SEAL i. ;I _3 �I ENGINE 2 M-1 (4) - 103 E-62 -69 £ ° €' 102 O <>i<';:: ;, M- . 0 �` _ BELOW F-62 63 ti At s w — BELOW °° ° M-1 BELOW . VIC (.•.�` _ Q d ; E-6 - ,..,'';'''' L.L. 2 ° o ;,. BELOW = t F-72 £ E 11 Li -8 � M-58 S/ L_ -10 ABOVE � � 3 -57 E-5E-26 C-11 E 60 F-51 -5 8E-25 M6 I 1 I I BELOW C-26 .H .. ABOVE BELOW W MEN' fr. 0 S E-5 E-10 \ I -25 (20) F-32 (2) 5 C-7 o ) RESTROOM _ s C � ' J J J J J .....»»....:....,..........M� MEN'S � t /' Dy f . RESTROOM C-29 �qp 106 C-30 T—a _ J M-25 4 '` £�. N (6) T-29 EQ 2'-9" 2'-9" EQ EQ 2'-9" 2'-9" EQ 1 w N 60 A-805 s ti DIN NG ' ' •- (8) T-26 101 (4) F-29 o J Al0=0Z ff JiF- 12 % I, A-805 h t °o19 qq T-2 (4)aLLJ _ rr2 Uj (2) T-3 s £ C!) I- 'I T-8 (4) T-25 £ ' Cfl B N 66 uuuuuu II AD i� ( (-1k-1-T1)-)I` cD 4 11'-6" 11'-6" £ A', ; 5 f' All s 5 f. j 4 ,h , r t. - , im ✓rte �i = A � ISSUED I REVISED DATE } SHEET SYMBOLS a, f PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 `, REVISION 1 06.11.15 i EQUIPMENT TAG,SEE SHEET A-602 IV AND A-603 A : 3 s s i f_ i %l 4 REVISION 1 06.11.151 ................................................................... ALE: - ,f i E- NORTH f ' EQUIPMENT 8� € A € s 5 - ' FURNITURE PLAN >(. yv �= A-1 13 OWNER ..: 4 GENERAL RCP NOTES I I I I I I I I I I I I I I s f 1. LIGHTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,HVAC EQUIPMENT AND N ED AT IN INT PAS N I SPRINKLERS ARE TO BE MOU T O C OTED IN GCDIMENSIONED N RAPHI BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE 0 REFLECTED TED •t 5 ..I CEILING PLAN. . Qci 12011 NE 1 st ST + + + + Building C, Suite 202 r.�. Q. Q. Bellevue, WA 98005 Q. Q. Q. ARCHITECT OF RECORD ' 2. NEW ACP CEILING SYSTEMS TO BE INSTALLED PER 101A-802. y 5 3. NEW GYP BD CEILING TO BE INSTALLED PER 51A-802. 4. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,MULTIPLE SWITCHES IN A SINGLE LOCATION SHALL BE GANGED IN A SINGLE BOX AND COVERED WITH A 0 s SINGLE COVER PLATE, 5. CENTER ACP GRID WITHIN EACH ROOM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. GRAPHITE 6. ALL GYP BD CEILINGS TO BE PAINTED F PT-4 LION Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects I 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 `- REFLECTED CEILING LEGEND 4'-8" g'-111 I � Seattle, WA 98101 206.224.3335 E CONSULTANT II EQUI IMENT 1 411 ARROW I SIGN EQ EQ 41-11" SYMBOL MARK DESCRIPTION NOTES i€€ 61- 611 L1A-18 DECORATIVE PENDANT B.O.LIGHT AT �i ¢ ¢ L2A DECORATIVE PENDANT ATT 0" J J J J . � � SHATTER PROOF LENS GYP CEILING 6" L4A RECESSED CAN WI LENS CLEANABLE LENS 24" L4C ME U ABOVE OVEN, VENDOR PROVIDED I gO SURFACE MOUNT L A DO NOT TAPE AND CEILING AND LIGHTING y '(5 L4B CLEANABLE LENS MUD JOINTS L9 MONOPOINT L4G _. RECESSED IN SOFFIT N g O L4C RECESSED CAN ABOVE MAKE LINE CD W rt L4B- o -- LL� m L4C "' L A L5-48 4'TRACK FIXTURE ' € Of , L10B O L5A TRACK FIXTURE HEAD -- N . L46 b ._ s SEAL LINE OF CASEWORK BELOW 14C o P -1 D ;€ l s 0'-0' ® L7C PENDANT CAGE LIGHT I • L4B OVEN DOOR L9 L9 . LA D B NO 3'-0" 2 L46 LIGHT DOOR AT 7'-6"AFF C. 4 �`� ACP AC 1 ® L7A DECORATIVE CAGE LI _ d GY PT-4 MUNITY BOA — = 3 L5A 11 EQ E L9 2X4 TROFFER CLEANABLE LENS Q Z 12-0 L5A w L4C D FQ.. DRINKS BOARD $ I® L10A EXIT LIGHT -- 11 L5A 2- 4 N a FQ. . ... 0" 2-� _ a ¢ ¢ ¢ o 17A LIGHT S -5 t f L5A "Q ``' - / A c+� L10B EMERGENCY O O � L5 N LZA F • � � L� � � � � � •L4A LA � L10D EMERGENCY LIGHT - L A 4A.: �:2A _. N _ I 4 t .CV — O. O ..... ..... - O ._:.. OS L4A - 03 17011 I _ L4B ' L5-8' 1-0 \ Ji 1'-10112" L5A OF '-'' L5A J J Fop4'-6112" rGYPI PT-4 s 1 11 T-8112" 10-6 L5A m L5A L4 0 131111 5101 5'-11.1 51.011 C1:1 J I - _ C t 5A L ra N • I SYMBOL MARK DESCRIPTION NOTES ` — — — — L5A >= L4 ti / I t - L1A-18 _ ._ L1A-�s.... L1A 18 _ - ��a-18..... w L5A ( I g o SP1 EXTERIOR SPEAKER -- M L5A — 1. • .. Hol 21-911o OSP2 L4A I O SP2 INTERIOR SPEAKER w CV / aC14 LL uon O. O• 111 s .. L1A EN ,,, I L L I I I Q SP3 INTERIOR SPEAKER (n L4A L4A / ® L106 GYP PT-15 UA . 811.01 SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER Z J O i; 11 51 011 11011 51 1011 ,.,.,.,.,,,,,,.,..�.�.,..,.,,.,,,,,,, "' =....... .-.` te-+� A ,N,,,v„...... � RETURN AIR DIFFUSE f , V GYP PT 15 ���''� R R = 0 I - B.O.UNISTRUT L7C L5A ® EXHAUST FAN C ro � y r AT 11'-1112” "' L1A-1..; .. L1A.18' L1A-18 L1A:18 5A w� Uj (D 61-311 31-211 L7C - ..... ....... ...... ...... ....... _..... _ ...... ....... ...... ....... ....... ...._ .... .. .. .:� L5A ' K L5A.... ` 3 ... ..... — 5A L5A C� B ss s i 11 1 11 _.. 1A-18 ....._ L1A-18..... 5A t L L7C I — 1-6 1-6 L . . CSI — — 31-011 L OO � L1A-18 L1A 18 L1A 18> L1A 18 E -- - - L1 5A UA-GEN J J Of 3 L7C J o L5A LU ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ '�' ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ s I Q J J J __j OJ J J LO L5A L10B `'.) ® c l 10A L5A s s-,......_ .......................... •--........._...;µ s� s.. ..s is EQ EQ EQ 51-011 EQ Jfl ISSUED/ REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 CEILING MATERIAL CEILING INDICATOR: REVISION 1 06.11.15 M F CEILING FINISH SEE A-601 FOR CEILING PANEL, CEILING HEIGHT GRID,AND FINISH COLOR A SCALE: 1/4"44' 0 2 4 8 REVISION 1 06.11.15 NORTH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-121 10 OWNER .F y r iJ. 12011 NE 1 st ST Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F ARCHITECT OF RECORD ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE BY OWNER'S VENDOR, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER 17'-6"AFF YT.O. PARAPET _. _..__ - ------__ , _. -.....-.---___---_-....____-..___._................._—_..._.._--------__----..-- ...__............-...-. -- ii....................................................................... GRAPHITE Graphite Design ....r-��`'.`.................................................................................................................. ! Group, LLC, Architects t .............................................................................. i _...-._ E :_._.._ _____.___._.___._ nue, Suite 700 — — — ............. . ............................................... ............................ ..................................................... _- ......................................... -------------------------------------- Seattle, Seattle WA 98101 ii i 3 j i .................`---`----•--------------------`---................._........................................-------------------............ , .............e.............e............................t..............i.................................................................................................i..............i..............i...........................' ..............................._.._......._..........................................._...._.._......_.................._..................__................................................._......__......................_............................_...__........._................... b s < ......................................................................................................................................... EE 6.224.3335 ....... .. _.....................................................-- ---- -------------------- E 9_11 1l2 AFF - ........._ .......... .....J.... CONSULTANT ------------------ B.O.SOFFIT y � i ..............i : � I ...................................................... ....................................................... -----.................................................: ....................................................... .........j................................................................................................................ .............................. } y : 'y : i 3 0 0n AFF SEAL D L�\\tC .Nod Q Jm C SOUTH EXTERIOR ELEVATION ° ki 10 SCALE: 114"44' 3 ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE BY OWNER'S VENDOR, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER M Ll.l N C!) 07 J � �E a... >. ;..:.... .....< AFF O 17-6 ..... .. -- - --�- ------- T.O. PARAPUj ET — — — — — — — U �lC/) Q ............ ------------ ....... ..... . ...... ....................................... Uj _..___._. _ __................._...._.__.._.___.___...__...........____. _._-....... _._....._ _.._.___ _._........._ _. ._ _ :.................. . ::. :::. _.. --..... .......................................... __.. ................. c0 ...... ........................... � � � � � : ........... ........... .. .................................... ........... . ....... ........................................ -----------........... ... . ..................... ............ . . 9'-11 2"A N __._....._._................. ....___ ......._.._.._.._.......__.._._ i 1 1/ FF y : y i i I i i 1 F ��3 � ` I i J .......... / ss ISSUED REVISED DAT E; PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 ....................................................: ....................................... :.......................................... ............... ......p /, , REVISION 1 0611 15 ...............: ...............................................................£......................................... ........_< ,.........................................J"----......................................: ...............................................................: ..............................................................: - 0'-0"AFF A NEW GLAZING AND ALUMINUM FRAME NEW DOOR AND FRAME IN EXISTING GARAGE DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT EXISTING STOREFRONT REVISION 1 06.11.15 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS WEST EXTERIOR ELEVATION 5 SCALE: 114"44' A-201 OWNER/TENANT: METAL DECK ONLY: PROVIDE #10 PAN HEAD SELF TAPPING SCREWS, (2) PER FLUTE METAL DECK AND CONCRETE: PROVIDE POWDER V' ACTUATED FASTENERS, I PER FLUTE FASTEN TO METAL STUDS - NOT (I" EMBEDMENT) DECK W/ 08 SCREWS AT 24" O.C. G O D I VA Ib 6A, x 12" x 4" PLATE (MINIMUM (2) #8 SCREW AT EACH STUD Choco[atier o TWO FLUTES). ANCHOR AS INDICATED GODIVA CHOCOLATIER, INC. ABOVE. METAL STUD PER SCHEDULE W/ (1) 333 WEST 34TH STREET ATTACH TO TRACK W/ #8 GREW5 METAL STUD SCHEDULE METAL STUD BRACE SCHEDULE NEW YORK, NY 10001 I I CONTINUOUS 20 GA. X 1 1/4" DEEP AT 24" O.G. 16" O.G. 24" O.C. PROJECT PLANNER: MIN. 3 5/8" METAL STUD RELIEF CHANNEL - ANCHOR TO SIZE GA P METAL STUD SIZE MAXIMUM UNBRACED HEIGHT STEEL PLATE WITH #8 PAN HEAD EXIST'S STRUCTURE MAX. UNSUPPORTED HEIGHT (U (2) (3) NESTED STUD - TYP. I n 2 1/2' 20 ST • " 13'-10' 12'-0' " i " I SELF TAPPING SGREAS AT 24 O.G. 3 5/8 X 25 CTA. II -3 20 SA. RELIEF TRACK I AND b" FROM ENDS. I/2" CLEAR A5 REQ'D 2m ST IT'-II" 15'-T" 3 5/6" X 20 CSA. 14'-0" I/2" CLEAR AS REQ'D CONTINUOUS 18 SA. DEEP 20 SJ 18'-6• Ib'-9• 3 5/8" X 16 CTA. 18'-0" PARTITION AT DOWN RIBS PARTITION AT UP RIBS CONTINUOUS TOP TRACK - ANCHOR LES TRACK. #8 SCREWS 3 5/8" 1s S 1s'-30 6" X 25 GA. 16'-0" PARALLEL TO DECK RIBS TO STUD FLANGE WITH (1) #b SELF EACH SIDE OF STUD (TYP) Ib S,I " " 201-0. 6" X 20 GA. 21'-0" PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE TAPPING SCREW PER FLANGE. BRIDGING AT 8" FROM TOP 14 SJ 22'-m" 6" X 16 CSA. 25'-0" BRIDGING AT 8" FROM TOP PER MFR SPECIFICATIONS 20 ST 26'-I' 22'-10" 3D CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: 3" = V-0" PER MFR SPECIFICATIONS PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE METAL STUDS PER PARTITION WJCA INC. 20 SJ 26'•8" 23'_8" METAL STUDS PER PARTITION TYPES TYPES b' 18 8,J 28'-m" SUSQUEHANNA 7 #8 SCREW AT EACH STUD 16 SJ 3m'-m' TEL: 201-848-9060 METAL DECK ONLY: PROVIDE 010 14 1 SJ " 32'-m" FAX: 201-848-9881 PAN HEAD SELF TAPPING SCREWS, MTL STUD PER SCHEDULE W/ (1) 3/I6" I. BASED ON INTERIOR NON-BEARING PARTITIONS WITH ONE (2) PER FLUTE METAL DECK AND a 3/8" P.A.F. AT EACH END. ATTACH TO LAYER OF GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. USE GAUGE, TYPE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: a ° CONCRETE: PROVIDE POWDERTRACK AS SCHEDULED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. ACTUATED FASTENERS, 1 PER FLUTE W/ #8 SCREWS AT 24" O.G. 2• RUNNER TRACK GAUGE TO MATCH STUD. ------ — T— —~--- 11 EMBEDMENT) JOSEPH LEWIS, PE 3.WALLS OVER 12'-0" HIGH TO 5F- BRACED W/ 1 In", 16 GA. 3260 W. HENDERSON RD. CONTINUOUS 20 GA. X I I/4" DEEP COLD-ROLLED CHANNELS CLIP ANCHORED TO METAL STUDS SURE 10 RELIEF CHANNEL - ANCHOR TO I EXIST'6 STRUCTURE STEEL PLATE WITH #8 PAN HEAD COLUMBUS,OH 43220 I I SELF TAPPING 50RENS AT 24" O.G. 1/2" CLEAR AS REO'D TEL' SM2&28W AND b" FROM ENDS. I CONTINUOUS IS GA. DEEP FAX: 644-326-2805 1/2" CLEAR AS REO'D LES TRACK. #8 SGREW5 CONTINUOUS TOP TRACK - ANCHOR EACH SIDE OF STUD (TYP) TO STUD FLANGE WITH (1) #6 SELF BRIDGING AT 8" FROM TOP TAPPING SCREW PER FLANGE. PER MFR SPECIFICATIONS PERPENDICULAR TO 5TRUO URE BRIDGING AT 8" FROM TOP PER MFR METAL STUDS PER PARTITION SPECIFICATIONS - SEE DET. 12/5201 PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE TYPES METAL STUDS PER PARTITION TYPES 3c NOT USED SCALE: NONE CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: 3" = V-0" 3 CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" METAL STUD SCHEDULE 30 3 METAL STUD BRACE SCHEDULE ICBG 02244 OR EQUAL G O D I VA TOP CLIP Chocolatier (MECHANICALLY FASTENED) BRID6ING AT 4'-0" O.G. PER MFR 1/2" EMT - RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE STORE NO: SPECIFICATIONS - SEE DET. 12/5201 ABOVE (4 0 MAX. FOR 1/2 7) METAL STUDS PER + 8 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE COMPRESSION STRUT SIZE PER LENGTH 524 PROJECT LOCATION: PARTITION TYPES COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED AT EACH SPRING CLIP SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12'-0" O.G. EACH WAY 3 5/8" X 20 CSA. METAL AND WITHIN W-0" OF EACH WALL Lu (max.) STRUT SIZE BRACING + 48" O.C. WITH Lu WASHINGTON SQ. MALL SPACE B04 #8 SCREWS EA. 51DE (4) h0 TEK SCREWS EA. END 435 FT 9585 SW WASHINGTON + -j 3/4" EMT - BUTT TIGHT TO 1 5/8" METAL I/2": IN 3/4"t OF STUD TO TRACK (TYP) ++ 5/8" G.W.B. ON 3 5/8" X 20 GA. Le I 1 JOIST FRAMING SQUARE ROAD + METAL FRAMING is 16" O.G. L 1 1 5.56 FT 3/4"1 IN ]'it PORTLAND, OR 90703 STUD TRACK - SAME WIDTH AND 6A. DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT AND LOCK- ST WALL STUDS - ICG ESR IAD166P REFER TO I I NUT AFTER CEILING SYSTEM IS LEVELED A CEILING PLAN BULB CLIP I I -10 FT 1"t IN I-I/4"t (MECHANICALLY FASTENED) Li SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL 9.0 FT 1-1/4"t IN 1-1/2"t ISSUE DATE: FIN. FLOOR � METAL STUD SUSPENDED G.W.B. CEILING W450M NO. DATE DESCRIPTION a.< a a ° �+ -1/2"2 IN 2"t 12-11-15ISSUED FOR BID,°. MIN (4 FRAMING SCREWS EXISTING DEMISING WALL HAN E WIRE 103 F I PERMIT ANU LANDLORD Tc+ . < AT CONCRETE SLAB: 4 ) G R REVIE1W 7T ER2" x 2" 16 GA. CLIP ANGLE 1/4" EC REUSUPPS ET WARES TO 13.1 FT 2" IN 2-1/2"t OI DIA HILTI POWDACTUATED FASTENER W/ T CTU RAL T EL EMBERS a LESS THAN STUD WIDTH TOP CLIP3/4"' EMBEDMENT AT 24" 1 1/2" x Ib GA. COLD ROLLED O.G. ICG ESR 1663 45' MAX. BOVE - NOT TO ROOF DECK FIRST LEVEL START CHANNEL BRIDGING 15.E FT 2-I/2"t IN 3"t W-m• ABOVE FLOOR PREFIN MILLWORK SPRING CLIP ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ATTACHMENT (TYP.) HOLES " x I6 GA. METAL JOIST COMPRESSION POSTMING AT 48" O.C. 2' MA`` C . WIRES - SPLAYED 90' FROM EACH OTHER AND 450 (MAX.) FROM CEILING PLANE SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL 1/8" CHANNEL FURRING AT 16" O.C. - SECURE TO 15/8" METAL JOIST FRAMING WITH MIN. 8 GA. WIRE NOTE: L/R • RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 9DETAIL @ FLOOR TRACK SCALE: 3" = V-0" 9 BRIDGING DETAIL SCALE: 3" = V-0" 8 SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" 6 GYP. BOARD CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SCALE: NTS NRUNN ICC ESR REPORT #1305 13 ARMSTRONG SUSPE"ION SYSTEM 5100 I/2 EMT - RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE DECK h ABOVE (4'-0' MAX. FOR 1/2' 0) �� r F 3-5/8" x 20 GAUGE D AG. METAL 3 5/8" x 20 GAUGE DIAD. METAL 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRECOMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED # EACH STUDS im 48" O.C. TO STRUCTURE STUDS o 48" O.G. TO STRUCTURE SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12'-0' o.C. EACH WAY PE ABOVE (NOT DECK) ABOVE (NOT DECK) PER METAL AND WITHIN 0-0' of EACH WALL STUD BRACE SCHEDULE.FINISHED CEILING OREGl7N aVERTICAL - 12 GA. HANGER WIRE P 4'-0' O.C. COMPRESSION STRUT SIZE PER LENGTHREFER TO CEILING PLAN 3/4' EMT - NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER 3 5/8" FRAMING PER METAL STUD E SCHEDULE ABOVE ® 16" O.G. Lu (max.) STRUT SIZE EPH l FROM SLAB TIGHT TO DECK LOCKING CLIP TO FASTEN CROSS v DRILL 5/32' HOLE FOR 1/8' BOLT AND LOCK- ABOVE 3 5/8" FRAMING PER METAL STUD TEE TO MAIN RUNNER NUT AFTER CEILING SYSTEM IS LEVELED 1/2"1 IN 3/4"1 SCHEDULE ABOVE s 16" O.C. 5PLICE5 AND INTERSECTIONS OF NOTEi 435 FT (1) LAYER 5/8" G.W.B. EACH SIDE TO MIN. 6" ABOVE FINISHED RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH SECURE SUPPORT WIRES TO DO NOT CONNECT ANY CEILING SUPPORTS OR DRAWING TITLE: FROM SLAB TIGHT TO DECK CEILING MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS 556 FT 3/4"t IN I"t SPLAY WIRES TO MALL'5 MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ABOVE SUCH AS POP RIVETS, SCREWS, PINS, ABOVE - NOT TO ROOF DECK PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT OR DECK. (1) LAYER 5/8" G.W$. FROM PLATES WITH BENT TABS, OR OTHER 45' MAX CONNECT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ONLY. STRUCTURAL SLAB TO 6" ABOVE FINISHED APPROVED CONNECTORS FOR 2x DESIGN 10 FT Pit IN 1-1/4"t CEILING LOAD OR ULTIMATE AXIAL OR COMPRESSION 5' (MINIMUM 60 L55.) FRAMING 10 10 SO FT 1-1/4"t IN 1-1/1"t 5100 5100 45' A DETAILS —(3) TURNS MIN. IN 1 I/2' (TYPICAL) 103 FT I-I/2"t IN 2"t / FIN. FLR q / FIN• FLR s HANGER WIRE 45' MAX. NOT TO EXCEED 6'-0" 13.1 FT 2" IN 2-I/2"t NOTE: USE 6" STUDS FOR TOILET ROOM PLUMBING SPLAT BRACE WIRE MAIN RUNNER 15.1 FT 2-1/2"t IN 3"t WALL. 8• (MAX.) OR 1/ 1/2' CR055 TEE (4)-12 GA. SPLAY WIRES - SPLAYED 10 FROM LENGTH OF DIST. EACH OTHER AND 45' FROM CEILING PLANE PROJECT NO: TO FIRST MAIN CONT HORIZ. STRUT29 TO PREVENT SPREADING HANGER WIRE ALLOWABLE TENSION 1541 OF RUNNERS #12 170 Ibs. 4'-O' o.c. mm(. DRAWING NO: CROSS TEE #10 300 lbs. 5'-0' o.c. mm:. MAIN RUNNER /� ACOUSTICAL PANEL NOTE, L/R RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 0 O WALL TRIM SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL @ WALL 5 PARTITION TYPE "Ell SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 4 PARTITION TYPE I'D" SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 3 SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SCALE: NONE 1 NOT USED SCALE: NONE OWNER 9'}x5...: y z fhf> i q.: 5' WALL TILE AS SCHEDULDED STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS OVER GYP BD ON 'y ::...:......! METAL STUDS WALL TILE AS SCHEDULED MCNICHOLS WIRE MEASH FLUME,SEE 12011 NE 1st ST WELDED TO METAL FRAME MECHANICAL DRAWINGS Building C, Suite 202 F WALL TILE AS 518"GYP BD OVER 518"GYP BD OVER AS REQUIRED Bellevue, WA 98005 SCHEDULED 3-518"METAL STUDS 3-518"METAL STUDS 1° GYP CEILING 6"ABOVE TOP ARCHITECT OF RECORD O O OVEN,DO NOT TAPE AND 1112"x1112"x118"ANGLE MUD JOINTS �� FACE OF OVEN 20 GA SST PANEL PIZZA OVEN HOOD 112" ATTACHED TO SIDE 211 15OVEN FACE PIZZA OVEN A-401 16 GA CORNER GUARD WITH 20 GA SST PANEL CAESAR STONE SHELF HEMMED EDGES E ATTACHED A HED EXPOSED FASTENER #8 WITH COUNTER SUNK SST SST PHILLIPS PAN HEAD OVEN APRON20 GA SST PANEL 518 GYP BD OVER GRAPHITE FASTENERS SELF TAPING STAINLESS STEEL WALL 16 GA CORNER GUARD WITH HEMMED EDGES 3-518"METAL STUDS PANELS OVER GYP BD ON Graphite Design 20 GA SST PANEL ATTACHED WITH COUNTER SUNK SST FASTENERS METAL STUDS Group, LLC, Architects 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 CEASAR STONE SHELF BELOW NATURAL GAS CONTROLS, _ Seattle, WA 98101 BY MANUFACTURER 206.224.3335 E CONSULTANT OVEN SUPPORT FRAMING, BY MANUFACTURER 15 PIZZA OVEN CORNER GUARD PIZZA OVEN DETAIL AT SHELF PIZZA OVEN DETAIL AT WIRE MESH PIZZA OVEN SECTION SCALE: 6"=1'-0" 1 SCALE: 3"=1'-0" 1 SCALE: 6"=1'-0" 12 SCALE: 112"=1'-0" DIRECT VENT SEE RCP 9'-0"W x 7'-0"H MINIMUM OPENING IN SET OVEN FIRST THEN REFER TO A-111 DRILL HOLES IN BOTTOM IV ENGINE CEILING EXTERIOR WALL REQUIRED TO BRING OVEN ERECT PARTITIONS FOR SHADED OF STONE SHELF FOR .................................................................... WALL TILE AS SCHEDULED INTO SPACE,STOREFRONT REMOVAL MAY BE AND CEILING PARTITION BRACKET ANCHORS TYP .......... STAINLESS STEEL WALL REQUIRED,COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD LOCATIONS A 803 //: ..: /,,/,. /: /:f,.............:. /iii::::::: ,::::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::::,:,::.:::::,.:.,, ::::::..::...................................:.,. i/... ............,, , ...........:............................:......:.............:......................:...........................,....::,....,:.......:............. ................................................................... 1112 THICK CAESAR PANELS TYP , ..:..................:::::..:.::::::::::::: ..::::::::::::::::.:::::.:::..:.::.::.:::::::..:.:::::::::.::::::::::::::::::..,,,:.::,,..:::::::..::::.:,......................................... . .. ............ .....:.......................:...............::...............................n ............................................. f/................ .................................................................. .::::::::::nom:::::::/ ,.:�n�:::::::::::::.............................:. ......................n..............:...............:.................. � ................:.:v..::::::::::::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::..._:::.:::::::::::::::: STONE SHELF 114 BULLNOSE PARTITION TAPERS FIELD MEASURE STONE SHELF ::::::::::.:::.:::,ii/»:.:::::..::::::::.:::::: .::::::::::,.:::::::::::..:::::::::..:.::.:.:::::,.::::::::::::::..:::...:.....:...........:::.,:.,,,%..................::.:.:..........................:........:., ............................................................................. ......... DOWN TO THICKNESS TO FIT TIGHT AND FLUSH WITH EXPOSED PAN HEAD o OVEN FOOT OVEN DIMENSION SEAL OF SST TRIM PIZZA OVEN FLOOR i SQUARE DRIVE SST AND SUPPORT POINT,REFER \ \ / SCREWS,TYP F FRAME,TYP —— TO A-111 E T . Al, .. .... ................... II I ; 2"SST CORNER P ... ....... .... GUARD,TY PIZZA OVEN HOOD o / \ \ U-1J 8 21-10118 w OVEN EXHAUST PIZZA OVEN OPENING 114 ANCHOR BOLT,TYP PIZZA OVEN FACE PIZZA OVEN FACE o T 2"SST CORNER GUARD,TYP 1112"THICK CAESAR � I (� 20 GA 45 SST KNEE BRACE �; I P w a' STONE SHELF WITH(2) 1 O CV 114"ANCHOR BOLT INTO ti N NOTCH AT EACH END FOR OVEN TOOLS °� SST BRACKETS \ ' DRYWALL ANCHOR,TYP SST SHELF SUPPORT BRACKET BELOW 3'-10 314"_ OVEN APRON-SST / FACE OF PARTITION EQ EQ 1112"THICK CAESAR STONE SHELF TO SHELF ° ° WITH SST WALL PANEL � �� WITH 114"BULLNOSE EDGE = 1-112"x1-112"x118"SST v� `\ \ � � � � �c� ±4'-6" ON ANGLE FRAME '00/ TO MATCH WIDTH OF PIZZA OVEN WALL-VIF C 1"RADIUS ON FRONT CORNERS ° 1 13 ° ° .......... .. .. .. .. ..... A-401 A-401 = SQUARE WEAVE WIRE TYP ALL N MESH TYPE 304 SST AT 112" SPACING WITH.120 WIRE 4 SIDES 24 G� M x24 ACCESS PANEL N ° SST BASE WITH 2"METAL FRAME 7112" 2'-1" U— ti21-611 PIZZA OVEN SHELF SECTION q PIZ41 ZAOUENSHELF PLAN DETAIL PIZZA STAINLESS STEEL 6ENLARGED PLAN - PIZZA OVEN PLACEMENT J 10 SCALE: 3"=1'-0" SCALE: 1112"=1'-0" 7 SCALE: 112"=1'-0" DIRECT VENT SCALE: 112"=1'-0" Z J 0 O U LLJ SOFFIT _SEE_RCP — 0 9-5 L 3 PIZZA DOUGH ,_ „ ,- 1, Y ENGINE CEILING .......................... 1.. 1.. ( ) 36x58 RACKS,FOIC PLYWOOD .............................................................................................................. .............................................................................z......................... -2 1-4 I- PT-4 STAINLESS STEEL WALL POWER OUTLET 1 BACKING ATA-80 _ ....................................................................... ............... PANEL WITH EXPOSED FOR ARROW SIGN PIZZA RACKS .................................................................................................................................. ..........................................................".................................................................. ........... ........................ FASTENERS TYP 1'-2" OVER BASE �L JL JL JJ FE A-401 (2)PRONG HOOKS 12 2 SST CORNER GUARD,TYP ... ...... ........ .............................................�. ........ ............................................................................. ...................................... . AT EACH PIZZA A-401 �. ........ ...... ............. ..............................................................:.................... RACK,TYP o 9'-0" .. .. .... .. ... .... .... PIZZA OVEN HOOD 5 .... .... ....... .... ................................... .............. 11 LINES A-401 ° o PIZZA OVEN OPENING �/1 ......................................................... _..._. ................ / PT-311 �.......... �. (2)PADDLE HOOKS WITH JI %G�/ SST CORNER GUARD -. . ........ ...... ......... . . .... \ / ................................................................................. ...................................... ... ................................�. EXPOSED SST FASTENERS FIREII . ............. .. ................ EXTIGUISHER ...... .............�..:.... ................... ............... 4E EDGE OF WALL �..................... -11-... ... T. 6-0 A-702 �, : �I A-401 ISSUED / REVISED DATE ,� JI A-401 — — I . ....; CL HOOKS PERMIT BID 15 ..... ................................. .............. REVISION 1 0611 15 ...........I::...... ... II SNEEZE GUARD BY PTD ................. .. ............................................................................ OWNER'S VENDOR o...:::::::: -::::µ. :. ::.::...»..w .... ............................................ SD 7 ° ° 3.............................................. ................ 4 a (2)SST SHELVES, o *. ° ° 1112"THICK CAESAR A 401 "........................................................................ . ... .... .................... ............................. 6112 3 10 314 — ST 4A �, A-702 FOIC — IIIMiSTONE SHELF WITH S TO SHELF ......................................................................................................... .... ° ° A-702 0 :... ......... .... ............................................ ................ BRACKETS A CASEWORK BY — _ OWNER'S VENDOR — ................................................................................... .................................................. ............ POWER OUTLETSOL � Z 1 ................................................................................ ° ° ° PTD OPERABLE POINT A-402 24"x24"ACCESS. ... ..... .. .. FOR DOUGH PRESSu I I IWITH 2° L_ .J_ 1 EQUIPEMENT BY = m ........... ...................... ,......... .................................................... .............. .... PANEL W I M ° ° ....... ... ... .. ..... .. .. / METAL FRAME. REVISION 1 0611 15 ' _ ° ° .........................."..... CT-1 POS SHROUD OWNER'S VENDOR c o ... ..... M o PT-4 AT FINISH , A-803 CT-2 ............... ...3. ° ° ° ° CT-2 CASEWORK -o 11 ENLARGED PLANS AND R�.............................. ........... 9 10 NINBY VE 4F ELEVATIONS - PIZZA DOUGH PRESS ELEVA HAND ASHINGSINK, SEE NG DRAWINGS PIZZA OVEN UNROLLED ELEVATION r� ENLARGED PLAN - PIZZA ENGINE A-702 ENGINE 5 SCALE: 112"=1'-0" 4 SCALE: 112"=1'4- DIRECT VENT L SCALE: 114"=1'-0" A=401 OWNER INSIDE OUTSIDE 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F 1"CEILING ANGLE RECEIVER CO2 REGULATOR ARCHITECT OF RECORD SECURED TO SUSPENSION SYSTEM TERMINAL BACKBOARD O ROM W ITE o FROM RED NITROGEN REGULATOR U_ Y WINE Y AIR PRESSURE MANIFOLD GRAPHITE 0 o Graphite Design '— FOAM ON BEER DETECTOR Group, LLC, Architects LU C) WALK IN COOLER WALL 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 Seattle, WA 98101 ~ BEER DETECTOR 206.224.3335 E � FOAM ON BEER � OUT CONSULTANT 10-0 AFF B.O. ACOUSTICAL CEILING BEE L o 4"SLEEVE FILL WITH OUT TZ EXPANDABLE FOAM AFTER ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMTUBING INSTALLATION kE� BEE I u- �UM Um EGG EGG CRATE PANEL WITH VERTICAL o 0 GRID MEMBERS AS REQUIRED C-9 C9 PUBLIC C> CD CD OUTSIDE EDGE OF � " M BEER CASEWORK ABOVE OUTSIDE EDGE OF �" � COUNTER I� WHITE WINE BEER BEER RED WINE SEAL D 4 A-402 •�0 i OUTSIDE EDGE OF ALIGNMC) CASEWORK _�4 12"FLOOR SINK BELOW N O SHELVING BELOW 3 OUTSIDE EDGE OF COUNTER 1"CEILING ANGLE RECEIVER 6" BEER TAP SECURED TO COOLER PANEL a v2" BEER TAP TRAY BEER CONDUIT BELOW BACK EDGE OF CASEWORK GRAB AND GO CASE J RECESS BELOW FOR GRAB OUTSIDE EDGE OF COUNTER AND GO CASE BEER&WINE LINES FURNISHED AND N NITROGEN TANK INSTALLED BY OWNER'S VENDOR,TYP 5" CO2 TANK ry C If A EMPLOYEE WALK-IN COOLER 6"BEER CHASE CONDUIT TO BE ROUTED UNDER SLAB&STUBBED >— 112 BARREL KEGS AND AIR TANKS ARE INDICATED UP THROUGH FINISH FLOOR,INCLUDE PULL STRING FOR OWNER'S or_ AS ILLUSTRATIONS AND ARE NOT TO SCALE. VENDOR INSALLATION OF BEER&WINE LINES ()�r N W Cv U_ ti BEER TAP PLAN AT MAKE LINE CEILING BOARD ENCLOSURE PANEL DETAIL BEER AND WINE MANIFOLD DIAGRAM _j fy 8 SCALE: 112"=1'-0" SCALE: 3"=1'-0" V SCALE: 11''112"44' Z JO O Uj0= 12'-0" W Q PUBLIC INSIDE OUTSIDE a 2'-0" EMPLOYEE PUBLIC ALIGN CENTER OF FLOOR OUTSIDE EDGE OF EQ3 EQ3 SINK WITH OUTSIDE EDGE PARTITION N — — — — — � CASEWORK SHELVING B OF CASEWORK ABOVE OUTSIDE EDGE OF o 0 0 o CN CASEWORK ABOVE 4 I „ „ A� 24"X 48"X 74° 24 X 48 X 74„ 02 LU 4 TIER 4 TIER BEER TAPS, OUTSIDE EDGE OF ,< PARTITION TYP,REFER FOTO WALK-IN COOLER so o 0 0 o w TO PLAN RELATIONSHIP COUNTER ABOVE WALL x o 0 Z GRAB AND GO CASE I I soTO WALK-IN COOLER ALIG / .(� '� I o MAY VARY II DRAIN BOARD, � _ / `�' o o w 00 - FOIO i ----- -- — _ ISSUED / REVISED DATE �, �, 6”CHASE IN FLOOR WALK-IN COOLER/ PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 F� xcr ........ DRAIN LINE TO FLOOR - - - - FREEZER,WALLS,CEILING, REVISION 1 .11.15 x x FLOOR FURNISHED BY ...................... .................. SINK INSIDE CABINENT, _ 12"FLOOR SINK N OWNER'S VENDOR ::: Lu .................... F010 KEG SLEEVE THROUGH "' C% M 18"X X 74" !_ ... ... w o WALK-IN WALL BEERNVINE LINES,FOTO U - � R A FOR TUBING ---- ---------- ------------------ - `- BEER CHASE OUTSIDE EDGE OF BEER TAP ABOVE 6"BEER CHASE CASEWORK ABOVE 6'. 6"CHASE IN FLOOR BEER 1 WINE FROM WALK-IN COOLER BACK EDGE OF CASEWORK MANIFOLD RECESS FOR GRAB AND GO CASE NITROGEN& REVISION 1 06.11.15 FLOOR SINK OPEN TO INSIDE CABINET EMPLOYEE N RED WINEE KEG ENLARGED PLANS AND RED W DETAILS - WALK-IN BEER CHASE SECTION AT MAKE LINE BEER CHASE PLAN AT MAKE LINE BEER CHASE PLAN AT COOLER WALK-IN COOLERTREEZER ENLARGED PLAN COOLER 4 SCALE: 112"=1'4" 3 SCALE: 112"=1'4" 2 SCALE: 11/2"44' SCALE: 112"=1'-0" A-402 OWNER 0, i .:. / / 12011 NE 1 st ST Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F ARCHITECT OF RECORD GRAPHITE Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 Seattle, WA 98101 206.224.3335 E CONSULTANT NO FIXTURES OR SENSORS TO LIGHT FIXTURE, r NO FIXTURES OR SENSORS TO 1141 BE LOCATED WITHIN THIS AREA 211 211 SEE ELECEQ EQ BE LOCATED WITHIN THIS AREA SHIM TOP 4 EQUAL �� #IV BETWEEN CEILING FINISH LIGHT FIXTURE,SEE I UA SEAL D I ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS,TYP QCT 'N oj G-17 T-15 L7A CH / J 3 ;>>d Ui PT-15 MIR T-15 I P -4 / 2 0 O RP-3 A-803 I d N SD - 0 I PL-4 Z 7 L� S ��3a PTD 3'-011 N , _ GB 0 2'-011 11.011 GB BCT ZD CC> FR -3 \ LAV TPD LAVZo- C? zo - o M `7 M o M ll z z L — —1 &n. — E-4 WC CM C M C _ NN �NCV V - CO 4`�- CO 5'-0" �N �N� I I I S� �N *1r% B-1 "g B-1 INSULATE DRAIN WR B-1 WC M AND SUPPLY PIPING 3'-0" 5'-0"CLEAR INSULATE DRAIN AND A-803 41-611 A-803 A-803 A-803 SUPPLY PIPING FRP-3 LL wN ti WOMEN'S RESTROOM - ELEVATION WOMEN'S RESTROOM - ELEVATION WOMEN'S RESTROOM - ELEVATION WOMEN'S RESTROOM - ELEVATION 10 SCALE: 114"=1'-0" SCALE: 114"=1'-0" SCALE: 114"=1'-0" V SCALE: 114"=1'-0" z (D O umiC) 131-211 < #4 0 3'-11" 3'-0" 5'-0"CLEAR 4'-0" U) 7 Of11-1011 EQ EQ 1'-6" 1'-10" OCCUPANCY SENSOR, 11�I' � B E E SEE ELEC N 0 0 ;F 00500 3.E I L7A M M OF — I CL CL L4A LA I ISSUED/ REVISED DATE I I PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 sI REVISION 1 06.11.15 �y CD I I FULL HEIGHT - - - SP2 - - L4A 7 LU w A \ / 6 A-403 9 W J _ WOMEN'S C)r2-6 CLEAR RESTROOM w 4'-1112 105 10 61-7" 4'-15116" REVISION 1 06.11.15 ENLARGED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS - WOMEN'S RESTROOM - FLOOR PLAN WOMEN'S RESTROOM - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RESTROOM 3 SCALE; 114"=1'4" � SCALE: 114"=1'4" A-403 OWNER % . 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F ARCHITECT OF RECORD GRAPHITE Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 Seattle, WA 98101 206.224.3335 E CONSULTANT LIGHT FIXTURE, NO FIXTURES OR SENSORS TO SEE ELEC 1-4 2' 4 EQUAL 211 BE LOCATED WITHIN THIS AREA 1 EQ EQ 1-411 %"SHIM TOP - BETWEEN UA LIGHT FIXTURE,SEE � CEILING FINISH SEAL D ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 0 E T .� PT-15 PT-15 L �� \ CHL7A G-18 Q 3 2 \ A-803 PT-15 PT-15 U G A-803 SD I MIR A-803 PT-15 dv> y O PTD co FRP-3 3'-0" FRP-3 PL-4 11.011 21-011 0 `n `D BCT - • LAV _ TPD o M 1�611 CD :: :: _ M clo I o WC >, r CD LAV �., M C N CO CD N r% +0% 9 B-1 1 6 2 WR INSULATE DRAIN B-1 9 B-1 FRP-3 A-803 A-803 AND SUPPLY PIPING A-203 4'-6" 5 0 W CV INSULATE DRAIN AND A-803 LJ._ CV i SUPPLY PIPING i i Cf ~ MENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION MENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION MENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION MENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION 10 SCALE: 114"=1'-0" SCALE: 114"=1'-0" SCALE: 114"=1'-0" SCALE: 114"=1'-0" Z J O O C) W Uj U C/) 6if 61-711 41-111 - C-0 B 10 A-403 8 LU rGYPI PT-4CN 2'-6"CLEA / \ '-0""AFF Uj � � 9 JLU 4'-1112„ I - - - - - - - - - - - I I v�`�� RESTROOM cx:p -----------GSP-2 I h 1 106 L4A ao Q:: CL ISSUED/ REVISED DATE OCCUPANCY SENSOR; I I ` o — —I PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 I "' � SEE ELEC . L4A L4A �I REVISION 1 06.11.15 - I L7A I M Y , A EQ. EQ. EQ EQ 1'-6" 01 2'-0" 0, 11411 2'-0" 2'-6"CLEAR 5'-0"CLEAR 4'-0112" REVISION 1 06.11.15 4'-2" 13'-2" ENLARGED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS - MEN'S RESTROOM - FLOOR PLAN MEN'S RESTROOM - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RESTROOM 3 SCALE; 114"=1'-0" SCALE: 114"=1'-0" A-404 10 OWNER DOOR HARDWARE S SHEET NOTES 00LEG MANUFACTURERS LIST:IV IVES;LCN LCN;HG=HAGER .: HW# G 1 -SINGLE STOREFRONT ENTRY DOOR FRAME 1. THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL FEDERAL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ACCESSIBILITY QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG# FINISH MANU - # GUIDELINES AND LOCAL ACCESS CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1EA 1 HT LETTERS,SEE 91A-601 -- ... DOOR ROOM NAME REMARKS 2. THRESHOLDS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 112"ABOVE THE FLOOR. EDGE TO BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE 1EA MOD GRAPHIC --- """ TYPE HDWR WIDTH HEIGHT THICK MAT'L FINISH HEAD JAMB THRSLD MAT'L FINISH 4EA BUTT HINGE 5BB1,4112"X 41/2" 652 IV NO GREATER THAN 1 IN 2, 12011 NE 1st ST 1EA OFFSET DOOR PULL 8190-2 US32D IV3. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE, MOUNTED 30 TO 44 ildin ABOVE THE FLOOR Bug C Suite 202 1EA EXIT DEVICE 99EO-LD US28 US28 VD 101A ENTRY B 1 3'-0" 7'-0" - - - - - - - - EXISTING AND BE OPERABLE WITH A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 LBS.FOR INTERIOR DOORS. EXTERIOR DOOR-8112" Bellevue, WA 98005 F 1EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 LCN 101B GARAGE DOOR - - 101-4" 9'-8" - - - - - - - - EXISTING POUNDS MAX.PRESSURE FIRE DOOR-15 POUNDS MAX.PRESSURE 4. ACCESSIBLE DOORS MUST BE MINIMUM 3'-0"WX6-8"H,MODIFY IF REQUIRED. ARCHITECTOF RECORD 1EA THRESHOLD 158-A PEM 101C ENTRY B 1 3'-0" 7'-0" - * * - - - * * *MATCH EXISTING 5. PROVIDE 18"CLEAR SPACE AT STRIKE/PULL SIDE ON INTERIOR DOORS,AND 12"CLEAR AT STRIKE/PUSH 103A KITCHEN D 3 3'-0" 7'-0" - MTL MTL 61A-601 61A-601 - HM PT-2 ELIASON DOOR,REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SIDE OF DOORS WI CLOSERS AND 24"CLEAR AT STRIKE/PULL SIDE ON EXTERIOR DOOR 6. FLOOR SHALL BE LEVEL THROUGHOUT. SEE UNDERCUT DOOR 1";PAINT TRIM TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL HW#3-KITCHEN 105 WOMEN'S RESTROOM C 4 3'-0" 7'-0" 1314" SCW WD 1/A-601 11A-601 --- HM 7. CLOSERS:FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR.DOOR CLOSERS TO BE MOUNTED ON REMARKS COLOR ON OUTSIDE i QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG# SWING SIDE OF DOORS.DOOR CLOSERS TO HAVE A MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE OF 5 LBS(INTERIOR FINISH ,� MANU SEE UNDERCUT DOOR 1 �PAI � U 00 NT TRIM TO MATCH L C ADJACENT WALL EXTERIOR - 12 POUNDS MAX.PRESSURE FIRE DOOR-15 POUNDS MAX. "NOTE: HINGED DOORS). E RIOR DOOR 8 I OU 1 MEN RESTROOM 06 R TR 4 S S 00 C 3 0 7-0 1 4 1 1 - 31 S W WD 1 A A l HM HARDWARE LIMITED TO MANUFACTURER INSTALLED P C 160 1 60 PACKAGE. REMARKS COLOR ON OUTSIDE PRESSURE THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITIO OF 90 DEGREES MIN.,THE DOOR SHALL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 IN.FROM THE HW#4-RESTROOM LATCH,MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG# FINISH MANU 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH SUPPLIER THAT ALL HARDWARE MEETS ADAAG REQUIREMENTS. G R AP H I T E 1EA PUSH PLATE 8200,3112"X 15" 630 IV 9. ALL DOOR HINGES TO BE STEEL BALL BEARING,FULL MORTISE TYPE. Graphite Design 1EA PULL PLATE 8300,3112"X 15" 630 IV 10. ALL METAL DOOR FRAMES TO BE PROVIDED WITH SILENCERS. Group, LLC, Architects 1EA PULL 8102,3/4",ROUND 8" 630 IV 11. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE PROVIDED WITH COMMERCIAL GRADE WALL OR FLOOR STOPS. 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 3EA HINGES B 1279,41/2"X 4112" -- HG 12. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ALL EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN TO BE IN GOOD OPERATING Seattle, WA 98101 1EA FLOOR STOP FS17 - IV ORDER AND TO MEET ALL LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND ADAAG REQUIREMENTS.GENERAL 206.224.3335 E 1EA CLOSER W/HOLD OPEN 1460 LCN CONTRACTOR TO RESTORE DOORS AND HARDWARE TO"LIKE NEW"CONDITION. CONSULTANT 1EA 10"KICKPLATE 8400,PUSH SIDE US32D IV THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE TO BE LOCATED ON LATCH SIGN REQUIREMENTS: SIDE OF DOOR CLEAR OF 1. READILY VISIBLE AND DURABLE SIGN SHALL BE PLACED DOOR-SWING.SEE EVA-803 TYP®OR®GRAPHIC BYVENDOR ON THE SIDELITE AS INDICATED. 3" SEAL 0 2.HEIGHT OF LETTERS 1"MINIMUM, LETTERS TO CONTRAST WITH STOREFRONT FINISH / 3.INSTALL SO NOT VISIBLE FROM STORE EXTERIOR. EXIT DOOR SIGNAGEEXIT"OR'EXIT U-1 �; c B INTERIOR SIDE OF DOORS) SIGN ROUTE" / NTS 6" QOF SIGN co 112" 112" MEN VVWEN D - o o / SIM `4 METAL FRAME C�_RESTROOIVI PLAQUE SEE E1-DIA-803 FOR NTTEXT REQUIREMENTS "' "' 6" / DOOR f UPPERCASE CHARACTERS .:.....:.:::: 13 RAISED 1132" /n. S 0 �" >» HEIGHT OF LETTERING ........................... 518 M N TO 2 MAX MEN CORRESPONDING GRADE II BRAILLE ACCESSIBLE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL M A ENTRY DOOR SIGNAGE INTERIOR SIDE OF DOORS 0"N SIGN VIEW E RESTROOM SIGNAGE F EXIT SIGNAGE G OF ACCESSIBILITYUj 6-1 0 FOR LOCATION OF SIGNS FOR LOCATION OF SIGNS NOT TO SCALE LL CN DOOR SIGNAGE SEE SHEET SEE SHEETA 001 HEAD AND JAMB SECTION DETAIL J 9 SCALE: 112"=1'-0" SCALE: 3"=1'-0" Z J O O WCC W 3: (D C/) F_ WALL TYPE VARIES Cfl 0 A 601 WOOD DOOR A 601 DOUBLE 12, N ACTING DOOR I 112 �— CONTINUOUS SEALANT,TYP METAL FRAME / \ N A 601 A 601 DOOR o N OA\ HEAD DETAIL� ISSUED/ REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 WALL TYPE VARIES REVISION 1 06.11.15 \ / DOUBLE METAL STUDS 112" 112" CONTINUOUS SEALANT,TYP A \ METAL FRAME N DOOR i REVISION 1 06.11.15 O TYPE B O TYPE C OD TYPE D B JAMB DETAIL DOOR LEGEND & DOOR TYPES HEAD/JAMB DETAILS DETAILS 5 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE A-601 OWNER EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FURNITURE SCHEDULE SHEET NOTES 0 QUANTITY CODE ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL SIZE COLOR VENDOR REMARKS QUANTITY CODE ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL SIZE COLOR VENDOR REMARKS 1. OWNERS VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS INSTALLED i 0 BY CONTRACTOR UNLESS N TED OTHERWISE. ENGINE ENGINE 1 E-1 PIZZA OVEN EARTHSTONE 160-PAG --- --- OVEN EARLY INSTALL REQD 1 F-2 WOOD TOP PREP TABLE JOHN BOOS Z-MOD-1R 30 x 72 SST&MAPLE FURNITURE BOTTOM SHELF,SALAD BOWL COMPARTMENT LEFT ,, :•. 1 E-2 DOUGH PRESS CUPPONE PZF30-DF 12"DBL FLAT --- KITCHN EQUIPMENT (1)AS BACKUP UNIT 1 F-3 LARGE SALAD BOWL COMPARTMENT-LEFT ELKAY FOODSERVICE FURNITURE MOUNT ON LEFT SIDE OF WOOD TOP PREP TABLE 12011 NE 1st ST 1 E-5 SHAKE MACHINE-RIGHT TAYLOR 441-MOD-R 20 QUART SST SHAKE MACHINE WITH SPINNER 1 F-4 DOUGH PRESS STAND CUPPONE SPZFUS --- --- FURNITURE WITH DRAWER,INSERT,DOUGH SPATULA&CASTERS Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F 2 E-6 DOUBLE REFRIGERATED COUNTER CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR SW60-24MIOOMP 60" SST&ALUM KITCHN EQUIPMENT (24)116 4"DEEP PANS WTH 10"CUTTING BOARD, 2 F-5 DOUGH PRESS SHELF ELKAY FOODSERVICE EWMS-12-36 12"x 36" SST SHELVING WALL MOUNTED FRONT BREATHER&CASTERS ARCHITECT OF RECORD 3 F-6 PIZZA RACK AMERICAN METALCRAFT 19029 27112" CHROME SHELVING WALL MOUNTED,(15)SHELVES 1 E-7 SINGLE REFRIGERATED COUNTER CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR SW27-12MI00MP 27" SST&ALUM KITCHN EQUIPMENT (12)116 4"DEEP PANS WTH 10"CUTTING BOARD, FRONT BREATHER&CASTERS DINING 1 E-8 REACH-IN COOLER TURBO AIR TOMAOSB 39"x 34"x 42" GLI SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT (1)ADJUSTABLE SHELF 28 F-25 CHAIR TABOURET 14366775 15"W x 15"D x 17"H VINTAGE FURNITURE STACKABLE,NON-MAR FOOT GLIDES .,: 1 E-10 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR-RIGHT CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR UC27-RH 2711 SST&ALUM KITCHN EQUIPMENT WITH CASTERS 6 F-27 LOW STOOL TABOURET 12"W x 12"D x 24"H VINTAGE FURNITURE STACKABLE,NON-MAR FOOR GLIDES „ , „ -- .. 2 E-11 HAND SINK ADVANCE TABCO 7-PS-23-EC-SP 9 W z 9 L x 5 D 20 GA SST PLUMBING EQUIP WITH SPLASH MOUNTED FAUCET F-29 BENCH CUSTOM 1-S x 11-6 WD-2 CASEWORK DINING Q --- F-31 PATIO CHAIR GARDEN TREASURES DAVENPORT BISTRO 14"W x 14"D x 17"H BLACK WIRE MESH FURNITURE 1 E-25 SODA MACHINE CORNELIUS IMI CIE COMBO DF200 --- --- COKE MACHINE --- F-32 STOOL-FIXED --- CUSTOM --- --- CASEWORK BOLT DOWN G R A P H I T E 1 E-26 ICE MACHINE ICE O MATIC GEM0956A --- SST ICE MACHINE CHEWABLE ICE CRYSTALS -- F-33 PATIO UMBRELLA AAA INOVATIONS - 8 SQUARE RED WIALUM POLE FURNITURE _ Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects 2 E-27 JUICE DISPENSER GRINDMASTER CECILWARE D25-3 17112"W SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT (2)5-GALLON CLEAR BOWL --- F-34 PATIO UMBRELLA BASE GARDEN TREASURES --- ROUND,25 LBS BLACK FURNITURE --- 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 KITCHEN CHEN Seattle, WA 98101 (2)COMPARTMENT 36"x 78"COOLER DOOR 36" 16&18 GA SST WITH BACKSPLASH TURNED DOWN EDGES 206.224.3335 E 1 E-51 WALK-IN COOLER I FREEZER NORLAKE FINELINE-CUSTOM 8'W x 12'L x 7'-7"H --- KITCHN EQUIPMENT 1 F-51 PREP TABLE ELKAY FOODSERVICE WT30S60-BG 30"x 60" FURNITURE CONSULTANT FREEZER DOOR STRIP CURTAIN,OREGON SEAL GALV LEGS BOTTOM SHELF,ADJ PLASTIC FEET 1 E-52 DISHWASHER ECOLAB ES2000HT-V --- ---- DISHWASHER WITH 24"DRAIN BOARD,DRYING TABLE, 1 F-56 WALK-IN COOLER SHELVING-36" OLYMPIC J2436K SHELF,J74K POST 18"x 36"x 74" GREEN EPDXY SHELVING (3)TIER WITH SPACE FOR KEGS UNDER INTEGRAL VAPOR VENT (4)POSTS,GROOVES AT 1"INTERVAL 91"W z 30"D x 10"H, 16 GA SST TOP RIGHT DISHWASER CONNECTION,ADJ PLASTIC FEET, 2 F-57 WALK-IN COOLER SHELVING-48" OLYMPIC J2448K SHELF,J74K POST 24"x 48"x 74" GREEN EPDXY SHELVING (4)TIER,(4)POSTS,GROOVES AT 1"INTERVAL --- E-53 DISHWASHER SINK-LEFT ELKAY FOODSERVICE DDT-91-L-MOD (3)18"W x 241 x GALV LEGS PLMBING EQUIP RAISED 1-112"ROLLED EDGE,(3)3-112"BASKET 12"D BOWLS STRAINERS 1 F-58 WALK-IN COOLER SHELVING-60" OLYMPIC J2460K SHELF,J74K POST 24"x 60"x 74" GREEN EPDXY SHELVING (4)TIER,(4)POSTS,GROOVES AT 1"INTERVAL 91"W x 30"D x 10"H 16 GA SST TOP LEFT DISHWASER CONNECTION,ADJ PLASTIC FEET, 1 F-59 DUNNAGE RACK -SMALL NEW AGE 2001 36"W x 18"D x 8"H ALUM SHELVING 3000 LB CAPACITY 1 E-54 3 COMPARTMENT SINK-RIGHT ELKAY FOODSERVICE DDT-91-R-MOD (3)18"W x 241 x GALV LEGS PLMBING EQUIP RAISED 1-112"ROLLED EDGE,(3)3-112"BASKET 1 F-60 DUNNAGE RACK-LARGE NEW AGE 2002 48"W x 18"D x 8"H ALUM SHELVING 2500 LB CAPACITY 12"D BOWLS STRAINERS 16"SPOUT,8" SPLASH MTD,SPRING ACTION FLEXIBLE GOOSENECK, 2 F-61 WALL SHELF-42" OLYMPIC J1842C WIRE SHELF 18"x 42" CHROME SHELVING (2)TIER,WALL MTD,3 COMPARTMENT SINK 1 E-55 3 COMPARTMENT SINK FAUCET SPRAYER FISHER 13390,ADD-ON 2901-16 1.15 GPM,60 PSI --- PLMBING EQUIP WALL BRACKET J1WD18C BRACKET 18" 37"W x 26"W x 44"H WITH 18"LEFT DRAINBOARD,9"BACKSPLASH,ADJ J1848C WIRE SHELF 18"x 48" (2)TIER,WALL MTD,OVER DISHWASHER SINK,OVER 1 E-56 PREP SINK-LEFT ELKAY FOODSERVICE SPK-E1C16X20-L-18 16"W x 20"L x 12"D GALV LEGS 18 GA SST TOP PLMBING EQUIP PLASTIC FEET,RAISED 1-112"ROLLED EDGE,3-112" 6 F-62 WALL SHELF-48" OLYMPIC JlWD18C BRACKET 18" CHROME SHELVING PREP SINK,OVER PREP TABLE BOWL BASKET STRAINER 4 F-67 18"FLOOR SHELF-48" OLYMPIC J1848C SHELF,J86C POST 18"x 48"x 86" CHROME SHELVING (5)TIER,(4)POSTS,GROOVES AT 1"INTERVAL SEAL 37"W x 26"W x 44"H 18 GA SST TOP WITH 18"RIGHT DRAINBOARD,9"BACKSPLASH,ADJ 1 F-69 24"FLOOR SHELF-24" OLYMPIC J2424C SHELF,J86C POST 24"x 24"x 86" CHROME SHELVING (5)TIER,(4)POSTS,GROOVES AT 1"INTERVAL ° --- E-57 PREP SINK-RIGHT ELKAY FOODSERVICE E1C16X20-R-18 16"W x 20"L x 12"D PLMBING EQUIP PLASTIC FEET,RAISED 1-112"ROLLED EDGE,3-112" BOWL GALV LEGS BASKET STRAINER 1 F-72 24"FLOOR SHELF-42" OLYMPIC J2442C SHELF,J86C POST 24"x 42"x 86" CHROME SHELVING (5)TIER,(4)POSTS,GROOVES AT 1"INTERVAL "tC .NOS 1 E-58 PREP SINK FAUCET ADVANCE TABCO K-101 8"SPOUT --- PLMBING EQUIP SPLASH MTD,8"OC �d 1 E-59 TEA BREWER BLOOMFIELD WLS-8742-3G 3 GAL SST PLMBING EQUIP --- o Q 0 TABLE SCHEDULE 1 E-60 TEA DISPENSER BLOOMFIELD 8799-3G 3 GAL SST PLMBING EQUIP WITH HANDLES,WITHOUT SIGHT GLASS C�,S'70 P� 1 E-61 MOP SINK ELKAY FOODSERVICE FLR-3 24"W x 20"L x 16"D 16&18 GA SST PLMBING EQUIP 2"FREE FLOW DRAIN,3-112"FLAT STRAINER QUANTITY CODE ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL SIZE COLOR VENDOR REMARKS S� 1 E-62 MOP SINK FAUCET FISHER 8253 --- CHROME PLMBING EQUIP LONG SPOUT TOPS 1 E-63 WATER HEATER --- --- --- --- --- SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS 8 T-1 BANQUETTE TABLE TOP-2 TOP -- CUSTOM 2'-0"x 2'-6" WD-2 CASEWORK 3"RADIUS CORNERS,EASED EDGE 4 T-2 BANQUETTE TABLE TOP-4 TOP -- CUSTOM 2'-6"x 4'-0" WD-2 CASEWORK 3"RADIUS CORNERS,EASED EDGE 2 T-3 TABLE TOP-6 TOP -- CUSTOM 2'-6"x 6'-3" WD-2 CASEWORK 3"RADIUS CORNERS CASEWORK SCHEDULE 2 T-5 HIGH TABLE TOP-10 TOP -- CUSTOM 2'-2"x 9'-5" WD-4 CASEWORK 3"RADIUS CORNERS M 1 T-8 BUDDY BAR TOP-ACCESSIBLE -- CUSTOM V-9"x SEE PLAN WD-2 CASEWORK 3"RADIUS CORNERS EBASES QUANTITY CODE ITEM MANUFACTURR MODEL SIZE COLOR VENDOR REMARKS 12 T-25 TEE TABLE BASE-30"TALL FOLDCRAFT 1924242KT 24"LEGS x 30"H BLACK FURNITURE 4"POST N W ENGINE 8 T-26 CROSS TABLE BASE-30"TALL FOLDCRAFT 1924244KT 24"LEGS x 30"H BLACK FURNITURE 4"POST N 1 C-1 MAKE LINE BASE CABINET --- CUSTOM --- ML-2 CASEWORK --- 1 C-2 MAKE LINE COUNTER TOP --- CUSTOM --- PL-1 CASEWORK 3 T-28 TABLE POST-32"TALL FOLDCRAFT J-32-5-BL 5"DIA x 32"H BLACK FURNITURE BOLT DOWN --- -.. HRS-1,GLASS CASEWORK 3 EQUAL SECTIONS,RETURN ALONG GRAB&GO CASE 1 C-3 MAKE-LINE SNEEZE GUARD -- CUSTOM (J� 6 T-29 HIGH TABLE POST-40"TALL FOLDCRAFT J-40-5-BL 5"DIA x 40"H BLACK FURNITURE BOLT DOWN J O Z O 1 C-4 MAKE LINE FINISH PANELS --- CUSTOM --- WD-2 CASEWORK --- TI = Q -- 1 C-5 POS BASE CABINET --- CUSTOM --- ML-2 CASEWORK T-51 PATIO TABLE GARDEN TREASURES DAVENPORT BISTRO 2-6 x 2-6 BLACK WIRE MESH FUNRITURE 30 TALL W U --- w -- T-52 PATIO TABLE-ACCESSIBLE SEATING CONNECTION CAMBI 2'-6"x 4'-6" IRON FURNITURE 30"TALL � Q " HRS-1 GLASS C� 1 C-6 SNEEZE GUARD-MAKE LINE -- CUSTOM 18 x 168 CASEWORK � _ CJS �-- 1 C-7 POS SHROUD --- CUSTOM --- WD-8 CASEWORK --- C-0 1 C-8 POS FINISH PANELS --- CUSTOM --- WD-8 CASEWORK --- m Irl— B 1 C-9 EXPEDITE BASE CABINET -- CUSTOM --- ML-2 CASEWORK -- OCN 1 C-10 EXPEDITE COUNTER TOP -- CUSTOM --- PL-1 CASEWORK -- 1 C-11 EXPEDITE SNEEZE GUARD -- CUSTOM --- HRS-1,GLASS CASEWORK 2 EQUAL SECTIONS 1 C-12 EXPEDITE FINISH PANELS --- CUSTOM --- WD-8 CASEWORK --- 1 C-13 OVEN SHELF -- CUSTOM --- ST-1 CASEWORK CONTRACTOR SEE COORDINATION NOTE ON 91A-401 DINING 1 C-25 BEVERAGE BASE CABINET -- CUSTOM --- ML-2 CASEWORK SEE A-807 ISSUED /REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 1 C-26 BEVERAGE COUNTER TOP -- CUSTOM --- PL-1 CASEWORK SEE A-807 REVISION 1 L� 06.11.15 1 C-27 BEVERAGE JUICE RAIL --- CUSTOM --- HRS-1 CASEWORK --- 1 C-28 BEVERAGE FINISH PANELS -- CUSTOM --- WD-8 CASEWORK -- 1 \C-29 TRASH BASE CABINET -- CUSTOM --- ML-2 CASEWORK WD-3 BANDING AT EXPOSED EDGES 1 JC-30 TRASH COUNTER TOP -- CUSTOM --- PL-1 CASEWORK -- 1 )C-31 TRASH BUSSING TOP --- CUSTOM --- HRS-1 CASEWORK --- 1 C 32 TRASH FINISH PANELS --- CUSTOM --- WD-8 CASEWORK --- REVISION 1 06.11.15 C-33 QUEUING RAILING --- CUSTOM --- --- CASEWORK --- 1 C-34 LOW WALL AT BENCH --- CUSTOM --- WD-8,HRS-1 CASEWORK --- EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK; FURNITURE LEGENDS A-602 2 34 OWNER MISCELLANEOUSITEMS LEGEND LEGEND SHEET N R................... x.......... i ... ........ : QUANTITY CODE ITEM MANUFACTURERMODEL SIZE COLOR VENDOR REMARKS CODE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER COLOR LOCATION REMARKS 1OWNER'S VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS INSTALLED . URNI S AC-1 2x4 LAY-IN CEILING TILE USG WHITE,VINYL FACE KITCHENN - BY CONTRACTOR UNLESS T NLES OTHERWISE NOTED. ENGINE THROUGHOUT LION LL 1 M-1 POS SYSTEM --- --- --- - POS B-1 6 RUBBER COVE BASE ARMSTRONG 81 GRAPHITE GRAY CONTINUOUS CLEAR SILICON BEAD AT BASE TOP OF WA ; ;.;,:;,, -- -- 2. VERIFY WITH OWNER AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT ''"''Ii< %�''" B-2 4"HOT ROLLED STEEL BASE •. CLEAR FINISH BANQUETTE SEATING BY CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLING BLACK FRP, 1 M-2 BEER/WINE DISPENSER BEER&WINE ROUTE TUBING THROUGH BEER CHASE 12011 NE 1st ST 1 M-3 GLOVE HOLDER SMITH&GREENE SHEETHLDR --- SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT MOUNT TO FACE OF REFRIGERATED COUNTER CT-1 2"x8"CERAMIC TILE DALTILE ARTIC WHITE PIZZA OVEN -- Building C, Suite 202 3. PREPARE ALL NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES IN A Bellevue, WA 98005 F 1 M-4 TONG HOLDER SMITH&GREENE TONGHLDR-SS 18" SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT MOUNT TO FACE OF REFRIGERATED COUNTER CT-2 4112"x8"CERAMIC TILE BASE DALTILE ARTIC WHITE PIZZA OVEN -- SATISFACTORY MANNER TO RECEIVE NEW CT-3 4"x16"CERAMIC TILE DALTILE LILLIS IVORY BEVERAGE STATION TILE TO START AT BEVERAGE STATION COUNTERTOP FINISHES. THIS INCLUDES THE DEMOLITION AND ARCHITECT OF RECORD 6 M-5 POCKET THERMOSTAT COOPER ATKINS DPP40OW-0-8 2-3/4" --- KITCHN EQUIPMENT PEN STYLE,LCD REMOVAL OF NECESSARY ITEMS. TOUCH-UP 4 M-6 REFRIGERATOR THERMOSTAT TAYLOR PRECISION 5925-44 120mm x 30mm --- KITCHN EQUIPMENT TUBE SYTLE, MAGNETIC FAB-2 FABRIC MOMENTUM;BRAVO II BARN BENCH -- AND/OR REFINISH OF SURFACES DAMAGED BY FRP-1 FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC --- WHITE,PEBBLE FINISH KITCHEN WALLS,BEHIND ___ SUBSEQUENT WORK. ALL WORK SHALL BE 1 M-7 STEAM TABLE PAN VOLLRATH 3094-2 4"H x 6"W x 4"D 22 GA SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT --- BEVERAGE STATION CABINETS PERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE M-8 TABLE P - KITCHN E -- .. .. MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION 1 STEAM A AN VOLLRATHEQUIPMENT - 3064 2 4 H x 6 W x 6 D 22 GA SSTQ FRP- ED 3 FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC MARLITE P-14 SILVER RESTROOM WALLS 5 �. METHODS. PREPARE THE EXISTING FLOOR PRIOR 1 M-9 STEAM TABLE PAN VOLLRATH 3034-2 4"H x VW x 12"D 22 GA SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT --- HRS HOT ROLLED STEEL --- CLEAR FINISH -•- TO THE APPLICATION OF FINISH FLOORING. THE 1 M-10 STEAM TABLE PAN VOLLRATH 3036-2 6"H x 6"W x 12"D 22 GA SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT --- ML-1 MELAMINE MEDEX WHITE MELAMINE MANAGER'S DESK --- EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB MUST BE SMOOTH AND LEVEL TO WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF ONE-EIGHTH 1 M-11 STEAM TABLE PAN VOLLRATH 3026-2 6"H x 10"W x 12"D 22 GA SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT --- ML-2 MELAMINE MEDEX BLACK MELAMINE ENGINE --- INCH PER FOOT. LATEX CEMENT PATCHING G R A P H I T E 1 M-12 STEAM TABLE PAN VOLLRATH 3006-2 6"H x 20"W x 12"D 22 GA SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT --- PL-3 LAMINATE COUNTERTOP FORMICA EBONY OXIDE-MATTE FINISH --- COMPOUND SHALL BE UTILIZED(NO ASPHALT Graphite Design BASED COMPOUNDS). Group, LLC, Architects 1 M-13 ADAPTER FRAME J&K CONSTRUCTION CUSTOM CUSTOM SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT FOR PAN LAYOUT CANYON ZEPHYR-MATTE 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 1 M-14 ADAPTER BAR VOLLRATH 75012 13"x 1"x 114" SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT FOR PAN LAYOUT PL-4 LAMINATE PARTITIONS WILSONART FINISH#4842-60 RESTROOMS 4. REMOVE ALL HARDWARE,SWITCH COVERS, ETC. Seattle, WA 98101 V80013 DBL ROBE HKSN PRIOR TO PAINTING AND REINSTALL AFTER 206.224.3335 E 2 M-16 HOOK FOR PIZZA PADDLES AND BRUSHES STANLEY-NATIONAL HARDWARE BA 3" SATIN NICKEL KITCHN EQUIPMENT --- PAINTING IS COMPLETED, CONSULTANT PT-15 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 6072 VERSATILE GRAY _ 1 M-17 SAFE HOLLON SAFE COMPANY HDS-2014C --- --- KITCHN EQUIPMENT BOLT TO SLAB WITH 1-114"x 3/8"HEX BOLT IN EPDXY 211140 TAOS TAUPE, 5. ALL FINISHES SHALL BE TOUCHED UP TO CORRECT DINING PT-2 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE SEMI-GLOSS ANY IMPERFECTIONS AFTER INSTALLATION. CASEWORK VENDOR TO PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS 1 M-25 CUP DISPENSER SAN JAMAR C34000 ... SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT BELOW POS PT-3 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE AF-295 POMEGRANATE,SEMI-GLOSS REQUIRED FOR TOUCH UP WORK. --- M-26 WINDOW SHADES PT4 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE AF-15 STEAM,SEMIGLOSS --- 6. CLEAN ALL GLASS SURFACES WITH LIQUID GLASS 4 M-27 PATIO UMBRELLA AAA INOVATIONS •. 8'SQUARE RED WIALUM POLE FURNITURE -- CLEANER AT PROJECT COMPLETION. 4 M-28 PATIO UMBRELLA BASE GARDEN TREASURES ROUND,25 LBS BLACK FURNITURE AVAILABLE AT LOWES PT-5 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE DARK BLACK,SEMI-GLOSS --- 2 M-29 PATIO HEATER MOCHA PYRAMID FLAME --- 40,000 BTU ---- MOD AVAILABLE AT COSTCO,LPG TANK NOT INCLUDED SG-1 SLAB ON GRADE SEALED CONCRETE --- CLEAR FLOORS THROUGHOUT, UON RESURFACED SLAB WITH CLEAR SEALER 7. PAINT EXPOSED STRUCTURE, DUCTWORK,INSIDE OF DIFFUSERS AND PIPING IN THE SALES AREA TO 2 M-30 LIQUID PROPANE GAS TANK --- --- 20 LBS --- CONTRACTOR FOR PATIO HEATER,AVAILABLE AT LOWES SST-1 STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANEL --- #4 FINISH MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR. KITCHEN SST-2 STAINLESS STEEL -- CLEAR COAT -- 4 M-51 KEG MANIFOLD --- --- --- --- BEER&WINE SINGLE STEM,(2)TAPS ST-1 OVEN SHELF CAESARSTONE ABSOLUTE NOIR 6100 PIZZA OVEN,EXPEDITE SEAL COUNTERTOP D 1 M-52 BEER I WINE DISTRIBUTION TUBING -- -- --- --- BEER&WINE ROUTE IN UNDERGROUND BEER CHASE `,SEC •/Vo 1 M-53 AMPLIFIER+PRE-AMP NAD,2x50 WATT --- --- --- AUDIO --- TL-1 4"x 16"WALL TILE �4 1 M-54 FILE CABINET OFFICE DESIGN (2)DRAWER,LETTER SIZE 25"H x 14"W x 18"D BLACK --- --- `_ WD-1 RECLAIMED WOOD PIONEER MILLWORK FURNISHED BY OWNER 6 M-56 REFRIGERATOR THERMOSTAT COOPER ATKINS 25HP-01-1 2 SST KITCHN EQUIPMENT HANG FROM WALK-IN COOLER I FREEZER SHELF RECLAIMED HEART PINE 1 M-57 CAN OPENER EDLUND U-12 --- ---- KITCHN EQUIPMENT MANUAL,QUICK CHANGE S/� 3 1 M-58 MAGNETIC KNIFE HOLDER MUNDIAL S512 12" BLACK KITCHN EQUIPMENT WITH PLASTIC POUCH WD-2 2x BIRCH PLYWOOD DARK WALNUT STAIN DARK WALNUT STAIN -- --- M-59 BUN PANS ADVANCE TABCO 18-8A-26-2X 26"W x 18"D x 1"H 18 GA ALUM KITCHN EQUIPMENT --- WD-3 PLYWOOD ACX PLYWOOD ACX PLYWOOD STAIN TO MATCH WD-2.CLEAR COAT LAQUER 10 M-60 GARBAGE CAN RUBBERMAID 3540 201 x 11"W x 30"H BLACK KITCHN EQUIPMENT 23 GAL WD-4 RECLAIMED WOOD RECLAIMED FIR-MYRTLE CREEK RECLAIMED FIR-MYRTLE FILL KNOTS AND GRAIN SPLITS WIDARK FILLER,CLEAR SATIN FINISH PATINA CREEK PATINA 3 M-61 DUST PAN RUBBERMAID 2531 --- ---- KITCHN EQUIPMENT LONG HANDLE WD-6 SCREEN WALL 3 M-62 BROOM CARLISLE 3686500 12"W x 451 BLACK KITCHN EQUIPMENT (2)HANDLE HOLES;UPRIGHT AND ANGLED WD-7 CEILING ACCENT 1 M-63 MOP&BROOM HOLDER RUBBERMAID 1993 34" GRAY KITCHN EQUIPMENT --- WM-1 WIRE METAL MESH MCNICHOLS#550034138 MCNICHOLS#550034138 COLD ROLLED METAL SHEET 6 M-64 EMPLOYEE COAT HOOKS LIBERTY B42302Q-SN-05 --- --- SATIN NICKEL C --- SQUARE WEAVE WIRE MESH 1 M-66 GARBAGE CAN-SMALL RUBBERMAID GRAY --- --- KITCHN EQUIPMENT BEVERAGE STATION WM-2 WIRE METAL MESH MCNICHOLS TYPE 304 SST AT 1/2" PIZZA OVEN SPACING WITH .120 WIRE � N W N LL �, GRAPHICS LEGEND J elf ZJ O QUANTITY CODE ITEM MOUNTING MATERIAL SIZE VENDOR REMARKS O 1G-1 ENTRY DOOR SHEILD DOOR VINYL --- GRAPHICS CENTERED ON DOOR, 13"FROM TOP OF DOOR TO TOP OF GRAPHIC W U � RESTROOM ACCESSORIES LEGEND 1 G-2 OPEN SIGN STOREFRONT NEON --- SIGN PLUG INTO SOFFIT RECEPTACLE Q W QUANTITY ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL SIZE COLOR VENDOR REMARKS 1 G-3 WALL.SHIELD WALL WOOD --- TBD -- — U� I- --- G4 WALL FEATURE WALL VARIES VARIES --- CUSTOM 2 18"GRAB BAR AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INC TYPE 1 18" SST --- VERTICAL GRAB BAR C-0 1 G-5 LIGHTED ARROW CEILING --- --- MENU B 2 36"GRAB BAR AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INC TYPE 1 36" SST --- HORIZONTAL GRAB BAR 2 42"GRAB BAR AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INC TYPE 1 42" SST --- HORIZONTAL GRAB BAR 1 G-6 CLASSICS BOARD WALL --- --- MENU OCN 1 G-7 PRICING BOARD CEILING --- --- MENU 101A-806 2 BABY CHANGING STATION RUBBERMAID FG 781888 LPLAT --- --- --- --- 2 COAT HOOKS LIBERTY B42302Q-SN-05 --- SATIN NICKEL --- 1 G-8 DRINKS BOARD CEILING - --- MENU 91A-806 2 MIRROR BOBRICK B-1651836 18"W x 36"H ... 2 G-9 MOD STRIPES(EXTERIOR WINDOW) STOREFRONT VINYL --- GRAPHICS BOTTOM STRIPE 4"ABOVE VIEW OF TABLE TOP 2 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TORK 83TR --- --- 1 G-10 MOD STRIPES(SODA MACHINE) EQUIPMENT VINYL --- GRAPHICS ... --- --- G-11 MOD STRIPES(ENGINE) WALL VINYL --- GRAPHICS INSTALL OF PAINTED WALL, BOTTOM STRIPE 109"AFF 1 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INC 852 --- --- --- WOMEN'S ONLY ISSUED i REVISED DATE 2 SEAT COVER DISPENSER AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INC 9477-SM --- --. --- --- 1 G-12 WALL OF FAME WALL VINYL --- GRAPHICS TRIM I BLEED SHOULD BE 8"ON ALL SIDES PERM IT/BID 05.22.15 1 G-13 COMMUNITY BOARD WALL MAGNETIC --- TBD COMMUNITY BOARD TO BE MOUNTED USING 1"STAND OFFS REVISION 1 06.11.15 2 SOAP DISPENSER TORK 571028A --- -•- DISHWASHER -- CHALKBOARD 2 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER TORK 59TR -- --- --- --- 1 G-14 JUICE RAIL STICKERS CASEWORK VINYL --- GRAPHICS .-- 2 TOILET PAPER SHELF 1 G-15 CORE VALUES WALL POSTER --- GRAPHICS A 2 WASTE RECEPTACLE RUBBERMAID FG354000BLA 201 x 11"W x 30"H BLACK EQUIPMENT 23 GAL WITH RUBBERMAID FG267360BLA SWING LID 5 G-16 WALL ART-DINING WALL POSTER --- GRAPHICS 1 G-17 WALL ART-WOMEN'S RESTROOM WALL POSTER --- GRAPHICS 1 G-18 WALL ART-MEN'S RESTROOM WALL POSTER --- GRAPHICS 2 G-19 TRASH CART STICKERS CASEWORK VINYL --- GRAPHICS -- REVISION 1 06.11.15 2 G-20 RESTROOM DOORS DOOR PLASTIC --- GRAPHICS CENTERED ON DOOR,SEE 91A-601 2 G•21 ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM SIGN WALL PLASTIC --- GC SEE A-601 FINISH, GRAPHICS, MISC, RESTROOM LEGENDS A-603 OWNER ! i CL � EXISTING GARAGE PT_ 15PT_15 PT 15 PT 15 ., E / DOOR E Q Q Ah 15'-6"AFF _= V BO DECK ! 14-4 AFF _ BO DECK 1-3-'-10"AFF 12011 NE 1st ST 12'-81/_2"AFF _ Y BO STRUCTURE Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue BO STRUCTURE -:£ Q Q 'mVWA 98005 y..1W.�..,J-•, r,,^•E i .+, ARCHITECT OF RECORD 1_ n 4 ...................................................... -............................................------- -----------------------.------------------------­--- NEW -------------- .. ------------------------ 0 _.-... NEW STOREFRONT SYSTEM PANEL I ------------------------------- i i / u1 � i o , 0 m 's , o a / / E EE` CD GRAPHITb s ! ♦ N M ° - -.. l Graphite Design............ .............- _.. - �, Group, LLC, Arc hitects IBM t. 0 0 - ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- -... _ ..-..---------------.....---.-.------------------ --------- - - _.. - -- 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 FINISH FLO NEW ENTRY DOOR AT FINFSH FLOOR Seattle, WA 98101 EXISTING STOREFRONT G_1 RAILING,TYP.- B-1 EXISTING ENTRY DOOR AT B-1 206.224.3335 E SYSTEMCONSULTANT INSTALLED AT 4'-6"TO G-16 EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM B-1 BOTTOM OF BADGE INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION 15 SCALE: 114"=1'-0" 1 SCALE: 114"=1'-0" (1)COAT OF PAINT TO BE APPLIED(1)WEEK BEFORE W.O.F.GRAPHIC IS TO BE PT-2 INSTALLED - 7 G-21 G-21 G-12 PT-2 PT-15 PT-2 14'-4"AFF NO PENETRATIONS AT THIS WALL 14'-4"AFF SEAL D BO DECK V BO DECK 12'-81/2"AFF_ _ _ 12'-81/2"AFF_ _ _ �•���E �N0 ` BO STRUCTURE V BO STRUCTURE U=0X 3 y Q �I LL!e C 10'-6"AFF _ TO BEVERAGE STATION d ¢ O EQ EQ EQ EQ �•< ��' ,S'/03 SSP CT-1 .............................................. .......................... Cr, c? oo ................................................................. N J J N Y N Q- F_ O 00 a0 m m ... .................... ............. -C Z >I M ii I I 01-011 01_011 4� C _ FINISH FLOOR V FINISH FLOOR �— PT-2 -20 PT-2 _ BEVERAGE PT-2 M DOOR FRAME B-1 DOOR FRAME 10 B-1 CN G-14 AREA w CN LL ti INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION J � 9 SCALE: 11411=1'-011 l SCALE: 114'1=1'-0" Z J O O � LLJ � W A-806 A-806 PT-4 PT-2 C/) ~ C0 PT-2 G-5 CT-1 0') B PT-2 G-7 G-8 IT­ C11114 14'-4"AFF _ _ BO DECK 14'-411 AFF _ _ _ `�7 BO DECK 12'-81/2"AFF BO STRUCTURE SOFFIT 12'-81/2"AFF BO STRUCTURE PT-4 ... ...... ........... ---------------•........• PT-2 : %::::K: ....••.••.•...----.... ISSUED/REVISED DATE PT-3 .%...£....3...3...%...E.... ... .. ::3::::K::X:::=::::3::::K:: PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 G-5 �,011 REVISION 1 06.11.15 ' CT-1 ::K::%:::f::,::3::::K::%:.::f::.: ::K::%: %: A 7 N Ah 01-011 01-011 1 FINISH FLOORFINISH FLOOR REVISION 1 06.11.15 B-1 MAKE LINE CASEWORK, EXPEDITE CASEWORK,BY LOCATION OF G-13 BY OWNERS VENDOR DOUBLE SIDED BENCH SEATING OWNERS VENDOR STICKER WALL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION DINING 5SCALE, 11411=1'-011 SCALE: 11411=1'-011 A-701 A 7 10 OWNER ':r�....... /.� 12011 NE 1 st ST Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F ARCHITECT OF RECORD GRAPHITE Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 Seattle, WA 98101 206.224.3335 E CONSULTANT 15'-6"AFF _ _ _ _ _ BO DECK SEAL D 13'-10"AFF BO STRUCTURE C�`�EC I/0 0cr- LJ (0O O a O zo o ti ti O C 01-011 - - - FINISH FLOOR � DOUBLE-SIDED BENCH N w N LL ti INTERIOR ELEVATION J 8 SCALE; 114"=1'-0" J Zo O UjM U or_ C/) Q W C/) �- BCPT-15 PT-3 N 14'-4"AFF _ _ _ 14'-4"AFF BO DECK BO DECK 12'-81/2"AFF _ _ 12'-81/2"AFF BO STRUCTURE mF BO STRUCTURE Ah 10'-6" _ 10'-6"AFF PT-4 TO BEVERAGE STATION BO SOFFIT G-11 8'-0" . ....................................... . ........ CT-1 ISSUED/ REVISED DATE BO SOFFIT :X::X::::E::::3::::K: PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 REVISION 1 06.11.15 :K:: IL 11 O GD A 2'-011 B-1 f::::K:::K::X::: 0 I-011 01-011 40 FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR REVISION 1 06.11.15 -6 B 1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS G-5 INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION DINING 5 SCALE: 114"=1'-0" L SCALE: 1/4"44" A-701 B OWNER c.. f� 21.011 A-002 S.O.VALVE :.::l Ltj l: RELIEF VALVE :.:........:./ SUSPENDED ACT ;:.;, WALK-IN ;::::::;:;:: : COOLER WATER DRAIN TO MOP SINK SUSPENDED ACT HEATER SHELVING AS SHOWN ON EQUIPMENT PLAN,FOIC 12011 NE 1st ST U_ FRP-1 SHELF,TYP Ltj 48"SHELVES WALL BACKING FOR SHELF,TYP Building C, Suite 202 SHELVING-TYPICAL Bellevue, WA 98005 F CORNER ARCHITECT OF RECORD DISHWASHER MOP RACK ON WALL 1, 77 COLD WATER ELECTRICAL PANELS TO ALLOW FOR AIR 11-011 SUPPLY LINE FOR J u DRYING OF MOPS = TEA BREWER SD ::. INK S o � CURRENT LIMITING �, � EMERGENCY PTD HAND WASHING SINK, E OVEN SHUT-OFF �� PANEL ti W PLUMBING DRAWINGS GRAPHITE f J FIRE �r FRP WITH SEALANT AND o o __ EXTINGUISHER o VINYL COVE BASE TYPICAL o47) C=> Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects 0 00 M oN 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 FRP-1 �/r FRP-1 MOP SINK-OVERLAP FRP AT M MOP SINK FLANGE Seattle, WA 98101 206.224.3335 0 0 0 CONSULTANT E B-1 rB-1 WALL BASE TO GO DUPLEX ELEC OUTLET BEHIND FRP PANE S OVER 112"G.W.B.OVER 2 FOR TEA BREWER B-1 KITCHEN INTERIOR ELEVATION COOLER WALKIN KITCHEN INTERIOR ELEVATION " DRAWIEEPLUMBING 15 13 L STUDS AT 16 O.C. A-803 SCALE, 1/2"=1'-0" DRAWINGS TEA BREWER FRP-1 SCALE: 112"=1'-0" PREP TABLE tI2 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SHELF,TYP SUSPENDED ACT WALL BACKING FOR 30"X 30" PLYWOOD ATTACHED SHELVING,TYPICAL SUSPENDED ACT SEAL D TO SIDE WALL FOR EQUIPMENTCORNER 48" 48" DISHWASHER FRP-1 FRP-1 \,�E 1- ,N SHELF:16"DEEP+72"AFF 0�D POWER 1 DATA 42" 4211LLT Of+80"AFLLF uJ O SHELF: 16"DEEP+54" � WALK-IN s/03 �P AFF COOLER I N I o SINK N M O SHELF:16"DEEP+26" AFF .::::::::::: _ CV Q ------------ ° FRP-1 FRP-1 � B-1 B-1 B-1 N COUNTER:1-1/2"THICK X 30 DEEP +4211 AFF WALL BASE TO GO BEHIND W N POWER I DATA WALK IN COOLER L.._ ti KITCHEN INTERIOR ELEVATION GROMMET HOLE FOR ELECTRICAL-ALL SHELVES KITCHEN INTERIOR ELEVATION 10 SCALE: 112"=1'-0" 7 SCALE: 112"=1'4" Z J O O WCC ' 01 9-10" 8'-0" 18'-3112" (� AT ANGLE(SHOWN STRAIGHT FOR CLARITY) — C� I- B N 0 0 0 CV CV CV O MAKE LINE ELEVATION O EXPEDITE ELEVATION 3'-7" 8'-0" 9'-10° ISSUED/REVISED DATE 18'-3112" AT ANGLE(SHOWN STRAIGHT FOR CLARITY) PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 REVISION 1 06.11.15 ° -1 o O 0 J O O ®® . ®® . ®® O go N CV CV CO 0 GO CO Li REVISION 1 06.11.15 6111 21.111 11 4'-0112'1 2.211 QUAD OUTLET 2 SHEET HOLDER GLOVE HOLDER QUAD OUTLET QUAD OUTLET O MAKE LINE ELEVATION A-805 OB ELEVATION O EXPEDITE ELEVATION 27"UNDER COUNTER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS TYP TYP TRASH BIN REFRIGERATOR QUAD OUTLET A-805 PIZZA ENGINE CASEWORK ELEVATIONS WIDATA KITCHEN 4 SCALE: 112"44" A-702 OWNER/TENANT: 441-411 4 GODIVA Chocolatier ADJACENT TENANT GODIVA CHOCOLATIER, INC. 333 WEST 34TH STREET NEW YORK, NY 10001 2 A PROJECT PLANNER: U�-02 U�-02 U�-m2 -02 4. 0 X � n 0 36" ETAGERES 1 WJCA INC. (TYP.) SEE 5/S102 763 SUSQUEHANNA AVE. 01 I I FRANKLIN LAKES, NJ 07417 TEL: 201-848-9060 FAX: 201-848-9881 X STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: THE CLEAR SPACE BELOW SPRINKLERS JOSEPH LEWIS,PE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 18" BETWEEN - 3260 W.HENDERSON RD. THE TOP OF THE STORAGE AND THE W SURE 10 CEILING SPRINKLER DEFLECTOR. I @ (1) COLUMBUS, OH 43220 TEL' 614-326-2806 CHROME WIRE SHELVING N FAX 614.326.2805 (TYP.) SEE DETAIL 3/S102 0 °' z ALL RACKS SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB. 0 THE MAXIMUM TOLERANCE FROM THE U X VERTICAL IS 0.5 INCHES IN 10 FEET OFRACK z Q i X GODIVA Coco atter UJF-18 U1F-18 STORE NO: 48X18 a8X1s a — — — — F1 — B 524 UJF-IS U,F-18 PROJECT LOCATION: 4SX18 48X18 WASHINGTON SQ. MALL ?� SPACE B04 01 36" ETAGERES 9585 SW WASHINGTON CHROME WIRE SHELVING (TYP.) SEE 5/S102 SQUARE ROAD (TYP.) SEE DETAIL 3/S102 I I - PORTLAND, OR 90703 ox ' � 0 F ICBG NUMBERS ISSUE DATE: °i ITEM ICC-ES NO. NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 12-11-15 ISSUED FOR BID, PERM T POST—INSTALLED SCREW ANCHORS ESR-3037 REVE1WAND LANDLORD METAL STUDS ESR-1166P X (p SELF—DRILLING SCREWS ESR-1271 441 -411 00, ADJACENT TENANT KJ FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 3/8" = l'-0" FIXTURE NOTES STRUCTURAL NOTES. B. GOVERNING CODE: OREGON STATE BUILDING CODE 1. LIGHT DUTY STORAGE UNITS DESIGNED PER THE 2013 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 1. EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA: r`�5� to INEF sio A. GENERAL A. SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.5 72 2 2. STORAGE CAPACITY: 20# PER LEVEL AT 12" DEEP FIXED SHELVING, 30# PER LEVEL AT 18" 1 . THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO BE SELF-SUPPORTING AND STABLE AFTER THE B. SEISMIC USE GROUP .22 1 DEEP FIXED SHELVING. C. S = STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS BUILDING IS FULLY COMPLETED. IT IS SOLELY THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY E. SITE =TE CLLASSASS Si= D 0.4 TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE AND TO INSURE THE SAFETY F. SDs = 0.725, SDI = 0.444 F 3. POST LOAD SIGN AT CONSPICUOUS LOCATIONS DEPICTING THE DESIGN CAPACITY OF THE RACK OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT PARTS DURING ERECTION. THIS INCLUDES G. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D USING PERMANENT PLAQUE NOT LESS THE 50 SQ. INCHES 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS TO BE PROVIDED IN ADDITION TO THE INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER SHORING, SHEETING, TEMPORARY BRACING, GUYS OR F. ANALYSIS PROCEDURE: EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE H Lrc,N�S BY THE DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO RELIEVE TIEDOWNS WHICH MIGHT BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL SHALL REMAIN THE 4. MATERIALS: THE OWNER OR THEIR AUTHORIZED AGENT FROM REQUESTING THE PERIODIC AND CALLEDWA A. UNIT MEMBERS: ASTM A570, Fy = 36 KSI MIN. INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODE. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PAID CONTRACTORS PROPERTY AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 2. INTERIOR LATERAL LOAD = 5 PSF B. BOLTS: ASTM A307 BY THE OWNER. 2. IT IS SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE C. LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING C. ANCHORS: HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ CONCRETE ANCHOR (ESR-3027, COLA #RR25897) 2• REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: SAFETY CODES AND REGULATIONS DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 1. MATERIALS 5. EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA: A. IN ADDITION TO THE REGULAR INSPECTIONS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WILL ALSO A. STUDS AND TRACKS: ASTM A446 GRADE D, Fy = 33 KSI. DRAWING TITLE: A. SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR I = 1.5 REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE. 3. EQUIPMENT FRAMING LOADS, OPENINGS AND STRUCTURE IN ANY WAY RELATED TO B. Ss = 0.983, Si = 0.422 1. ANCHORS INSTALLED INTO HARDENED CONCRETE SLAB HVAC, PLUMBING, OR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR BIDDING 2. SPECIFICATIONS: C. SITE CLASS = D (ASSUMED) 2 ORRIODIC GREATERENIAHEIGHTECTION DURING THE ANCHORAGE OF STORAGE RACKS 8 FEET PURPOSTRADESEBEFORLY.E PROCEEDINGTOR WITHHALL SUCHBTAIN PO TIONPROVAL OFF THEOF THE WORK INVOLVED EXCESSCOST A 1 DESIGN, AISC SPECIFICATIONS OF THECTION TO BE DEESIGN OF COLD EFORMED STEEL STRUCTUNED BY LATEST RAL OF: FIXTURE D. Sus = 0.725, Sot = 0.444 B. SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL MEET THE QUALIFICATIONS AS STATED IN THE BUILDING RELATED TO VARIATION IN THESE REQUIREMENTS TO BE BORNE BY THE APPROPRIATE MEMBERS. PLAN E. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D CODE AND SHALL PERFORM THE DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITITES AS OUTLINED IN CONTRACTOR. 6. EXIST. CONCRETE SLAB ASSUMED TO BE MIN. 4" THICK NORMAL-WEIGHT WITH A 28 DAY THE BUILDING CODE. 3. PROPERTIES: COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2500 PSI 4. SHOULD ANY OF THE DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS CONFLICT WITH THESE STRUCTURAL NOTES, THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR WITH EACH OTHER, THE FRAMING MEMBERS ARE BASED ON MESTEK METAL STUDS (WITH 7. SPECIAL INSPECTION OF SHELVING SCREW ANCHORS IS REQUIRED STRICTEST PROVISION SHALL GOVERN. FLANGES) WITH SECTION PROPERTIES AND ALLOWABLE RESISTING MOMENT CAPACITY PER ESR-2215. ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS' FRAMING SIZES SHALL MEET THE 8. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY = 500 PSF 5. ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES AND ALLOWABLE RESISTING MOMENT CAPACITY OF THE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL CONFORM TO THOSE SHOWN ON THE MEMBERS INDICATED ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 4. CONNECTIONS PROJECT NO: 6. EXISTING BUILDING: PROVIDE TEMPORY SUPPORTS AND OTHER MEASURES AS A. ALL CONNECTIONS TO BE #10 TEK SCREWED. 154129 REQUIRED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING BUILDING DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5. FINISH: FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WHICH AFFECT THE NEW A. ALL MATERIALS TO BE GALVANIZED COATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A525 G-6 DRAWING NO: CONSTRUCTION. 6. MISCELANEOUS: S 101 A. ALL FIELD CUTTING TO BE PERFORMED WITH A SAW. B. TRACKS TO BE SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. C. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BRIDGING AT 4'-0" O.C. MAXIMUM FOR WALLS D. PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS UNDER BEAM AND LINTEL BEARING, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. OWNER OPTION FOR PARTIAL-HT OPTION FOR PARTIAL-HT » > :... FRAMING,WITH BRACING FRAMING,WITH BRACING 8 8 10 8 SD 8 10 8 8D 8 3 518"METAL STUDS 2 3 518"METAL STUDS <<:: A-801 A-801 A-801 A-801 A-801 A-801 A-801 A-801 A-801 A•801 5I6GYPSUM BOARD 112 PLYWD THE PARTITION-TYPE DESIGNATION OR EACH SIDE 2 EACH SIDE I I 6 METAL STUDS 1221 611 METAL STUDS ALL-TYPE DESIGNATION IS ATHREE-UNIT METAL STUDS METALSTUDS W META S UDS CODE THAT INDICATES THE CONFIGURATION, INSULATION IF NOTED 1 I 3 INSULATION IF NOTED 23 2112 METAL STUDS A 1 a CONSTRUCTION AND INSULATION OF THE PARTITION AS FOLLOWS: 12011 NE 1st ST 4 2112"METAL STUDS 242112"METAL STUDS INSULATION(PER THIS DETAIL,BELOW) Building C, Suite 202 F — — — — — — — — 518"GYPSUM BOARD 112"PLYWD CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITIONNVALL Bellevue, WA 98005 _ 25 3 518 METAL STUDS VERTICAL CONFIGURATION OF 5 3 518"METAL STUDS �� ARCHITECT OF RECORD _ J METAL STUDS METAL STUDS PARTITION/WALL O O O O J m m¢ LU Y Q Y o o INSULATION IF NOTED 6 6"METAL STUDS INSULATION IF NOTED 1261 6"METAL STUDS PARTITIONIWALL SYMBOLOGY � I.JJ � ,.. � W ,",; W 1•.. W auW ¢ gyp W VJ W V7 W J VJ `- C/) W � L ISL' p o o o o o ¢ 0 1 = W = o Q o C/, 1 HR FIRE RATED 1 HR FIRE RATED Cn � W C/3 � W VJ � W Z �„ Z V7 C/7 W C" W W W 0 W W O W - O O Z Z O W O W I I I I Z 1 {- CfJ C/J Z V) D 7 � Q � o � o- o � o- � � � � ,„�W ,� z z CONSTRUCT PER 3 518 METAL STUDS CONSTRUCT 2� � � o � � � � z o o � 3518 METAL _ z = Z = z = UL DESIGN NO,U419 PER UL NO INSULATION Z o 112”PLYWD DESIGN N0.U419128 „ 1I W W W W METAL STUDS S METAL STUDS 0 6 METALSTUDS6 METAL fxn 1 1 1 1 1 1 518”TYPE"X"GYPSUM 518"TYPE"X"GYPSUM A-801 a A 801 A 801 a A-801 A-801 a A-801 BOARD EACH SIDE 9 BOARD EACH SIDE 29 a BATT ACOUSTICAL INSULATION IF NOTED INSULATION IF NOTED INSULATION G R A P H I T E NIL ZEE-FURRING Graphite Design A B C D E FP SHIM AS REQUIRED 2"ZEE FURRING 518"GYPSUM BOARD 30 2112"METAL STUDS t BATT THERMAL Group, LLC, Architects NON-FIRE RATED NON-FIRE RATED NON-FIRE RATED PARTITION NON-FIRE RATED NON-FIRE RATED PARTITION FIRE PARTITION _ FOR FLAT FINISH 112^PLYWD INSULATION 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION WITH PARTIAL-HEIGHT FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION WITH PARTIAL-HEIGHT CONSTRUCT SURFACE TO BE FURRED 718"HAT CHANNEL METAL STUDS 3 3 518"METAL STUDS INSULATION DESIGNATION Seattle, WA 98101 FINISH MATERIALS FINISH MATERIALS �� GYP BD ON EXIST STUDS 206.224.3335 E 518 GYPSUM BOARD 2 &INSULATION INSULATION IF NOTED 32 6"METAL STUDS CONSULTANT WHERE CEILING OCCURS,EXTEND FINISH MATERIALS 6"ABOVE CEILING OR TO 12'-0"AFF WHERE NO CEILING OCCURS U,O,N,,TYP RIGID INSULATION IF NOTED NOTE: SEE SPECIFICATION FOR STUD SPACING AND GAGE DECK AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY,SEE DETAILS FOR ACTUAL CONFIGURATION,TYP PARTITIONMALL DESIGNATIONS PROVIDE INSULATION ONLY WHERE INDICATED BY PARTITION-TYPE INDICATOR PARTITION SIZE & FINISH LEGEND PARTITION-TYPE LEGEND 15 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 1 SCALE: NTS 11 SCALE: NTS B A 518"CDX MINIMUM ROOF DECK,TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL AT SINGLE BRACE-FASTEN ANGLE TO BRACE WITH(4)NO 10 SCREWS + C+ + + + h - - 3"X 3"X 3"ANGLE(20 10000S162-54 ROOF JOISTS AT 24" + X + + + + SEAL AT DOUBLE BRACE FASTEN DOUBLE MAXIMUM OC,TYPICAL THROUGHOUTr\ D GAGE MINIMUM), BRACE TO BOTH ANGLES WITH(6)NO + + + T • FASTENED TO TRACK �_ 1 THIS DETAIL / ¢ � N� \ 0 SCREWS THROUGH BRACE AND \ C, + + AND BRACED PER ANGLES a _T_ 0-- BOTH FOR WALLS TO 10'-0"-BRACE WITH \ ; DETAIL AT RIGHT o I J ^ G 362S137-33 AT 8'-0"MAXIMUM OC - - - - - U Z o U_ J I ,`��o �,� Q C AND AT EACH WALL END, 20 GAGE MINIMUM O O "' Z O o �QP� d�S � 411 ALTERNATE ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF DEEP LEG TRACK OR o CL C � o o Q •`OQ� � LL_ UD �.`� •S� BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL 3 SLOTTED TRACK ¢ o U z �o WHERE POSSIBLE. AT SINGLE BRACE FASTEN "' __ Z "' � o Z = Z z 0 M O O cn w w " a �' -' w O F_ C'.) p o Z O LL O U LU D z O� O o ¢ C-3 F— METAL STUDS,CUT ANGLE TO TRACK WITH(8)N010 wow zo Z C9 C o O c UDO z w FOR WALLS T015 0 BRACE WITH 314"SHORT FOR 314" SCREWS w o �U Om :a- � Z m O - o w w w O DOUBLED 362S137-33 AT 8'-0" DEFLECTION - - LU 0 D � = � ¢LL_ _ o O cn Y ¢ D o O O ti _ = = t2 _ z z g O O � �c d �r °° ¢ co Lw o w m �U z Ow = ¢ MAXIMUM OC AND AT EACH WALL FINISH MATERIALS VARY AT DOUBLE BRACE-FASTEN(2) Cn w ¢o w = �, � N _ = z m Z -�� N w o _ c5 � v w END.ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF (MAXIMUM WEIGHT EQUAL ANGLES TO TRACK WITH(8)NO 10 O `-' o w M ¢ o z O ¢ U_ m „� o ¢ v ~ ¢ F- _ ~ X C/7 Z Z_ Y — 1— X a X _ _ _ BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL. TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM SCREWS AT EACH ANGLE ¢ `D °� LU Z U ~ o = � z = ~ z FASTEN DOUBLED STUDS �o oz w o O w - o C O w cw� o o O _ ¢ w a N U3 H-- z = _ m O a Z � (D = Z ¢ � I_ w cn v cn _, � O U x 0 ¢ d X U w U 1— X Q BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS � � � ¢ o ,_ NC0 ILC , �, ¢ C„ vCn m �cn C'4 :E o ¢ � a TOGETHER WITH NO 8 SCREWS AT APPLIED FINISHES) F mt w Q 000-0 24"MAXIMUM OC. ¢ o � v o ¢ w Cn _ OA SECTION ACROSS PARTITION a `n `D a o � 9 ¢ AO PARTITION PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS OB PARTITION PARALLEL TO JOISTS O O OB SECTION ACROSS BRACING z CD f C PARTITION LOCATED AT DECK EDGE/OPENING D PARALLEL TO BRACE AT STRUCTURE w CV INTERSECTION OF NON-RATED METAL-STUD PARTITION '�- TOP OF PARTITION WHERE BRACED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE - SEISMIC WITH STEEUMETAL STUFF STRUCTURE AND PLYWOOD DECK ABOVE J 1 O SCALE: 3"=1'-0" SCALE: 3"=1'-0" Z J 0 0 UjU Uj -oo'oQ'oy�ll?� Ip�T CO s �o�FFy�y�o�o�F?y� �yG�F�s METAL STUDS(PER ESREPORTESR-2054), PARTIAL-HEIGHT PARTITION UP TO 10'LONG,BETWEEN `9�y�G G-��y� ���i� / x Z CD MAXIMUM HEIGHT 20'-0" N PARTIAL-HEIGHT OR FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS(EACH AT yam, �� ���� x x � w FINISH MATERIALS VARY(MAXIMUM LEAST 1'-6"LONG)NEED NO SUPPORTS,AS LONG AS TOP ❑ mill``'l'� G'���''��� AT CORNERS LAP TOP o WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS TRACK IS SPLICED TO ADJACENT PARTITIONS PER DETAIL C 911 p�`�F��'l!����0 ��� x PLATES AND FASTEN z o � GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS �s9 _ 4112" 4112" s9��Fo�����9 ��F TOGETHER WITH(4)NO 8 ) w � APPLIED FINISHES FASTENERS: C:) ❑ ❑ 3116"x 3-112" 112" 112" �y��A�'�`o SCREWS a - ¢ AT PLYWOOD FLOOR(MINIMUM 314"CDX): X Zoom PROVIDE(2)NO 8 X 1"WOOD SCREWS AT 24" x 2'-0"PLATE � NO.8 SCREWS IN EACH O a w � 4'-0"MAXIMUM FROM 1'-6" SIDE OF EACH STUD, � Z o MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER 0 H= a t= � GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16"MAXIMIM OC ISSUED /REVISED DATE ANY CROSSING MAXIMUM - TOP AND BOTTOM _ ufvl311 �THIK N MINIMUM O o STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 PARTITION,OR FROM 4'-0"OC MAXIMUM, FROM BENEATH _ ,= z o Z CD END OFFULL-HEIGHT TYPICAL ALONG END OF STEEL PLATE "' N - m EACH SIDE REVISION 1 06.11.15 W SUPPORT \ . o ¢ ¢ ¢ = PARTITION PARTITION PARTITION J ¢ ~ Z 4'0"MAXIMUM FROM 3116" AT CIP CONCRETE AND POST-TENSIONED ANY CROSSING 3116" o Q ¢ LU o CONCRETE FLOOR: PROVIDE HILTI X-U 0.157"DIAMETER PARTITION,OR FROM A - POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS,EMBED 314" END OF FULL-HEIGHT m ❑ (4 TOTAL) HILTI KWIKBOLT318 DIAMETERz2 EMBED = PER ESR-2269.24"MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED PARTITION INTO CONCRETE PER ES REPORT ER-2388. � U LL_ o FOR 1 LAYER GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16 O c/0 U LU ❑ ❑ IN POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE, ANCHORS TO BE 4"MIN FROM o w CD TENDONS,AS VERIFIED BY X RAY PRIOR TO DRILLING FORANCHORS, ¢ MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS "' o = " GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE REVISION 1 06.11.15 LU � o CV FF O SUPPORT-LOCATION DIAGRAM O SUPPORT DETAIL(PLAN VIEW) O PARTITION-FRAMING DETAIL INTERIOR DETAILS SUPPORT REQUIRED FOR PARTIAL- HT PARTITIONS USING 3 518 PARTITION TO FLOOR CONNECTION PARTITIONS STUDS FOR SEISMIC SITUATIONS 4 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 1 SCALE: 3"=1'-0" Akin OWNER PLYWOOD ROOF JOIST,TYP f>: SHEATHING «: PLYWOOD DECK R F IT P 00 JO S S TY NEW 2X WOOD BLOCKING WI A35 EA END TYP-ATTACH NEW STUDS EXISTING ROOF DECK DIRECTLY TO EXISTING 2X JOISTS -DO NOT PENETRATE 12011 NE 1st ST EXTEND DRAFTSTOP T WHERE POSSIBLE EXISTING JOIST Building C, Suite 202 TO STRUCTURAL DECK (3)#10 X 11/4" Bellevue, WA 98005 F TYP PIPE,DUCT OR SCREWS,TYP. SOFFIT FRAMING CONDUIT PENETRATION A ARCHITECT OF RECORD -FRAME AROUND EXISTING -CUT GYP BD TIGHT AS POSSIBLE O STRAIGHT BRACING JOIST TO PENETRATING ELEMENT -FILL SPACE WITH CLASS III INSULATION OR SEAL WITH <'< PLYWOOD DECK 'i% ESCUTCHEONS OR COLLARS : .: BOTTOM CHORD OF ROOF JOISTS,TYP EXISTING JOIST PARTITION AS SCHEDULED NEW 2X BLOCKING WI A35 UNISTRUT SECURED TO BOTTOM BEAM CLAMP BEAM CLAMP-BOTH EA.END TYP.-ATTACH NEW CHORD AS NEEDED - BOTH SIDES SIDES. G R A P H I T E BRACING DIRECTLY TO GYP BD-TIGHT TO EXIST STRUCTURE; UNI-STRUT s EXISTING JOISTS WHERE POSSIBLE Graphite Design - ALL JOINTS TO OCCUR OVER FRAMING (3)#10 X 1114" 362S162-43 STUD BRACE Group, LLC, Architects ACP CEILING SCREWS,TYP. @ 48"O.C.WI(3)#10 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 (OR GYP BD WHERE OCCURS) SCREWS EA.END Seattle, WA 98101 OB DIAGONAL BRACING O SOFFITIWALL PARALLEL WITH JOIST �B SOFFIT/WALL PERPENDICULAR WITH JOIST 206.224.3335 E CONSULTANT PARTITION AS DRAFTSTOP FRAMED SOFFIT SUPPORT=1' UNISTRUT CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE 14 SCALE: 314"44' 1 SCALE: 314" -0" 1 SCALE: 3`4-0" 314"CLEAR AT ONE END IN EACH DIRECTION.DO NOT EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN DETAILS C AND F,COMPONENTS FASTEN THIS END TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE.AT OTHER END FASTEN TO STRUCTURE PER CISCA 3 4 OF MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL,PLUMBING AND FIRE LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 POUNDS FOUR 12 GAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 IN EACH DIRECTION,FASTEN TEES TO CLOSURE ANGLE. (FIGURES 2,3,4,AND 5)AS MODIFIED BY PROTECTION SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY(1) DEGREES(IN PLAN)FROM EACH OTHER AND ASCE 7-05,SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 BRACED FROM STRUCTURE-,,,, 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRE SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2"OF INTERSECTION.EACH END OF EACH WIRE TO PROVIDE CEILING SEAL D WHERE HANGAR WIRES LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 3 EXPANSION JOINTS AS �� � SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C: TIMES MINIMUM WITHIN A 3 MAX LENGTH E T . HANGAR WIRE AT EACH ARE MORE THAN 1:6 10 POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 POUNDS, NECESSARY,DIVIDING PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION PERIMETER MAIN TEE AND 12 GAGE MINIMUM HANGAR WIRES OUT-OF-PLUMB,PROVIDE AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES o��' CEILING INTO AREAS NOQ TO SPRINKLER HEAD THAT v� PERIMETER CROSS TEE AT 4'-0"OC EACH DIRECTION-NO COUNTER-SLOPING WEIGHING MORE THAN 20 POUNDS AND Q STABILIZER BAR TO WIRES LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL BE GREATE N 2500 SF ALLOWS CEILING TO MOVE 318"IN p MORE THAN 1:6 OUT-OF-PLUMB O O LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS � W O MAINTAIN PERIMETER TYPICAL CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABO TERM INALSISERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D E TEE SPACING METAL-FRAMED TRAPEZE (2)12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRES �s 3� WIRE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AS NECESSARY TO AVOID ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS 56 POUNDS AND ALL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES AND F:PROVIDE FLEXIBLE ��3 5�P MAIN TEE OR CROSS TEE AROUND ITSELF 3 TIMES MINIMUM OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM �, CONNECTION TO SPRINKLER HEAD (SUSPENSION SYSTEM) AT EACH END OF HANGAR WIRE MAINTAIN HANGAR WIRE SPACING STRUCTURE ABOVE USING APPROVED THAT ALLOWS CEILING TO MOVE 1" HEAVY DUTY WITHIN A 3"MAXIMUM LENGTH AND CAPACITY BELOW OBSTRUCTION HANGARS IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS""' ANEL LIGHT FIXTURES,AIR TERMINALS,AND FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0",USE A SINGLE 20 SERVICES SHALL BE POSITIVELYGAGE 15/8"COMPRESSION STRUT 8"MAX 2 X 2 CLOSURE ANGLE ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM LOCATE BRACING AT 12'-0"OC EACH FASTENED TO MAIN TEE WITH(2)NO 8 40 MINIMUM.SEE NOTE AT TOP, COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF ASTM C635, DIRECTION AND WITHIN 6'-0"OF SCREWS AND TO STRUCTURE WITH(2)HILTI ASTM C636,CISCA 34,AND ASCE 7-05,SECTION 13.5.6. PERIMETER WALLS,PARTITIONS,OR X-DNI .145 DIA X 314";FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-011 , EXPANSION JOINTS USE DOUBLE COMPRESSION STRUT OPERIMETER SUPPORT O GENERAL SUPPORT O LIGHT FIXTURE AND MECHANICAL SERVICE SUPPORT O LATERAL BRACING FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 144 SF O EXPANSION JOINT FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 2500 SF O SPRINKLER HEAD CLEARANCE NOT REQUIRED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATAGORY C CONTRACTOR OPTION FOR CATEGORY C:PROVIDE ALTERNATIVE LATERAL BRACING DESIGN NOT REQUIRED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C W CN FOR CEILINGS LESS THAN 144 SF BASED ON ASCE 7 SECTION 13.3.1 AND 13.5.6.10_4 ti INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACCOUSTIAL CEILING SYSTEM - IBC SEISMIC CATEGORY C, D, E, F W 1 O SCALE: NTS Z J 0 0 Uj W U W LLI W 3: 0 3/4"CLEAR ATONE END IN EACH DIRECTION.DO NOT EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN DETAILS C AND F,COMPONENTS LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 POUNDS 00 ~ FOUR 12 GAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 Cfl FASTEN THIS END TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE.AT OTHER END FASTEN TO STRUCTURE PER CISCA 3-4 OF MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY(1) DEGREES(IN PLAN)FROM EACH OTHER AND 0-)IN EACH DIRECTION FASTEN TEES TO CLOSURE ANGLE. (FIGURES 2,3,4,AND 5)AS MODIFIED BY PROTECTION SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRE ASCE 7-05.SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 BRACED FROM STRUCTURE SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2"OF N INTERSECTION.EACH END OF EACH WIRE TO 00 HANGAR WIRE AT EACH LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSEL SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C: PERIMETER MAIN TEE AND 12 GAGE MINIMUM HANGER WIRE WHERE HANGER WIRES ARE 10 POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 POUNDS, TIMES MINIMUM WITHIN A 3"MAX LENGTH PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO PERIMETER CROSS TEE AT 4'-0"OC EACH DIRECTION- MORE THAN 1:6 AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES �`' �s' SPRINKLER HEAD THAT ALLOWS CEILING NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT-OF-PLUMB,PROVIDE WEIGHING MORE THAN 20 POUNDS AND TO MOVE 318"IN ALL HORIZONTAL OUT-OF-PLUMB,TYPICAL COUNTER-SLOPING WIREO O PROVIDE CEILING EXPANSION LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL BE LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR DIRECTIONS 2"X 2"SHEET METAL ANGLE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABO TERM WEIGHING MORE THAN WIRE LOOPED AND WRAPPED TRAPEZE AS NECESSARY TO (2)12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRES 56 POUNDS AND ALL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES JOINTS AS NECESSARY, SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D,E,AND F: AROUND ITSELF 3 TIMES MINIMUM AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM � DIVIDING CEILING INTO AREAS, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO ISSUED / REVISED DATE AT EACH END OF HANGER WIRE STRUCTURE ABOVE USING APPROVED NO GREATER THAN 2500 SF SPRINKLER HEAD THAT ALLOWS CEILING PERM IT/BID 05.22.15 WITHIN 3"MAXIMUM LENGTH MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE SPACING AND HANGARS TO MOVE 1"IN ALL HORIZONTAL GRID-TYPE SUSPENSION SYSTEM CAPACITY BELOW OBSTRUCTION REVISION 1 06.11.15 DIRECTIONS FOR SPANS UP TO 6-0", USE A SINGLE 20 GAGE 15/8" 518"GYPSUM BOARD LIGHT FIXTURES,AIR TERMINALS,AND COMPRESSION STRUT FASTENED TO MAIN TEE WITH(2)NO 8SCREWS AND TO STRUCTURE WITH(2)HILTI X-DNI ,145 DIA X A 8 MAX SERVICES SHALL BE POSITIVELY LOCATE BRACING AT 12'-0"OC EACH 314" ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM DIRECTION AND WITHIN 6'-0"OF PERIMETER 12" OR EXPANSION JOINTS PARTITIONS, GYPSUM BOARD CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF IBC SECTION 2508, WALLS, FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-0",USE DOUBLE COMPRESSION STRUT 8"MAX EACH SIDE METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL CONFORM WITH ASCE 7,SECTION 13.5.6.2.1,ASTM C635,ASTM C636,ASTM C754,AND CISCA 3.4. LATERAL BRACING REQUIRED IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING EXISTS: -GYPSUM BOARD CEILING THAT EXTENDS WALL-TO-WALL EXCEEDS 1000 SF REVISION 1 06.11.15 OPERIMETER SUPPORT OB GENERAL SUPPORT OC LIGHT FIXTURE AND MECHANICAL SERVICE SUPPORT OD -GYPSUM BOARD CEILING THAT DOES NOT EXTEND WALL-TO-WALL EXCEEDS 144 SF O EXPANSION JOINT FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 2500 SF O SPRINKLER HEAD CLEARANCE NOT REQUIRED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATAGORY C CONTRACTOR OPTION FOR CATEGORY C:PROVIDE ALTERNATIVE LATERAL BRACING DESIGN NOT REQUIRED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATAGORY C FOR CEILINGS LESS THAN 144 SF BASED ON ASCE 7 SECTION 133,1 AND 13.5.6.1 INTERIOR DETAILS INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED GYP BD CEILING - IBC SEISMIC CATEGORY C, D, E, F CEILING 5 SCALE: NTS A-802 OWNER �Jf /I / ' 1ff / � f'«nf � ..� f. Jf JI J� :l 12011 NE 1 st ST Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F ARCHITECT OF RECORD /s GRAPHITE Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 Seattle, WA 98101 206.224.3335 E CONSULTANT O SEAL W D Z GYP BD CEILING Z 'N . opo �� J 3 �`�� LU .3 SCHLUTER JOLLY 518"GYP BD o y Q tg O 01 12" k X �3a SEE RCP _ v _.._._._ + + + DRIP PAN TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE ENJ 314"?PLYWOOD WITH#8 + + + SCREWS @ 10"O.C.MIN. SEE RCP + + + SEE RCP • 3 518"MTL•STUDS STEEL TRACK 40OT100-43 @ @ 16"OC,TYP 0 518"MOISTURE MIN,AT 12 O.C. RESISTANT GYP•BD. ry>= (2)#8 SCREWS PER JOIST 3 516"0 C. TYP.STUDS 518"MOISTURE @ RESISTANT GYP BD PIZZA ENGINE DINING M'" PIZZA ENGINE DINING M CN STEEL STUD 40OS137-33 @ LL- W CV 12"O.C.MIN. ~ FRP PANELS OVER G.w.B. TILE TO CEILING TRANSITION SOFFIT EDGE SECTION SOFFIT EDGE DETAIL -j � STEEL STUD 358S137-43 @ '�0 ,_= �� 8 ��_ �� 6 O � J 12 O.C.MIN, SCALE: 6 1-0� SCALE: 1 -1-0� SCALE: 1"=1'-0" O W0ry ry OB WATER HEATER BRACING Uj � � 3: (D EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE AT DOOR OPENING: AS OCCURS GYP WALL,PAINT PER FINISH SCHEDULE Cfl UNION OR FLEX CONNECTOR TRANSITION UNDER DOOR m B SAW CUT REMOVE EXISTING LEAF.LOCATE AS SHOWN SLAB FOR TRENCH AS REQUIRED METAL CAP TRIM,FINSH TO MATCH FRP(WHEN FRP OCCURS) DEPENDING UPON DOOR N i TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE CONNECT BLOCK TO EA.METAL CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE TO LEAF LOCATION STUD WITH(2)#10 TEK SCREW, MATCH DEPTH OF EXISTING, LU WITH#3 BARS AT 16 ON CENTERo FRP(WHEN OCCURS) MIN. EACH WAY AT MIDDLE DEPTH OF11 112"MAX Z 318"DIA.X 3"LONG LAG SCREW SLAB, DRILL&EPDXY 6"INTO o POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO EXISTING SLAB, BUILDING FRAME MEMBERS. LOCATE CONDUIT ABOVE LU LAG SCREW TO PENETRATE VAPOR BARRIER LU w WOOD MEMBERS AT LEAST 1" WATERPROOF MEMBRANE _ ISSUED /REVISED DATE TYP.AT 113 AND 213 HEIGHT OF J o . o . o , o , Oo 0 o , : , WHERE SPECIFIED � o¢ PERMIT/BID 05.22.15"oM o REVISION 1 06.11.15 MIN, O O- . ....... .... . LU BLOCK SADDLE BETWEEN w TILE BASE 112"MAX HEATER AND WALL ; w COVED RUBBER BASE Q SEALANT JOINT w SEALED TO CONCRETE `n AT CASED OPENING: 36"MAXIMUM LU DRIP PANTRANSITION AT END OF JAMB COMPACTED FILL AS AS LOCATED ON PLANS UNION OR FLEX CONNECTOR REQUIRED VAPOR BARRIER SEALED CONCRETE SLAB Q SEALED CONCRETE SLAB Q TO MATCH EXISTING Q Q Q1/2"112"MAX REVISION 1 06.11.15 O WATER HEATER AXON A INTERIOR DETAILS WATER HEATER SLAB DOWELING AT TRENCH TILE BASE AT SEALED CONCRETE COVED BASE AT CONCRETE FLOORS FLOORING EDGE STRIP LOCATION 5 SCALE: 3"=1'-0" SCALE: 1-112"=1'-0" SCALE: 6"=1'-0" SCALE: 6"=1'-0" SCALE: 6"=1'-0" A-803 OWNER 318"HOT ROLLED ALIGN FRONT OF STOOL STEEL TOP CAP f WITH EDGE OF TABLE TOP / s 2" 2" WOOD TOP CAP WI 118"411 .-<ill.>..<>:, LU BIRCH PLYWOOD BIRCH PLYWOOD RADIUS EASED EDGE �� WD-8 WD-8 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 F o Bellevue, WA 98005 318"THICK BASE PLATE PARTITION PER PLAN ARCHITECT OF RECORD FAB-2 FAB-2 O O W1318"ANCHOR BOLTS 114"STEEL TOP PLATE N HIGH DENSITY FOAM 0 II II 518 PLYWOOD 2 WELDED SQUARE WIRE MESH BIRCH PLYWOOD BIRCH PLYWOOD :....:...:.:.::.::: 0 _ o 0 _ 1112"TUBE STEEL � � EQ 4" 4" EQ EQ 4" 4" EQ 2"X WOOD FRAMING G R A P H I T E 318 STEEL BASE PLATE 18" V 2 314" 18" 118"BENT STEEL PLATE, Graphite Design PAINTED BLACK Group, LLC, Architects 4" 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 15 FINISH FLOOR �� Seattle, WA 98101 IN WM ci206.224.3335 E LU SECURE TO FLOOR CONSULTANT q END ELEVATION 0 BASE PLATE RAILING SECTION BOLT DOWN STOOL DIMENSIONS BENCH DETAIL 15 SCALE: 6"=1'-0" 1 SCALE: 1"=1'-0" 1 SCALE: 112"=1'-0" 1 SCALE: 1112"=1'-0" 10112" 114" 10" 114" 1'SQUARE HRS-1 2" " CHANNEL FOR GLASS, CUSTOMER SIDE CLEAR FINISH - N MAPLE PLY SUDDY BARTOP _, r_ _, + + WITH EXPOSED EDGE I I I COUNTER SUPPORTS SEAL D 9112" I I N - - �-�ECT ON 112"TEMP.GLASS WITH I I 2112" CHAMFERED EDGES I TABLE TOP _j L (0 0 I HOT ROLLED STEEL I I I = 1= U_ CLEAR COAT BRACE I I PLAN SERVICE SIDE ��S7� •S,�P� 314 3.. 314" TOP SUPPORT BY MILLWORK 114" `� /� I I I MAPLE PLY'BUDDY BAR'TOP OCONTRACTOR BASE AT CENTER WITH EXPOSED EDGE HOT ROLLED STEEL I I 1" 1" " I I C I D 2112"X 2112"DIA.STEEL PIPE 2112"X 2112"X 3116"STEEL 2112 X 2112 X 3116 CLEAR COAT 114" I I MOUNTING I CUSTOMER SIDE Z SUPPORTS WELDED TO TOP AND STEEL TUBE FRAMING MOUNTING � TUBE FRAMING. FILLET BRACE o SCRE SCRE BOTTOM BASE PLATES,CLEAR FINISH TYP.AT 4-TOP TABLES WELDS,NO GRIND,TYP. I I 2"x 2"X 9"STEEL PLATE ATTACHED FINISH FLOOR I I I TO THE ADJACENT WALL STUD BASE PLATE 7" 114"HRS-1 I 1 114"HRS-1 I BASE PLATE, 1" 2" 1" BASE PLATE I I BASE PLATE I ti BASE PLATE ATTACHED TO SLAB COUNTERSUNK 0 II I J � q SECTION M DSECTION 2112 OB FRONT ELEVATION SERVICE SIDE 2" w CV Op U_ BASE AT END ~ SNEEZE GUARD DETAILS BUDDY BAR DETAILS RAIL SECTION AT FIXED TABLE 10 SCALE: 3"=1'-0" l SCALE: 314"=1'-0" 6 SCALE: 314"=1'-0" Z J O O � � WCC SEE 21A-805 FOR "' LD 1 SNEEZE GUARD w:Z 5 V VJ DIMENSIONS A-805 5'-0"AFF 12" „ 10%' MOUTH ZONE m B SERVER SIDE SEE PLAN DINING SIDE SERVER SIDE DINING SIDE / SNEEZE GUARD / SEE PLAN SNEEZE GUARD, / OVERALLLENGTH VARIES-VIF SHROUD 21-5" 1'-4" "'' PIAMINATE TOP / L NG S RLAM.OVER(2)LAYERS AROUND POS STONE SLAB VERIFY VERIFY o 4'-0" 41-01100 WITH EXPOSED �1,/ BIRCH PLYK SEE PLAN FOROVER BIRCH PLY, N SEE N BIRCH PLY EDGE LOCATIONS SEE PLAN FOR — - EXPOSED BIRCH-PLY LOCATIONS EDGE,TYP. ° ° N 3 ° ISSUED/ REVISED DATE HOLE FOR ELECTRICAL ° BLACK MELAMINE ° — ° , D° � KITCHEN PLYWOOD STUDS N c PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 � INTERIORDRILLE ACCESS WHERE REQUIRED � = REVISION 1 06.11.15 FOR SHELF EQUIPMENT 0 WITH HOLES FOR 21-111 CABLE ACCESS ELEC.OUTLET �, MAX ° N BLACK MELAMINE BIRCH PLY BLACK RLAM.SHELF 2 NJ BLACK RLAM. ° ° ( SHELF(2)PER OVER PLYWOOD o 0 PER CAB'T ° ' A BLACK MELAMINE CAB'T CV CV 1112"X 1112"X 3116"STEEL EXISTING OR NEW CONCRETE 0 ATTACH SILL PLATE TUBE RAILING,FILLET WELDS, SLAB OR SIDEWALK FOR SHELF° INTERIOR,DRILLED o BLACK ° ° TYP TO CONC.SLAB NO GRINDING, MELAMINE 3 X 4 X 318„STEEL BASE PLATE BLACK MELAMINE BLACK CAULK-_ BASE ATTACHED TO CONCRETE WITH BASE MIN.(2)EXPANSION BOLTS PER REVISION 1 06.11.15 BASE PLATE,FILLET WELDS,NO BLACK CAULK GRINDING,TYP INTERIOR DETAILS COUNTER WITH DOOR SECTION COUNTER AT EXPEDITE SECTION COUNTER AT MAKE LINE SECTION SNEEZE GUARD AT MAKE LINE TYPICAL RAILING ELEVATION 5 SCALE: 1”=1'-0" SCALE: 1"=1'-0" SCALE: 1"=1'-0" SCALE: V= 1 SCALE: 112"=1'-0" A=805 OWNER :kS 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F ARCHITECT OF RECORD f' ° ° GRAPHITE Graphite Design \� Group, LLC, Architects 5114" 3'-1" 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 � Seattle, WA 98101 O Loc 206.224.3335 E Aio — — O Y y CONSULTANT L4C FQ 0 1'-61 FQ M L4C N. L4B O L4A 4A c3L4C LU DRINKS BOARD — - . L4B 2'-0" L4B 1.. 1.. L4B 1'-10" L4C. SEAL D 1 C 14B MENU A-806 2 ��E N0� BOARD ° ° z 1.. 1.. 1711 w G ° ° p izI ENLARGED MENU BOARD PLAN ENLARGED DRINKS BOARD PLAN �' W ° 10 9 = -2"X 3-112"STEEL PLATE �� V' SCALE: 112"=1'-0" SCALE: 112"=1'-0" ATTACHED TO COUNTER �s/�3 SSP M O OPEN1"X 1"T.S.WELDED TO BASE OPENING/CUTOUTS M PLATE FOR TRASH,1"RAD. CORNERS,SAND AND _ 114"DIA.HOLES FINISH TOP AND CEILING/SOFFIT `r EDGES 5" 1'-2" 5" >= ATTACH TO CEILING/SOFFIT A PLAN O WITH EYEBOLT,TYPICAL AT orfoo EACH LOCATION STEEL BRACKET(2) 314"MAPLE PLY 1'-7" BUS TUB,N.I.C. � N PER MENU BOARD,BY 314"MAPLE PLY STAINED CLEAR W ti VENDOR&TURNBUBUCKLE STAINED CLEAR I 16 GA.STEEL PLATE, C/ AIRCRAFT C LC'> WELDS GROUND TRASH CART CANOPY BASE � J - --- - - --- - -- - SMOOTH 6J OPEN ENDS SCALE; 6"=1'-0" O O znl _ W = 0 STEEL BRACKET, U 0� (2)PER MANU TZ W BOARD BY � 1"X 1"T.S.SUPPORTS � 0 VENDOR - ° STEEL NOTES: 2'-0118" C. ~ MENU BOARD,BY 1. ALLSTEEL TO BE 11314" 8" 4 318" m VENDOR CLEAR COATED 1-112"THICK PLY WITH 2. ALL EXPOSED AND CV Z-' q �" q EXPOSED EDGES AND CUT EDGES TO BE THRU-BOLT N N r RLAM.TOP GROUND SMOOTH TO CP TOUCH-MILL FINISH I BASE TO CART E ° N I I wD a N N ° ° ° ° N I I 30"TALL TRASH CAN, I M ¢ ISSUED/ REVISED DATE 2'-10112" 1'-2" 0# If _ = 1'-2" 1'-2" 1'-2" N PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 N I PROVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE I 1 ill 1 1 N I I "' i FOR TRASH CAN, i REVISION 1 06.11.15 4-3112 3-10I I VERIFY CLEARANCE 1 4'-5112" ill 1 4'-0" 1 I I I REQUIREMENTS 16 GA HOT ROLLED STEEL WITH CLEAR 118"BLACK P-95 ACRYLIC 114"MAPLE PLAY STAINED 16 GA HOT ROLLED STEEL WITH 118"BLACK P-95 I 30"HIGH TRASH COAT MOUNTED TO PANEL WITH LIQUID GRAPHICS PRINTED CLEAR,GRAPHICS DIRECT CLEAR COAT MOUNTED TO PANEL ACRYLIC GRAPHICS I CONTAINER FOIO I SOFT WHEEL SWIVEL A NAILS AND MURAKOSHI BOLTS,BLACK ONTO SURFACE PRINTED ONTO SURFACE WITH LIQUID NAILS AND MURAKOSHI PRINTED ONTO I \ I I CASTERS,PROVIDE(2) Oq SECTION OB ELEVATION BOLTS,BLACK SURFACE I I I LOCKING CASTERS,TYP I- - - - - - - - -- REVISION 1 06.11.15 d- INTERIOR DETAILS MENU BOARD DETAIL 2 TRASH CABINENT PLAN AND ELEVATION COUNTER WITH DOOR SECTION 5 SCALE: 1112"=1'-0" L SCALE: 1112"=1'-0" 1 SCALE: 1112"=1'-0" A-8 06 6 10 OWNER f i f f QUADRAPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET INSIDE CABINET P.LAM.TOP SURFACE OVER 1112" THICK MAPLE-PL WITH <» „ C Y H EXPOSED EDGES 1-9112 4'-7 112 ,,.,,... ff f� N to 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 Bellevue, WA 98005 F ©m -- ,Q, CV c� BLACK MELAMINE BASE ARCHITECT OF RECORD FLOOR SINK BLOCKING AS REQUIRED L4A RECESSED LIGHTING T-0 31-011 41-511 «; Lj PT —15 STEEL DISPLAY SHELVING DASHED ITEMS FOR REFERENCE ONLY T.O. BEVERAGE STATION G R A P H I T E TOP SHELF FOR BOXES ONLY — � 10'-6"AFF lc - - - - - - - - - - - - — Graphite Design JUICE DISPLAY A-807 I I I PT-15 Group, LLC, Architects ELECTRICAL OUTLET RAIL WITH HANGING 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 1'-6" FOR ICE MACHINE CT-3 — — — — — — — — — _ _ Seattle, WA 98101 I LSIGN PLATES _ _ B.O. SOFFIT 206.224.3335 E1'-2" I I I 91-0"AFF CONSULTANT :I I A& FRP-3 8'-0"AFFqV I 6" 112" I I PT-15 ICE MACHINE I I TRIM PAINT PT-15 © I I COLD WATER SUPPLY 2'-11114" 3'-4" I I CT-3 LINE FOR ICE MACHINE I I INSIDE CLEAR :I I PT-15 I I P.LAM.TOP SURFACE SODA MACHINE I I 3 518"METAL STUD SEAL OVER 11/ n 0 THICK MAPLE-PLY JUICE JUICE �, I E G vv DISPLAY DISPLAY ¢ y WITH EXPOSED EDGES I I �_ I Q ww C I I w WD2 HORIZONTAL GRAIN / o LU LU = N 1 I N REINFORCE CABINET TO SUPPORT SHELVING I I BLACK MELAMINE BASE — - -T T- EQUAL WIDTH CABINET DOORS FLOOR SINK SEE DETAIL 41 A-801 FOR C SECTION STEEL POST SUPPORT Er cn W CV U_ CV ti SODA CABINET ENLARGED ELEVATION SCALE: 314"=1'-0" Z ___I O O LLJ U p� ELEC.OUTLET <C PROVIDECCESS A 1 ATTACH CANOPY TO COUNTER, — THROUGH CABINET REINFORCE COUNTER TO C/ ~ 10" 8" 3112" 4'-7112" 2'-0° SUPPORT CANOPY,TYP Cfl 0) WING WALL,SEE SCRIBE COUNTER TO WALL N FLOOR PLAN 3'-T" COLD WATER INSIDE CLEAR T.S.STRUCTURE N SUPPLY SODA AND ICE MACHINES 118"THICK T.S.STRUCTURE F — — — -I — — — — 4 — — — — — STEEL PLATE 114„ 118"THICK ISSUED/ REVISED DATE \O/ I O SHELF 6 STEEL PLATE I IL O O N 2° GAP SHELF PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 REVISION 1 06.11.15 �2 2"STOP AT REAR 1112"X 2"X 118" 811 r% OFSHELVES ANGLE WELDED TO -ISS A FLOOR SINK OPEN JUICE SHELF CU OUT LIST: 1112"X 2"X 118" TO INSIDE OF CABINET DISPENSERS JUICE SIGN RAIL ANGLE WELDED TO OVERHEAD VE IFY SIZES WITH MOD PIZZA ON SITE T.S.STRUCTURE PLAM COUNTER TOP SURFACE S S 0 OVER(2)LAYERS 314"THICK MAPLE-PLY WITH EXPOSED EDGES 1.LI DISPENSER:5-118"X10-118" OA SIDE O FRONT SEE T D 'DATED 1'x.05.14 10'-6" REVISION 1 06.11.15 LE FOR 4"UTENSIL DISPENSER,VIF 7 4.HOLE FOR ELECTRICAL ACCESS,TYP INTERIOR DETAILS SODA CABINET ENLARGED PLAN A-807 5.TRASH SHELF DETAILS 3 SCALE: 314"=1'-0" SCALE: 3"=1'-0" A-807 ....,..,.r....H,lllFFF6Y/lHFNH/N.f4ff.,IP/N///N//,F.,iv/////HnNH/!H/NNJII/A.44KL YF / .._.l•... .. +�: , ... ................ 5 &. ..................... 9➢19➢WMNXfXbMA^➢➢➢fYH�lAFH/!J!l.WHO++:/!/!HF, fl 7.0................. IIHMYdS➢YN.wll. .!lIHIIII.../HH/i➢29➢oY/I/.,,.➢➢M9➢➢➢➢MSI.../H/J/Jn}p➢➢➢➢➢➢➢➢➢➢➢➢➢➢X9Wi➢IIINII............I/NIIIIIN/ /I/NIN..I.,I.Y.HNiK➢➢➢Yi➢l9.I,9X;L➢➢➢➢➢M9➢15 ,,./,u./.. I/+.,,9➢DYIH!!!!!!!!FI//F , / / , + 7 . o n. »' ,iucu //////, ,,,, .N.P/HIHNHNIOJtt.H/FllHfFl/,Y l pIH.IH�/11/H/HH///NJ�/9%/N/!N/Ct�➢➢➢➢W,v.. !!!!lH!!! ;r.::Y :<+FH FFFFFF FF/F1iF .IX+i/e /1,uNly /:'+/ FIFFHA / .,.nwvH/iMX./MY+'H/HAY.YNHH.LYY/ATHNn,.ci!!!!!!lIHNH�:.. Y.N!/l .Y•i.MDtS' ,Y/HFuw,+lH/,/./!l//2AYit^.t!!ll.StKY/HOfI//H!l/HH/Aa➢,'.H»Y//H/J F,.+.,... ...;.:A➢➢NSiNhM%l!!/!/ f.'1.,,A.IH//IAY.Y+ HiW➢➢YiLSHRh`LtY./O//../NJH/..... FF!///H/.SNSU/H/N/%.,➢➢➢M1....lFFFI/ f/A.9ML+.SfttSttcN......A4;NHNH/J f ...//N///f// !f///H/!W/F/NF/./HJbY//!+. ... ' •• • : :.. .+ •. • + AMYMXtj OWNER f A ...BBREVIATIONS: REFERENCE SYMBOLS DUCTWORK SYMBOLS 0 DIAMETER PHASE F FIRE SPRINKLER P PRESSURE PUMP NEW DUCTWORK MECHANICAL SHEET INDEX NEW MECHANICAL WORK °F DEGREES FAHRENHEIT PC PUMPED CONDENSATE EXISTING MECHANICAL WORK €+ <: ABV ABOVE FC FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR, FLUID COOLER PD PRESSURE DROP R RISE OR DROP DIRECTION M-001 MECHANICAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES A OF AIR FLOW ! C AIR CONDITIONING UNIT FCU FAN COIL UNIT PERF PERFORATED EXISTING MECHANICAL WORK M-002 MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS AD AREA DRAIN,ACCESS DOOR FD FLOOR DRAIN P TO BE DEMOLISHED H PHASE INTERNALLY LINED DUCT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MD-111 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT F/D FIRE DAMPER PIV POST INDICATOR f OR VALVE ENLARGED PLAN BORDER M-111 HVAC PLAN AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION POC POINT OF CONNECTION MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER AFUE ANNUAL FUEL UTILIZATION EFFICIENCY FFD FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN PRESS PRESSURE MATCHLINE M-131 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN 12011 NE 1St ST AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FLA FULL LOAD AMPS PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE BDD M-501 HVAC DETAILS Building C, Suite 202 BACKDRAFT DAMPER Bellevue, WA 98005 AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT FLR FLOOR PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH 1 SECTION IDENTIFIER M-601 HVAC SCHEDULES F ALT ALTERNATE FLEX FLEXIBLE PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE MX.X r': _' ARCHITECT OF RECORD ALUM ALUMINUM FP FIRE PROTECTION, FIRE PUMP PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ABSOLUTE MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER GENERAL NOTES: 1 AMB AMBIENT FPM FEET PER MINUTE PTRV PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE DETAIL OR DRAWING IDENTIFIER APD AIR PRESSURE DROP FPS FEET PER SECOND PU PUMP MX.X DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR GENERAL: LONG PIPING RUNS(100 FEET OR MORE)TO PERMIT APPROX APPROXIMATE FS FLOOR SINK PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DISASSEMBLY FOR ALTERATION AND REPAIRS. ARCH ARCHITECT F/S/D COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPER REVISION CLOUD INDICATES WHERE 1. COORDINATE MECHANICAL WORK WITH ELECTRICAL, , ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL,CIVIL AND LANDSCAPE 5. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS IN PIPING SYSTEMS Y1 FEET, FINNED TUBE SECTION APPEARS WORK SHOWN ON OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. PROVIDEVIDE CONNECTED HANDLING EQUIPMENT,UIPMENT PUMPS,SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATION FT QTY QUANTITY FIRE DAMPER AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS INC. ADDITIONAL OFFSETS FOR COORDINATED INSTALLATION CHILLERS, COOLING TOWERS,AND OTHER EQUIPMENT FV FACE VELOCITY C WHERE REQUIRED. WHICH REQUIRE VIBRATION ISOLATION. y ATM ATMOSPHERE INDICATES REVISION NUMB R REFRIGERANT 1 & ER � PIPING f 2. COORDINATE HVAC PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION WORK 6. PROVIDE LINE SIZE STRAINER UPSTREAM OF EACH f G GAS RA RETURN AIR SMOKE DAMPER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT BACKFLOW PREVENTER,WATER PRESSURE REDUCING BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER GAL GALLON RAF RETURN/RELIEF AIR FAN FLAG NOTE ACCESS TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER PIPING FOR AVAILABLE VALVE,AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE, CONTROL VALVE, BF BELOW FLOOR GALV GALVANIZED RAG RETURN AIR GRILLE COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER SPACE. SOLENOID VALVE, GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR,AND PUMP.PROVIDE R A P H I T E AHU-XXX EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER 3. WHERE USED,THE TERM"PROVIDE"SHALL MEAN"FURNISH PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE ON EACH SIDE OF STRAINER. BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR RAH RADIANT HEATER AND INSTALL". 7. VALVES, EXPANSION FITTINGS/LOOPS,AND PIPING Graphite Design BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER GFU GAS FIRED UNIT RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN HORIZONTAL FIRE DAMPER SPECIALTIES SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF PIPE UNLESS NOTED Group, POINT OF CONNECTION 4. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WITH p LLC, Architects BLDG BUILDING GPD GALLONS PER DAY RD ROOF DRAINOTHERWISE. Igm MANUFACTURERS'CERTIFIED DRAWINGS. COORDINATE AND 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 BLW BELOW GPH GALLONS PER HOUR REF REFERENCE, RETURN/EXHAUST FANNIRMHORIZONTAL SMOKE DAMPER PROVIDE DUCT AND PIPING TRANSITIONS REQUIRED FOR HVAC/SHEET METAL: FINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS TO FURNISHED Seattle, WA 98101 BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE REG REGISTER NORTH ARROW 1. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS,AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, HORIZONTAL COMBINATION EQUIPMENT. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE DUCT AND 206.224.3335 E BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE GPR GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR REL RELIEF FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER PIPING DIMENSIONS BEFORE FABRICATION. ARE INTERNAL CLEAR DIMENSIONS AND DUCT SIZE SHALL . CONSULTANT BOT BOTTOM GR GRILLE REQD REQUIRED INCREASED TO COMPENSATE FOR DUCT LINING THICKNESS. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION 5. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REQUIRED TO ENSURE 2. PROVIDE TEMPORARY COVERS OVER OPEN ENDS OF 10. BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT GRD GRILLES, REGISTERS,AND DIFFUSERS RET RETURN PROPER INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. MECHANICAL ACCESS EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK DURING CONSTRUCTION. BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD RF RETURN FAN UC 6. LOCATE VALVES,WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS, CLEANOUTS, RG RETURN GRILLE -� UNDERCUT DOOR 3. PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR EACH DIFFUSER, DAMPERS, CONTROLS AND SIMILAR COMPONENTS SO THAT REGISTER,AND GRILLE. METRIX C CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING HB HOSE BIBB RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY, ROOF HOOD THEY ARE ACCESSIBLE. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS FOR SUPPLY AIR DUCT SECTION MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BEHIND WALLS,ABOVE 4. PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS AT DUCT SMOKE CAP CAPACITY HC HEATING COIL RHC REHEAT COIL ® ® INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND BELOW FLOORS. COORDINATE DETECTORS, BACKDRAFT DAMPERS, MOTORIZED CONTROL E N G I N E E R S ACCESS DOOR LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS,SMOKE DAMPERS, COMBINATION CC COOLING COIL HD HEAD RLA RATED LOAD AMPS RETURN OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT SECTION INSTALL TAG ON CEILING GRID FRAME TO INDICATE FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, DUCT MOUNTED COILS, DUCT CD CEILING DIFFUSER HOR HORIZONTAL RM ROOM LOCATION AND TYPE OF EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRES AIRFLOW STATIONS AND LOUVER PLENUMS. 1 131 SW 7TH ST, SUITE 110 CFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR HP HEAT PUMP, HORSEPOWER RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE ® ® EXHAUST AIR DUCT SECTION MAINTENANCE. PROVIDE 16 GA, STEEL, FLUSH TYPE ACCESS DOOR WITH CONCEALED HINGE AND SLOT SCREWDRIVER 5. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM BRANCH DUCT SIZE TO RENTON, WA 98057 CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE HR HOUR RTU ROOFTOP UNIT TYPE CAM LATCH. PROVIDE FACTORY PRIMED IN PAINTED DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS,AND GRILLES, UNLESS NOTED TO 425-336-2822 CI CAST IRON HRU HEAT RECOVERY UNIT RV RELIEF VALVE RECTANGULAR DUCT UP SURFACE AREAS FOR FIELD PAINTING. PROVIDE STAINLESS USE LARGER SIZE ON DRAWINGS: www.metrixeng.com CL CENTER LINE HT HEIGHT STEEL FOR ALL OTHER AREAS. PROVIDE UL LISTED AND 5.1. 6"0: 100 CFM LABELED DOOR WHERE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING IS 5.2. 8"0": 200 CFM CLG CEILING HTR HEATER SA SUPPLY AIR RECTANGULAR DUCT DOWN INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ACCESS DOOR SHALL BE SIZED 5.3. 10"0: 300 CFM CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT HX HEAT EXCHANGER SAD SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER SO THAT ADJACENT EQUIPMENT IS ACCESSIBLE. PROVIDE 5.4. 12"0: 450 CFM OR APPROVED MILCOR ELMDOR ACUDOR T ND DUCT UP , , , . CO CLEANOUT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION &AIR CONDITIONING SAT SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE ROU5.5. 14"0: 600 CFM s SEAL COMB COMBUSTION, COMBINATION HZ HERTZ SCFM STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 7. COORDINATE ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURE TO VERIFY 5.6. 16"0: 750 CFM COND CONDENSATE SCH SCHEDULE ROUND DUCT DOWN THAT ATTACHMENT POINTS ON EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURE FIRE PROTECTION: , e;f's CAN ACCEPT SEISMIC,WEIGHT,AND OTHER LOADS IMPOSED. D F: CONN CONNECTION IAQ INDOOR AIR QUALITY SCHEM SCHEMATIC .1PAINT ALL EXPOSED AND VISIBLE FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK 8. REFER TO TYPICAL DETAILS PROVIDED IN THIS DWG SET FOR BLACK. DO NOT PAINT FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS. S e CONT CONTINUE, CONTROL IN INCH S/D SMOKE DAMPER DUCTWORK, PIPING,AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. CONTR CONTRACTOR INCL INCLUDING SF SUPPLY FAN, SQUARE FOOT CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFORMANCE WITH ENERGY CODE: (STATE ENERGY CODE) f ;+ 1 COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE INT INTERNAL SG SUPPLY GRILLE DETAILS. 1. MOTORS: COMPLY WITH MINIMUM FULL LOAD EFFICIENCIES C)R N D. 9. LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF FLOOR,WALL,AND ROOF LISTED IN THE STATE ENERGY CODE. O1 CP CONDENSATE PUMP INV INVERT SL REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE DIFFUSER REGISTER OPENINGS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES ' 2. PIPING AND DUCT INSULATION: COMPLY WITH THICKNESS CT COOLING TOWER ISP INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING > > INVOLVED. INCLUDE IN THE COST OF MECHANICAL WORK, R4 CU CONDENSING UNIT, CUBIC SMACNA CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INC. CUTTING, CORING, PATCHING AND PAINTING OF EXISTING AND TYPES LISTED IN THE STATE ENERGY CODE. 0 AND GRILLE SYMBOLS CV CHECK VALVE, CONSTANT VOLUME KW KILOWATT SP STATIC PRESSURE WALLS,CEILINGS, FLOORS AND ROOFS AS REQUIRED TO 3. DUCT SEALING: SEAL DUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND ACCOMMODATE WORK AS INDICATED IN THE MECHANICAL LONGITUDINAL SEAMS PER THE STATE ENERGY CODE. CW DOMESTIC COLD WATER SPEC SPECIFICATION Xa M AIR DEVICE TAG CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON 4. RECORD DRAWINGS: PROVIDE PER THE STATE ENERGY L LENGTH SQ SQUARE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. CODE. DB DRY BULB LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE SRV SAFETY RELIEF VALVE ® SUPPLY DIFFUSER 10. PROVIDE ELASTOMERIC FOAM MATERIAL ON MECHANICAL 5. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: PROVIDE PER DC DUCT COIL, DUST COLLECTOR LAV LAVATORY SS STAINLESS STEEL EQUIPMENT THAT PRESENT A SAFETY HAZARD. THE STATE ENERGY CODE. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL LB POUND ST STORAGE TANK, SOUND TRAP RETURN OR RELIEF GRILLE SAFEKEEPING OF HIS OWN PROPERTY ON THE JOB SITE. 6. SYSTEM BALANCING: PROVIDE PER THE STATE ENERGY DEPT DEPARTMENT LBS/HR POUNDS PER HOUR STD STANDARD OWNER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROTECTION OF CODE. DEG DEGREE LD LINEAR DIFFUSER STM STEAM ® EXHAUST GRILLE PROPERTIES AGAINST FIRE,THEFT AND ENVIRONMENTAL 7. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING: PROVIDE PER THE CONDITIONS. STATE ENERGY CODE. DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN LF LINEAR FEET STIRSTARTER, STRUCTURAL DH DUCT HEATER LL REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE SUCT SUCTION _ SIDEWALL GRILLE (SUPPLY), 12. CLEAN THE JOB SITE DAILY AND REMOVE FROM THE 8. THIS BUILDING AND ITS ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN Q DI DUCTILE IRON LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS SUP SUPPLY LOUVER(EXHAUST OR RETURN) PREMISES ANY DIRT AND DEBRIS CAUSE BY THE DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE STATE ENERGY CODE. N C PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION DIA DIAMETER LVG LEAVING BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, CLEAN EQUIPMENT, OF ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES. SIDEWALL GRILLE (RETURN OR EXHAUST), FIXTURES, EXPOSED DUCTS, PIPING AND SIMILAR ITEMS. DIAG DIAGRAM LVR LOUVER TAB TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING ���� LOUVER(OUTSIDE) 9. BUILDING PRESSURE TESTING: COORDINATE PHASING OF N DIFF DIFFERENTIAL LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD 13. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT THAT FITS INTO THE SPACE ALLOTTED BUILDING ENVELOPE LEAKAGE TESTING WITH MECHANICAL LL DIM DIMENSION TEMP TEMPERATURE C=:!!!= LINEAR GRILLE AND ALLOWS ADEQUATE ACCEPTABLE CLEARANCE FOR SYSTEM SCOPES OF WORK.TEMPORARILY CAP SYSTEMS AS M INSTALLATION, REPLACEMENT, ENTRY,SERVICING AND REQUIRED TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTING SCOPE OF r w CV DN DOWN MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE TG TRANSFER GRILLE MAINTENANCE.COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO WORK. CV DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MAV MANUAL AIR VENT TOD TOP OF DUCT O ROUND DIFFUSER ENSURE NO CONFLICT WITH REQUIRED CLEARANCES. NON-STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS: f 14. PROVIDE OFFSETS IN PIPING WHERE PLUMBING/PIPING WALL / DX DIRECT EXPANSION MAX MAXIMUM TOF TOP OF FOOTING IS LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE STRUCTURE. OFFSET PIPING 1. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE TAKEN DIRECTLY FROM THE 2012 J N INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND FROM THE AMERICAN L.L DWG DRAWING MBH THOUSANDS OF BTUH TOP TOP OF PIPE INTO CASEWORK OR SHAFT TIGHT TO WALL AND BACK INTO MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY TP TOTAL PRESSURE SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS(ASCE)STANDARD 7-10. THE J O CONTROLS DRAWINGS. BELOW STRUCTURE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ABOVE FOR ADDITIONAL O (E) EXISTING MECH MECHANICAL TPRV TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE RELIEF VALVEINFORMATION, EXCEPTIONS,AND FURTHER DESCRIPTIONS. 15. BUILDING SPACE IS LIMITED. STRONG ATTENTION TO DETAIL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO REQUIREMENTS AND Q F EA EACH, EXHAUST AIR MED MEDIUM TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE O ROOM THERMOSTAT AND CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHEN DEVELOPING SHOP AS SUCH,SHALL BE INCLUDED WITHIN BID. Uj 0 EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE MERV MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE T'STAT THERMOSTAT DRAWING SO ROUTING IS COORDINATED WITH OTHER + LU < ECG EGGCRATE GRILLE MFR MANUFACTURER TU TERMINAL UNIT �S ROOM SENSOR DISCIPLINES. 2. 2012 IBC 1613.1 SCOPE: ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL,AND NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS THAT �n EDH ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER ® ROOM PRESSURE SENSOR 16. MATERIALS WITHIN PLENUMS SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE ARE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO STRUCTURES AND THEIR V C MIN MINIMUM TYP TYPICAL EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO MISC MISCELLANEOUS ® ROOM HUMIDITY SENSOR OR SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN SUPPORTS AND ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND r^ 25 AND A SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50 CONSTRUCTED TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE v J EF EXHAUST FAN MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION UH UNIT HEATER ©O ROOM CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84 OR UL 723. MOTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7-10, EXCLUDING CHAPTER 14 AND APPENDIX 11A. Co r EFF EFFICIENCY MPC MEDIUM PRESSURE CONDENSATE UNOCC UNOCCUPIED 17. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, PACKAGED UNITS,CONTROL (� e EG EXHAUST GRILLE MPG MEDIUM PRESSURE GASCO ROOM CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR PANELS, MOTOR STARTER, MOTOR CONTROLLERS,VARIABLE 3. 2012 IBC 1705.11 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: THE EJ EXPANSION JOINT MPS MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM V VENT,VOLTS FREQUENCY DRIVES AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT SHALL CARRY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN AND CV ELEC ELECTRIC MS MOP SINK VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR A SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING(SCCR)EQUAL TO OR CONSTRUCTION OF A SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM, GREATER THAN AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT DELIVERED DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM,OR SEISMIC-RESISTING ELEV ELEVATION MTD MOUNTED VD VOLUME DAMPERFROM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. INCLUDE VISIBLE FACTORY COMPONENT LISTED IN THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE s EMCS ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM MU MAKEUP WATER VEL VELOCITY NAMEPLATE FOR SUCH EQUIPMENT INDICATING SCCR OF INSPECTIONS. STR STARTER OR STARTER/DISCONNECT EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1995 AND UL 508A. 4. HANGERS AND SEISMIC BRACING FOR THE MECHANICAL ENT ENTERING MUA MAKEUP AIR UNIT VENT VENTILATION,VENTILATOR EQUIP EQUIPMENT VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE F-D-d DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PANEL PIPING: SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND PROVIDED BY THE 1. PROVIDE AN AUTOMATIC AIR VENT AT THE HIGH POINT OF MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO CONTRACTOR SHOP ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (N) NEW VTR VENT THRU ROOF DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER EACH DROP IN THE HEATING WATER, CHILLED WATER,AND DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND HUNG MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ET EXPANSION TANK OTHER CLOSED WATER PIPING SYSTEMS. PIPE VENT TO NA NOT APPLICABLE ' ETC AND SO FORTH NC NOISE CRITERIA, NORMALLY CLOSED W WASTE, WATT,WIDTH NEAREST DRAIN. PIPING SHALL GRADE TO LOW POINTS. LOADS FOR HUNG MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH THE ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER W/ WITH $ SWITCH PROVIDE HOSE END DRAIN VALVES AT THE BOTTOM OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER TRADES THAT MAY BE s EUH NEG NEGATIVE RISERS AND LOW POINTS. IMPACTED. ISSUED/ REVISED DATE EVAP EVAPORATOR, EVAPORATIVE NO NORMALLY OPEN WB WET BULB 2. VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT VALVE REMAINS IN i' PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 EW EYE WASH NO. NUMBER W/O WITHOUT SERVICE WHEN EQUIPMENT OR PIPING ON EQUIPMENT SIDE EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLERNOM NOMINAL WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP OF VALVE IS REMOVED. EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER NTS NOT TO SCALE WSEC WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 3. VALVES (EXCEPT CONTROL VALVES)AND STRAINERS SHALL EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE WSFU WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT BE FULL SIZE OF PIPE BEFORE REDUCING SIZE MAKE EX EXHAUST 02 OXYGEN WT WEIGHT CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS.. y 4. PROVIDE UNIONS AND/OR FLANGES AT EACH PIECE OF EXT EXTERIOR, EXTERNAL OA OUTSIDE AIR WTD WATER TEMPERATURE DROP EQUIPMENT,AT EACH CONTROL VALVE, IN BYPASSES,AND IN A OAT OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER 3 €` OC ON CENTER OCC OCCUPIED / OSA OUTSIDE AIR PERMITIBID 05.22.15 OT OFF TOP OV OUTLET VELOCITY MECHANICAL r LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES Y f f M-001 +.•. ..:+..: .:... .. ,ii+.iu,„///. ./�. //. / //f HH!!!!Hl!!i!,xsY�asx�lvmswiioiHHinliiayNi H/i/ArHH.aY �YArIAYlntm+l/lol /s,,,/ ...+„ ,. .,,i .. t/ / / F !/!!H/!!/ HH///l/// ////f..,l,.fYNiYHIFI...J NI/N6•!N✓///!//6IIHIWNJ////// /////N/FfH lN//If/NH/ ////FF//H/.9//F.I.II HH/H/ F J �Y//!ll H//+Yll//%///.L iiNJN+:DN/.LWN///H//91//AN/NH/H.YH//F:HHHIH/9%/f/.•/l//H//H///H9 /J/%/%/J//H/!/9f%//FIIIIB/H/N/J,JI/H Y 6Mf9M HH/O HAz?XhY/H//0H Hi......F./HF// /Hill / 1/ ,..,., .. +o-' .. ,,,,, ,H ! F e/AA.I/.,I, Nlf!/M.9Y / %A➢JH//.19YYHA'+/ IH/H/ Y�:%N!/ii»i ,.➢➢YH//I65fIHH!//J/..;1 I///NJHN///H////H////HH .4HHH//HAN:/MAN///hY///H1/!////!9Y %NAOY/////I //F AF/f!/.;:.// I,H!//1H//HILA/.., /H/iXfl/II.. /NI.9hi...YHNHF/////A//.,...HH/HHH///HNfi.AFfffff /lHN////!///./+R4/// H ////JJ/!/H///MSIY///N/�W///HN.%/N///////l:M)DY/ .YM+A➢➢L➢AbS4L1Y! Y H /.4A.W :::::a ,K�9IIIIG+99N//./H/H/J//JA.;KAM4%�J..,/!!/%//l//9%H f,'IM'.IYI�631�F;YtS3%!!,^.W.H HIH,^.Y:;K4i6Mi,.lNFl.H% lllH!!l/iYR}YH,/H/NN/,///H///.AH/INJ,6..IIIINNi➢lY.it%I: .Y9.�/NN•SY/A9YN/1!N//N/9�/AN%�%//////hYi fi/F +'.///1//.�iYH.. Y H//Hl '//!N b/ oMhl➢➢:i:/...:!fA/ff/ffl.fffH OWNER 1. Equipment meets minimum efficiency: Heat Pump: 3.30 COP 11.00 EER(11,2 IEER) A& V( Z Energy recovery ventilation systems.Individual fan systems that have both a design supply air capacity of 5,000 cfm or greater and a minimum outside air supply of 70 percent or greater of the design supply air quantity have an energy recovery system. ?Mo COMcheck Software Version 4.0.0 Plans reference pagelsection: V( 3. Supply air economizers shall be provided on each Cooling system and are capable of providing 100-percent outdoor air,even if Mechanical Compliance Ceri-tificate additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the cooling load of the building,Systems provide a means to relieve excess outdoor air during economizer operation to prevent overpressurizing the building. "........... Plans reference pagelsection: Section 1: Project Information Requirements Specific To., RTU-2 12011 NE 1st ST Energy Code:2014 Oregon Energy Efficiency Specialty Code 1. Equipment meets minimum efficiency; Heat Pump: 7.70 HSPF 13.00 SEER Building C, Suite 202 2. Energy recovery ventilation systems.Individual fan systems that have both a design supply air capacity of 5,000 cfm or greater and a Bellevue, WA 98005 Fs Project Title:MOD Pizza-Greenway minimum outside air supply of 70 percent or greater of the design supply air quantity have an energy recovery system. Project Type:Alteration Plans reference pagelsection: ARCHITECT OF RECORD Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 12196 Scholls Ferry Road Greg Parson Scott Miller Requirements Specific To: EWHA Tigard,OR 97223 MOD Superfast Pizza LLC Metrix Engineers V/ 1. Newly purchased equipment meets the efficiency requirements, Electric Water Heater efficiency: 0.82 EF(333 SL,Btu/h(if>12 kW)) 12011 NE 1 st St,Bldg C#202 1131 SW 7th Street,Suite 110 2, Service water-heating equipment performance efficiency.Water heating equipment efficiency has been verified through data furnished Bellevue,WA 98005 Renton,WA 98057 by the manufacturer or through certification under an approved certification program. gregp@modpizza.com 206-920-9240 3. Temperature controls.Service water-heating equipment have controls to allow a setpoint of 110''F for equipment serving dwelling units soottm@metrixeng.com ✓ and 90*F for equipment serving other occupancies.The outlet temperature of lavatories in public facility rest rooms is limited to 110°F. Plans reference pagelsection: Section 2: General Information 4. Heat,traps.Water-heating equipment not supplied with integral heat traps and serving noncirculating systems have heat traps on the Building Location(for weather data): Tigard,Oregon supply and discharge piping associated with the equipment. Climate Zone: 4c Plans reference pagelsection: P-601 Section 3: Mechanical Systems List S. Pipe insulation.For automatic-circulating hot water and externally heated(such as heat trace or impedance heating)systems,piping is GRAPHITE Quantity System Type&Description insulated in accordance with the specifications of this section. Graphite Design 6. Hot Water System Controls.Systems designed to maintain usage temperatures in hot water pipes is turned off automatically when the hot water system is not in operation and has demand sensing controls that turn off the system when there is no demand when the Group, LLC, Architects I RTU-1 (Single Zone):Single Package Heat Pump system is operational.A check valve or similar device is installed per requirement details. Heating Mode:Capacity=224 kBtulh, 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 Proposed Efficiency=3.30 COP,Required Efficiency=3.30 COP Plans reference pagelsection: Seattle, WA 98101 Cooling Mode:Capacity=87 kBtulh,,Air Economizer Proposed Efficiency=11.00 EER,Required Efficiency=11.00 EER 206.224.3335 E Fan System: RTU-1 I MOD-Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Generic Requirements: Must be met by all systems to which the requirement Is applicable: CONSULTANT 1. Calculation of heating and cooling loads.Design loads are determined in accordance with the procedures described in the Fans: ASHRAE/ACCA Standard 183.Alternatively,design loads have been determined by an approved equivalent computation procedure. RTU I Supply,Constant Volume,3000 CFM,2.5 motor nameplate hp EF1 Exhaust,Constant Volume,200 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp 2. Equipment and system sizing.Heating and cooling equipment and systems capacity do not exceed the loads calculated in accordance EF3 Exhaust,Constant Volume,100 CFM,0,2 motor nameplate hp with Section 503.2.1. EF4 Exhaust,Constant Volume,100 CFM,0,2 motor nameplate hp I RTU-2(Single Zone):Single Package Heat Pump Plans reference page/section: M ETRIX Heating Mode:Capacity=115 kBtulh, 3, HVAC Equipment Performance Requirements.Reported efficiencies have been tested and rated in accordance with the applicable test Proposed Efficiency=7.70 HSPF,Required Efficiency=7.70 HSPF procedure.The efficiency has been verified through certification under an approved certification program or,if no certification program E N G I N E E R S Cooling Mode:Capacity=35 kBtulh, exists,the equipment efficiency ratings are supported by data furnished by the manufacturer. Proposed Efficiency=13.00 SEER,Required Efficiency=13.00 SEER V( 4. Thermostatic Controls,The supply of heating and cooling energy to each zone is controlled by individual thermostatic Controls that 1131 SW 7TH ST, SUITE 110 Fan System: RTU-21 MOD--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes respond to temperature within the zone. Fans: Plans reference page/section: 41-111 RENTON, WA 98057 RTU2 Supply,Constant Volume,1990 CFM,2.0 motor nameplate hp, 425-336-2822 EF2 Exhaust,Constant Volume,450 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp 5. Heat pump supplementary heat.Heat pumps having supplementary electric resistance heat have controls that,except during defrost, www.metrixeng.com 1 EWH-1: prevent supplementary heat operation when the heat pump can meet the heating load. Electric Storage Water Heater,Capacity:80 gallons wl Circulation Pump Plans reference page/section: Proposed Efficiency:0.85 EF,Required Efficiency:0.82 EF V/ 6. Set point overlap restriction.Where used to control both heating and cooling,zone thermostatic controls provide a temperature range or deadband of at least 5°F(2.8'C)within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is capable of being shut off or Section, 4: Requirements Checklist reduced to a minimum, SEAL Plans reference page/section: 11 P R Luno In the following requirements,blank checkboxes identify requirements that the applicant has not acknowledged as being met.Checkmarks Gig D identify requirements that the applicant acknowledges are met or excepted from compliance. 'Plans reference pagelsection'identifies where in Ej 7. Optimum Start Controls.Each HVAC system has controls that vary the start-up time of the system to just meet the temperature set the planslspecs the requirement can be verified as being satisfied. point at time of occupancy. h 5 9 Requirements Specific To: RTU-1 Plans reference page/section: R N :&,10,7,0 As Project Title: MOD Pizza-Greenway Report date:05/01115 Project Title:MOD Pizza-Greenway Report date:05101/15 Data filename:P:%2015\15001115001.14\DesignkCalcs',MOD Greenway.cck Page I of 4 Data filename:P:\2015\15001\15001,14kDesign\GalrskMOD Greenway.cck Page 2 of 4 _1414019 V 8. Off-hour controls.Each zone is provided with thermostatic setback controls that are controlled by either an automatic time clock or programmable control system. Plans reference pagelsection: Plans reference pagelsectiow 24,Manuals.The construction documents require that an operating and maintenance manual be provided to the building owner by the mechanical contractor.See long description for specifications. 9. Shutoff damper controls.Both outdoor air supply and exhaust are equipped with not less than Class I motorized dampers. Plans reference page/section., Plans reference page/section: 25Air System Design and Control.Each HVAC system having a total fan system motor nameplate hp exceeding 5 hp meets the provisions I 0,Freeze Protection and Snow melt system controls.Freeze protection systems,such as heat tracing of outdoor piping and heat of Sections 503.2.10.1 through 503,2.10,2. exchangers,including self-regulating heat tracing,include automatic controls capable of shutting off the systems when outdoor air Plans reference pagelsection: temperatures meet code criteria. Plans reference page/section: 26.Allowable fan floor horsepower,Each HVAC system at fan system design conditions does not exceed the allowable fan system motor nameplate hp(Option 1)or fan system bhp(Option 2)as shown and calulated in requirement details. II.Separate air distribution systems.Zones with special process temperature requirements and/or humidity requirements are served by separate air distribution systems from those serving zones requiring only comfort conditions;or shall include supplementary control Plans reference pagelsection: provisions so that the primary systems may be specifically controlled for comfort purposes only, 27.Motor nameplate horsepower.For each fan,the selected fan motor is no larger than the first available motor size greater than the brake UJ CN 04 horsepower(bhp). Plans reference pagelsection: LL_ 12.Humidity control.If a system is equipped with a means to add or remove moisture to maintain specific humidity levels in a zone or Plans reference pagelsection: U) zones,a humidity control device is provided. 28.Large Volume Fan Systems.Fan systems over 8,000(7 m31s)cfm without direct expansion cooling coils that serve single zones reduce Plans reference pagelsection', airflow based on space thermostat heating and cooling demand.A two-speed motor or variable frequency drive reduces airflow to a J0 V( maximum 60 percent of peak airflow or minimum ventilation air requirement as required by Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical 13.Humidity control.Where a humidity control device exists itis set to prevent the use of fossil fuel or electricity to produce relative Code,whichever is greater. 0 humidity in excess of 30 percent,Where a humidity control device is used for dehumidification,it is set to'prevent the use of fossil fuel M or electricity to reduce relative humidity below 60 percent. Plans reference pagelsection: 0 Plans reference pagelsection:: , / 29AII air-condit(oning equipment.an'd air-handling units with direct expansion cooling and a cooling capacity at ARI conditions greater than 14.Humidity control.Where a humidity control device exists itis set to maintain a deadband of at least 10%relative humidity where no or equal to 110,000 Btulh that serve single zones have their supply fan operation controlled according to code specific requirements. U) < active humidification or dehumidification takes place. Plans reference pagelsection: LU 3: 0 Plans reference pagelsection: 30.Series fan-powered terminal unit fan motors.Fan motors for series fan-powered terminal units are electronically-commutated motors U) ✓ 15.Ventilation,Ventilation,either natural or mechanical,is provided in accordance with Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code. and have a minimum motor efficiency of 70 percent when rated in accordance with NEMA Standard MG 1-2006 at full load rating Where mechanical ventilation is provided,the system has the capability to reduce the outdoor air supply to the minimum required by conditions. Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code. Plans reference pagelsection: B Plans reference page/section: 31,All service water heating requirements are listed in requirements section specific to the system. 0-4 16.Demand controlled ve.ritilation(DCV).DCV Is required for spaces larger than 500 ft2 for simple systems and spaces larger than 150 ft2 for multiple zone systems. Section 5: Compliance Statement Plans reference pagelsection: Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical alteration project represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, 17.Kitchen hoods.Kitchen makeup is provided as required by the Oregon Mechanical Specialty Code. specifications and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed mechanical alteration project has been designed Plans reference page/section: to meet the 2014 Oregon Energy Efficiency Specialty Code,Chapter 8,requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.0 and to comply with the 18.Endosed parking garage ventilation controls.In Group S-2,enclosed parking garages used for storing or handling automobiles employs mandatory requirements in the Requirements Checklist. automatic carbon monoxide sensing devices, - .. ........... Plans reference page/section: Name-Title Signature Date 19,Duct and plenum insulation and sealing.All supply and return air ducts and plenums are insulated with the specified insulation.When ISSUED REVISED DATE located within a building envelope assembly,the duct or plenum is separated from the building exterior or unconditioned or exempt Section 6: Post Construction Compliance Statement spaces by a minimum of R-8 insulation.All ducts,air handlers and filter boxes are sealed.Joints and seams comply with Section 603.9 PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 of the International Mechanical Code. HVAC record drawings of the actual installation,system capacities,calibration information,and performance data for each equipment V/ 20.1-ow-pressure duct systems.All longitudinal and transverse joints,seams and connections of low-pressure supply and return ducts are provided to the owner. securely fastened and sealed.with welds,gaskets,mastics(adhesives),mastic-plus-embedded-fabric systems or tapes installed in ZI HVAC O&M documents for all mechanical equipment and system provided to the owner by the mechanical contractor. accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions, D Written HVAC balancing and operations report provided to the owner. Plans reference pagelsection: The above post construction requirements have been completed. 21.Medium-pressure duct systems.All ducts and plenums designed to operate medium-pressure are insulated and sealed in accordance with Section 503,21,Pressure classifications specific to the duct system are clearly indicated an the construction documents. A Principal Mechanical Designer-Name Signature Date Plans reference pagelsection: sF 22.High-pressure duct systems.Ducts designed to operate at high-pressure are insulated and sealed in accordance with Section 503.2.7. In addition,ducts and plenums are leak-tested In accordance with the SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. Plans reference page/section: 23Air system balancing.Each supply air outlet and zone terminal device is equipped with means for air balancing in accordance with the PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 requirements of IMC 603.17.Discharge dampers intended to modulate airflow are prohibited on constant volume fans and variable volume fans with motors 10 horsepower. MECHANICAL Project Title: MOD Pizza-Greenway Report date:05101115 Project Title: MOD Pizza-Greenway Report date;06/01115 Data filename:P:\2016\l5OOlkl5OOl.l4\DesigntCalcs\MOD Greenway.eck Page 3 of 4 Data filename:P:x2015\15001\15001,14\Design\CaIGs\MOD Greenway.cck Page 4 of 4 .. y COMPLIANCE FORMS M-002 ➢➢t9➢➢➢w➢➢➢➢2ff.DD�LDDDDLK9PA'lH/JN!!.Y/9DpYbNH/J/N/NJMM NNH�KND�➢��/!H////HH // H/NNN//NH ////,9pb�DPo ➢WH////AY///NN9' /H//JNH//N/MW/ iY.W / /UHH// hDDD➢�//N/iDDN]D�%/NdH ➢JSl///�Po ➢�➢➢➢»Y.N➢St.I➢➢77C/H9YAb'/fd�+�,LD�YWH//NH /M9�A�KW/N/////bNN 6OM�H/ NN�AK%�DYJf/9T%//NHHhD➢➢➢DY //H6Y640% /MHb/.DMN///NLY//LDY/// f///b ///HN/N//hDDDM/9lllf/f//H//NM' //•9'HN//H/NfiMS�/ff�lll/H//N/F/// s OWNER J • < yy J GENERAL NOTES ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 1 i CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. .y aJ /, i / 3 I 3 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 F I' Bellevue, WA 98005 S ARCHITECT OF RECORD i s eeey i i f ' / / ; GRAPHITE �1Graphite Design .................. - ..............._...................----------.......-------....... Group, LLC, Architects i ( 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 S .._... _ .... __.... _ _ } , FLAG N Seattle, WA 98101 i3 ..........._................T, ...._._._. _ ._._.— _ _ iE 3 .. . . ..... ........ .. .... ... ... ; 206 224 3335 E fi is i ''•. ' ; I%3:44{ ij�...._::-`.''L:.`--� `.' 3 is `' 4"Q I I CONSULTANT PIZZA OVEN DIRECT VENT CHIMNEY TO ... .... ..... ...i :i( t ii i t _) - _.� _ ROOFTOP EXHAUST FAN. PROCURE $ , \ : ............................. '` ♦ C %':.....w 3I L _!I .. .......-Y v ...i ...... ....:::G DUCTWORK AND EXHAUST FAN FROM f ' """""'s "' CAPTIVE-AIRE SYSTEMS REGION 85 O NLY(JON / .:: � _ CLARKE,425-212-5966 EXT. 2). REFER TO 3 14X14 r �, \, ': ' ` ! I H-SERIES SHEETS FOR CLIENT SPECIFIC OVEN 90-95 4 {'' METRIX .� ; HOOD SYSTEM INFORMATION AND ' ,, r! ,% 1 i { INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS REFER ... ............ ','("'<y . a I E •. � i' i \�.� `''\. .' '; I € `y `'' 4. 3� I ' DETAIL 1/M-501 FOR MANUFACTURER'S : 1......................3 � N G I N E E R S (W% (€ „i INSTALLATION DETAILS. �...._ . .::,:: 11 H ST, SUITE 110 ,(� I .�.�. . i ___.- RENTO WA 98057 ' _.._�.....;._--il i \i� `ice•-••---"•-'"'-�� I � ;,-••�;-•.-�� I � j 2 INSTALL THERMOSTAT CONTROLS AT W N� 3 I � .... , ♦\, y.....� it_: ti3.. `�.,�.� .�,%` Ic MANAGERS DESK A.F.F. ............................ 's � .....L......... S 18x10 S 18x10 it PIZZA KI 425-336-2822 — -3 ! ; ENGINE `` ,'- '; "m A 1�� 113 www.metrixeng.com 3� g�_ 102 \ ;/ 1 395 INSTALL TEMPERATURE SENSORS AT 60'A.F.F. I -. € ... ! 3 i ( � .................................... 8"0 EXHAUST DUCT UP THRU ROOF. .............. .f 4 1 I .. I B5 3•.- � I 5 NO HOOD PROVIDED ABOVE COMMERCIAL , r i s � : €......3......-..--.....-.- .-...f-•-•���...Y:�� ...................................... (i :; % •I ' Y.:.............:..:.•.::..:.�..:_.: .:..:..:..:...:..o..:..:..:.......�......I sEAL 14x12 jr DISHWASHER WITH BOOSTER HEATER. ECOLABt-.-,14x12 .......... ............. "VAPOR VENT”OPTION . REFER TO EXCEPTION_�- : ...... ............. ............. ............. ........ P ........................... ................ r___...- ._ REQUEST LETTER AND DOCUMENTATION D ' ; PROVIDED WITH THIS PERMIT SUBMITTAL.4• Q��ts`3 ] ..r• `. .:is:.. f PIZZA OVEN EMERGENCY SHUTOFF LOCATED ; f l a I i >.,s._,; :•< I� ON THIS WALL. I EF-3 rt+ .................................... Y u: i QR ROUTE DUCTWORK FROM RTU-1 AS HIGH A 2 -- -- _.. '--' POSSIBLE BETWEEN TRUSSES PROVIDE Q ,w :........... .- .............. ........... ............ ..... �4f1 TRANSITIONS FOR BRANCH DUCTWORK TO ` s WOMEN'S � DROP BELOW TRUSSES. RESTROOM COORDINATE DUCTWORK INSTALLATION WITH / 3 8 / i' i c 1x1 ! 8 0 1x1 f „ S 375 S� 8 ",•,,,' - 105 GARAGE DOOR INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. s 3: -I 375 € li x:;33;;;33;33:333::33:s::33::::::':..................... j:le":ex::•::::::W::•:r::••: _00!i:3 ''.3:...-r.:.—...\..'�----'' --...._._.....-_.-'-_--._..�.......... ._,.. _ --i�: \:-....-..,..-...---------------------------�---'-------' i (l....y....i. .....J I I -- I' .............................._.... . u_-,_ ........—,i ...... '::::::.. .....: aMEN'S ::-_............. .......................---...........---- .......... ........ ;t...----................................. ..... ......::.::.. . rr..OM n................... ................................. -...................- . .. ...............---------------_----... ' ..._....... . :...� _ .......,.... , i /. f _ 113 I ' , t , toIry i 7 20x40 I 20" 22"0 / - ...... .�R f k F s ,-<K ,; -- - C,r) y ! ' .k. 1 r/, / \ fry:.. \ \ "Lys J; ' n• U. ............................................................................................. �- t ^ . ................. . p ,''-....-.-.! ...a......_ ,.».�......._ ..�:........ r._.:a.......-•� --------- -------'. 3 3 ..�..� � 3 w N 8x10 ,,i � G ID i i �UU�► ; 18x10 118x10 4� \,'�/400 ............ \=/375 I 3 ; 3 ry • ................. \.......... �J O 3 'se i >r >Y 3y / I l f T 3 i 98x10.. -... 18x1. x1.D..._ _-.-........----......._ 18x10 I c ......... S- 75 ;....... 1 —...... ............... ........................................- ; ..... ;") 5 V .........- 3 .... ....... 375............ 3 .... _` S 4� ; Jt, iL L' I _ .... ........ .. Q iE ...........� : ................... i.• , ' �..... ... . ...:• \....y............\,.. ..., � ..'�.. .. ._ � •'i" �'.,'moi y 4 ., {.�:v ad,.... , �. .. 3 g y .•x-� 3 , . ) 13 : j.:3 �;•{ j;� � t3 Itt : i E B I 3I S N .—..—, - -.......-.�7 ------- _ _. ................................................................................................................................................................. ........ ............ ........... ................ .......................... .......... si / 3 ISSUED REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 l i 5 1 i A SCALE: 114"44' 0 2' 4' 8' y PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 NORTH HVAC PLAN :. HN /ll/N b9H//// I,SSti////l .4%f!//i�M�HI�N�Y9/ H91'/H/ AWfiYN//iNA➢KffiY' NIHNHJAN 'A➢➢M➢➢➢➢➢DY"'H/H/N / /H.. l /NN/b ////N/AY//b/%1/////N/H/NH //NJNXN/J . M111 lH///NHS WHAAN AMY�oWW➢➢➢➢➢➢➢Yb<bJJflfJ/Nfflllll691<S�N: ////////A/ R'' HNf/bH.• N/ / f A➢IIK / 19➢�U/HII➢➢➢ri/HHiH/ 6�ffib,AII�SYJi' /iv% J/9'�N/ // 9DD➢//.SFYF.SY.tINX/JJ////!N Jr9//,Lf9 HHS'.DIL ///J// H ADY///l//IIAY�NLHH///H/I///11/ 9»YHIH�W////N/1/N//HNf RlHN///////1/N////NH/ H///H/%/AW/H/�Y////�W/N//NiW/// /N�i➢W// is1L //NH�LAX/.fffAKDDKK%//H/bYd➢�GWNA'6f#/ H�//N///NM29DKt�H/H/JN/.:::HlNiniYI,:FFFF.?/.%llllH/IH;:llll/H69Y//N�.'1/-HJ�YN��' HO 4%� Hlllllllllllllllllllll/ bH%N////NfMDDDMYNHI//HANY/2Y/lH/H�APoD�DYH,YN /9%/IJ�iWA# K�M%d/r' NdbNN/N// //.KDYHhKYI///H/A�%NH/H2W.DY.Y/////H N/1//,%//•v;IIIb+/,2%I,%Ff.%///.•w::?G:fJ///6KPJY Nf/iW /J/N/A�DOW6%6: 6DDDODL9W/N///96�H/!/IHHI %�H/H OWNER GENERAL NOTES ....................................................................................................................................................................................... �- � 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS I PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. f . 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 F Bellevue, WA 98005 l ARCHITECT OF RECORD v !i D y ; f .... u ........... .......... :. l GRAPHITE ___...................... ..............................� Graphite Design s Group, LLC, Architects 1 t 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 K .............. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ; i....................... I LAG NOTES Seattle, WA 98101 � � E _.._ _ 206.224.3335 �� ILX�I CONSULTANT I PROVIDE ROOF CAP ON EXHAUST DISCHARGE. 03"VTR1. 2� TYPE I HOOD ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN. REFER TO CAPTIVE AIRE SYSTEM DETAILS ON H-SERIES SHEETS. METRIX [3�> PROVIDE CONDENSATE TRAP AND DRAIN TO s SPLASHBLOCK. SEE DETAIL 3/M-501. E N G I N E E R S RTU-2 z 1131 SW 7TH ST, SUITE 110 y f RENTON, WA 98057 425-336-2822 www.metrixeng.com � 9 i SEAL e 03"VTR P---------------------- p DGINZ EF-1 (, 1 � OCl I f fi er 14.2ti �,�,w I 44RoT4 u 5 y i I y 3 1 t 0 i f L_ RTU-1 I.._`-------------..................................................................... l N UjN LL 0 I O WC) Q f W l• i � � B l N I f s ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 I A SCALE: 114"=1'-0" 0 21 41 8' PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 NORTH MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN f M-131 SIH/iMYX4M4M9tM�D%AY/A�➢IIAWH///�/G%ANJ//.N/1/JSG➢�Pltma....t/d➢➢u➢YIIHA%///i/+Wi➢lYA....:IH A �MDffiIIffi4J/N /H i8�/H/,L%bH///U////////H9/Ni% H/N NJ/ Y//HHHH9.fH .�NH///N//N//NhY////1/ IN/NN//J�6Y//N/ W///HfH//IAF... :.Y% ::0%H/ik4%�YHI�IINH.�WH//J.L�DIIYN/N/U% .�9DRLN➢Y/////l // NNHH///.59/0.�10 //NHJ /NDY////JA➢//H/H/ OWNER/TENANT: SEE ARCH. DWCsS. WATER HEATER - REFER TO PLUMBING SHEETS CENTERLINE G O D I VA OF STUDS USE THREE EQUALLY SPACED "10 Chorolatier SELF DRILLING SCREWS (ACROSS GODIVA CHOCOLATIER, INC. 20 GA. METAL STUDS THE WIDTH OF THE FURRING) TO EXTEND FROM FINISHED FASTEN FURRING TO EA. STUD 333 WEST 34TH STREET FLOOR TO 12'-0" AFF,BRACE AS REQUIRED NEW YORK, NY 10001 SEE ARCH. pWGS. C!-i I I/W z 1 X Co FURRING PROJECT PLANNER: C4 i WATER HEATER PLATFORM - w I F.R.T. PLYWOOD OVER i INK SCREWS FLUSH BUT NOT LOWER ro" 16 GA. METAL STUDS THAN THE SUBAGE OF THE FURRING. w I INSTALL WASHERS AT SCREWS WHERE f REFER TO REFER TO w FURRING IS USUALLY SOFT CEILING PLAN CEILING PLAN i 2 USE 010 FLATHEAD WOOD 5102 SCREW 1-3/4" LONG IN EA. SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING i HOLE THAT ALIGNS WITH A 2 I RUN OF FURRING (TYR. 6 i SCREWS PER STANDARD) WJCA INC. 5102 i 763 SUSQUEHANNA AVE. I WALL STANDARD FRANKLIN LAKES, NJ 07417 T.O. STANDARD ELEVATION AT STANDARD TEL: 201-848-9060 FAX: 201-848-9881 T.O. STANDARD CENTERLINE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: - 8 N WALL STANDARD NOTES: OF STUDS JOSEPH LEWIS PE 3280 W.HENDERSON RD. 0 0 WALL FURRING: I x b FURRING $URE 10 N IS" CHROME WIRE MESH INSTALL HORIZONTAL FURRING STRIPS WALL TO COLUMBUS,OH 43220 SHELVING ON SURFACE WALL IN THE STOCK AREA OF THE NON-SALES INTERIOR PARTITIONS TEL 6M26-2806 MOUNTED STANDARDS (MINUS THE LOCATION OF THE HANGER REFER TO PARTITION FAX 614-326-28M IS" CHROME WIRE MESH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM) TYPES 8 SHELVING ON SURFACE a MOUNTED STANDARDS 0 MOUNT FURRING STRIPS AT EACH PRE-DRILLED r B.O. STANDARD HOLE ON THE STANDARDS (THE TOP OF THE 1 x & FURRING B.O. STANDARD STD MUST BE SCREWED TO A FURRING STRIP). WALL STANDARDS 8 I _6 SCREW FURRING TO PARTITIONS FRAMING PLAN SECTION AT STANDARD PAINT FURRING TO MATCH ADJ. WALL FINISH SURFACE MTD STANDARDS: INSTALL JP METAL AMERICA INC. SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS AND HARDWARE 2 �4Q�D /A\ LQ44LQ�C�IML��`� 1 X 6 CONTIN. SURFACE MOUNTED HORIZONTAL po F.R.T. WOOD FURRING STRIPS REFER TO REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR LAYOUT M 1 X CONTIN. SURFACE MOUNTED HORIZONTAL STOCKROOM SHELVING NOTES. SEE DETAIL OF STANDARDS. STANDARDS TO BE 24" O.G. 9 a710 NO SCALE G O D I VA F.R. . WOOD FURRING STRIPS REFER TO 2/8102 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS, WAVE WALL 4 21" O.C. ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK Chocolatier STOCKROOM SHELVING NOTES. SEE DETAIL 2/51 02 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS. INSTALL STANDARDS W/ THE PRE-DRILLED STORE NO: 524 HOLE AT TOP OF WALL 8 �p X11 CONTACT THE TENANT REPRESENTATIVE W/ ANY d SEE ARCH. pWCsS. QUESTIONS OR DISCREPANCIES PROJECT LOCATION: MAINTAIN SHELVING 18" BELOW SPRINKLER HEADS. A SEE ARCH. DWGS. 3-INCH RED STRIPE SHALL BE MARKED ALONG THE WASHINGTON SQ. MALL WALLS WITHIN THE STOCK ROOM AT THE MAX. SPACE B04 STORAGE HEIGHT AND THE STRIPE SHALL BE LABELLED "NO STORAGE ABOVE THIS LINE" IN WHITE 9585 SW WASHINGTON LETTERS ONCE ON EACH WALL. SQUARE ROAD FINISHED FLOOR PORTLAND, OR 90703 5/8" G.W.B. ON 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL FRAMING REFER TO ` ISSUE DATE: CEILING PLAN NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 12-11-15 ISSUED FOR BID, 1 �Qm= SUSPENDED G.IU.B. CEILING REVEWPERMIT AND LANDLORD � o SCALE: NONE Ix(o FRT WOOD BLOCKING BEHIND GLUE SECURE WALL SHELVING TO CONT. HORIZ. FURRING PERIMETER WALL. WALL BRACKET WITH 010 FLATHEAD 10001 SCRELU 1 3/4" LONG INTO WOOD SUPER ERECTA BLOCKING WIRE SHELVES Z o EXISTING PARTITION CL g o SHELVING UNIT U o UPRIGHT Z FDR 0 1 w RK SUPER ERECTA SEISMIC U - ADJUSTABLE SELVESR n 0. X-BRACING METRO SUPER ERECTA (TYP.) '� N NE 1Si xQ a PART# SA48BC FOOT PLATE m 0 72 9 v v z a IL \w ° co 25 m °. 2500 PSI CONCRETE - 1 j �p REGON�Oti 4" MINIMUM THICKNESS T. 10,2 SUPER ERECTA ✓OS \S WIRE SHELVING1'-411to FPHL1 ° + (3) 1/4" DIA. X 1 5/8" EMBED. HILT] KWIK HUS-EZ 1 CONCRETE SCREW ANCHOR (ICC# ESR-3027, COLA# RR 25897, (SPECIAL DRAWING TITLE: VARIES I, S10 INSPECTION REQUIRED) PREFIN MILLWORK III"` SUPER O ERECTA BASE CABINET FIXTURE STATIONARY ° NOTES: POST DETAILS 1. REF. ARCH. FIXTURE PLAN FOR SHELVING PLAN LAYOUT. O ° 2. WHEN SHELVING UNIT IS INSTALLED AGAINST WALL, ANCHOR UNIT TO FLOOR & ATTACH TO WALL ® TOP AND EVERY 4'-0" O O O.C. A.F.F. C-4 SUPER ERECTA FOOT PLATES FINISHED FLOOR 2 3/8" PROJECT NO: 3 3/4" 154129 DRAWING NO: 3 C mm-g=jm1 IMOKE 9m[ o=wo �]C� 4 LP004 f.�LLQ4CM DCS4LQ0L 5 3C��° C �1 LQC�C GSI S 1 0 2 �O NO SCALE X710 SCALE: NONE 5 o NO SCALE .1?XS'/HRX'/:TlfflFfffflf/!N/N //N/HNNH. /fHOfii%l!/ NJ J v J iY.ri.XYK4M�5)YA➢DMNP' //// H/A.IHNII.N J/J JJ J ........................................ iYR54X�///N..//N/NNIb Hl!/l.A%HHII J U .W 9M➢➢A)DDM59YA»AD�iNYHN/HK�/AYl//.9)Y/H//NNINNH //N.KY !! :...................................... :. : :::.:....::::........ ...... ............... .... ... ............. ...... .. .. ........... ... ........... :.::: 169M9➢➢KIe%A'H// 1//NNN/A➢N➢D➢DDDDr d ...:. :.. : �4%:ATiAA/N,:A/i➢➢YH.W/H J l F JJ l JJ ` /J.W➢➢➢➢Y/!9D➢D➢L Y!�HI/%A ➢➢➢➢%/N/N/A ➢➢➢YN7N/N/!H/IINNdAY.9Y.fH69<9hNhYAYfia➢➢➢MH.19M9YnM5➢NLtvll,Hl.�/NAW//NNN///H.Y! JF// li.......................................J:JJ:JJdJf JJJJJ .,,,Wlm.mmmxsumwc:,vH,ww%NmT.➢W➢➢IN HNff///f//!N/A'<N/NNN,NAPS➢➢➢K➢➢D➢XM➢➢LW.:YM%IIHIHJOIIIIIHOIIIIIIIIHIHHIA»HiLWN69➢➢YH!lfl.LWlH�MN�/hYiIHH/HiiiHiiil99 ....,a,,, ,,v..,,,MD5lM9�M�DY/SHMNAa➢Th..... I:J:/... IHIL.: L.... v,;h; n.... ..D,l.........._.. ::/!/lrlHlNNHH/HHHlHINHNNIIOHNNHINHNHNINIfHHHHfH!!H!!.././.L:JJ... H.JH,l/dIIAYntr%MSmY/HHHIINA!!Jy OWNER 6 y iz%� .J::.i..:",;•':'f'ty"�'iii%5``�.`.f . <: i l x>: 12011 NE 1st ST Building C, Suite 202 F Bellevue, WA 98005 ARCHITECT OF RECORD i jj I G FLEXIBLE DUCT MAX LENGTH 5'-0" VOLUME DAMPER GRAPHITE FLEXIBLE DUCT HANGER 7 Graphite Design DUCT MAIN Group, LLC, Architects 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 Seattle, WA 98101 I 206,224.3335 E % SUSPEND FROM ABOVE- SHEET METAL RETURN AIR CONSULTANT € SHEET METAL BAND COLLAR EXTENDING OUT y � II HANGER(2 REQUIRED) 14 MIN.AND OPEN TO RECTANGULAR OR ROUND RETURN AIR PLENUM. SHEET METAL SAFING DUCTWORK TIGHT TO DUCT CAULK ALL AROUND 14" MIN. METRIX � r r--- ----- ------ ———— WOOD NAILER i i COUNTER FLASHING E N G I N E E R S PREFABRICATED, INSULATED 1131 SW 7TH ST, SUITE 110 7.FLEXIBLE DUCT II BUILT UP ;w�! CURB, MOUNT AND SECURE RENTON, WA 98057 I I ON WOOD NAILER. (BASE) ROOF .. 425-336-2822 BEAD ON DUCT COLLAR —————— ————J 12° WWW.metrlXeng.COm STAINLESS STEEL FLEXIBLE DUCT I r !^ I I I MIN I I �—BASE FLASHING CLAMP OVER FLEX DUCT JACKET z cfl - I I SHEET METAL RETURN AIR COLLAR- ... ::.-::.-::-:: INSULATION. ACOUSTICALLY LINED. FULL SIZE ": ::'.::::" -;fn f ::. - ------------------ ::� ..�......�.........�...... INSULATION ::� OFF RETURN REGISTER. .................................................. .. SEAL �1 ,(..... CONCRETE DECK PRD���i a ,..�.. METAL DUCT SECTION I I I Nr DUCT FASTENERS FINISHED INSULATION WHERE I WOOD NAILERrs DIFFUSER COLLAR CEILING RETURN CEILING REQUIRED DUCT SUPPORT f GRILLE OR N :. CEILING y 102 s , � ' AROT4 f SEISMIC STRAP CEILING DIFFUSER f y S G TYPICAL DIFFUSER CONNECTION DETAIL TYPICAL CEILING RETURN AIR GRILLE AND COLLAR DETAIL DUCT PENETRATION THROUGH ROOF DETAIL s V SCALE: NONE 5 SCALE: NONE 4 SCALE: NONE 3 1 C y l`ori� ATTACH TO FAN 2" ELASTOMERIC FOAM INSULATION s (� FULL WIDTH AND w N -------- LENGTH OF CURB N L.L � u � 7 J z O 500 CFM EXHAUST FAN AND CURB POWER � O ANCHOR CABLE VENTILATOR FOR RESTAURANT EXHAUST � Uj V 0 APPLIANCES, RATED FOR,300 DEGGtf WITH EYELETS MODELS:EXHAUSTO GSV-,M OR to aV-012. (n t CALL..EARTHSTONE FOR DETAILS' n 800-840-4915-818-553-113+4 3011 min, FAN ADAPTER � V ATTACH TO EXISTING ROOF �FR 21� OR FR 2008 E`�HAUSTrr1 U) LOW PROFILE ROOF SELKIRK CURB METALBESTOS IPS C1 OR IF A CEILING C71R WALL ElOES NOT � 7 HOOD METAL-FAB MODEL IPIC-1 ,,..,....r-- .. B HAVE A FIRE.RESISTANCE RATING -.-----"""" f AND IS PENETRATED BYAI�ODEL. HTINGLISTED APPLIANCE DUCT/BUILDING ISS GREASE DUCT INSTALL.EDATTHI� HEATItVGAPf'LIANCIW CHIMNEY N CORRECT MINIMUM CLEARANCE FORUNENCLOS � 3"MIN.CLEARANCE FLASHING AND COUNTER ENCLOSURE E MAY NOT BE REQUIRED FLASHING BY OTHERS. AROUND THE DUCT SHAFT. 93 REFER TO LOCAL JURISDICTION ' AUTHQRMES. PREFABRICATED AND EXISTING CEILING INSULATED CURB BY DIV ® ® 23. z T MIN CLEARANCE TO COMBUSTIBLES' " N METTALBESTOS SELKIRK 80,000 g DATE ---- 04 MODEL IPS C1 - ISSUED/ REVISED AJ AJ AJ Al . PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 SCREW DUCT BACKDRAFT DAMPER y TO CURB /MOTORIZED WHERE NOTED IN A SEAL ROOF SPEC/DRAWINGS PENETRATION WITH FLEXIBLE FI'GU'RE 18 CAULKING SHEET METAL DUCT GREASE DUCT HEAiTING,APPLIANOE CHIMNEYATTACHEQ TO PRIMARY HOOD s PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 NOT USED LOW PROFILE ROOF HOOD WITH CURB DETAIL PIZZA OVEN DIRECT VENT DETAIL HVAC DETAILS SCALE: NONE 2 SCALE: NONE 1 SCALE: NONE /NN .s!liiN,auiw HNI.L9til,W9//!/ H. !Hi HCH coaii !!HlHI.tiH!!! iNxa�! a:urlH.. NNHoiH!!!!!!.wll.... /! M-501 HN m OWNER PACKAGED GAS/ELECTRIC ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE TAG NEW LOCATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL EVAPORATOR FAN OUTSIDE HEATING COOLING ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONS WEIGHT NOTES OR FLOW ESP MOTOR AIR FLOW INPUT OUTPUT GAS GAS TOTAL EER MCA MOP VOLTAGE/ (LxWxHT) EXISTING CAPACITY CAPACITY PRESSURE RUNOUT CAPACITY PHASE (CFM) (IN WC) (HP) (CFM) (MBH) (MBH) (IN W (IN) (BTU (AMPS) (AMPS) V/0 (INANAN) (LBS) ...... ......... .......... .......... I X.— ......... .......... ........... ........... ........... .......... ........... .......... RTU-1 EXISTING ROOF ICP PGE090 3000 0.75 2.5 900 224 179.2 6" 3/4" 87,000 10.1 40.1 45 208/3 88x58x42 950 1,2 RTU-2 EXISTING ROOF CARRIER 48TCEA05 1500 0.75 2 600 115 89 6" 3/4" 34,600 11 20 30 208/3 75x47x34 550 1,2 30. 12011 NE 1st ST I Building C, Suite 202 NOTES: F 1) RE-BALANCE UNIT TO FIGURES SHOWN. Bellevue, WA 98005 g 2) PROVIDE NEW HONEYWELL VISION PRO TH8000 PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT. INSTALL CONTROL THERMOSTATS IN MANAGER'S AREA IN BACK OF HOUSE WITH TEMPERATURE SENSORS IN EACH ZONE. ARCHITECT OF RECORD DIFFUSER, REGISTER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE TAG MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE MATERIAL FINISH FACE FACE DUCT MOUNTING PATTERN DAMPERS ACCESSORIES NOTES STYLE SIZE INLET A TITUS PCs PERFORATED SUPPLY DIFFUSER ST NOTE NOTE 1 NOTE ADJ NONE E TITUS PAR PERFORATED RETURN GRILLE ST NOTE NOTE NOTE 4 ADJ NONE .................... F TITUS FT-15 SLOTTED SUPPLY DIFFUSER ST NOTE NOTE NOTE 3 NOTE 4 ADJ NONE S TITUS 30ORS SUPPLY GRILLE ST NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE 4 FA NONE GRAPHITE R TITUS 350RL RETURN GRILLE ST NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE NONE Graphite Design Group, LLC, Architects 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 NOTES: Seattle, WA 98101 1) SEE DRAWINGS FOR FACE SIZE (2424 OR 12x12). PROVIDE 2424 FOR LAY IN CEILINGS. 206.224,3335 E 2) FACE SIZE DETERMINED FROM DUCT INLET SIZE. CONSULTANT 3) SEE AIR DEVICE TAG FOR DUCT INLET SIZE. 4) COORDINATE BORDER TYPE (SURFACE MOUNT, SNAP IN, LAY-IN, SPLINE, DROPPED FACE, AND BEVELED DROP FACE)WITH ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLANS. 5) PROVIDE COLOR PER ARCHITECT. 6) SLOTTED DIFFUSER SHALL BE 5' LONG x 2 SLOTS. 7) SUPPLY GRILLE SHALL MATCH EXPOSED DUCT COLOR. y M ETRUC ABBREVIATIONS: ST= STEEL, AL =ALUMINUM, BE = BAKED ENAMEL,AA=ANODIZED ALUMINUM, FA= FULLY ADJUSTABLE, TIP=TWO POSITION, OPD = OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS,ADJ =ADJUSTABLE, E N G I N E E R S BA=BAKED ACRYLIC, BO = BLANK OFF, DB = DIRECTIONAL BLADES, AND P= PLENUM. 1131 SW 7TH ST, SUITE 110 RENTON, WA 98057 425-336-2822 EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE www.metrixeng.com TAG AREA LOCATION MANUFACTURER MODEL FAN DIMENSIONS WEIGHT NOTES SERVED FLOW ESP SPEED VOLTAGE/PHASE (LxWxHT) (CFM) (IN WC) (RPM) (V/O) (IN INAN) (LBS) EF-1 PIZZA OVEN ROOF CAPTIVE-Al RE/CASRE 1 3BD 200 0.4 1197 120/1 22DIAx18 45 1 SEAL EF-2 NOT USED - - - - - - P R GIN D EF-3 WOMEN'S CEILING COOK/GC-124 100 0.3 1227 120/1 13x13x9 13 2 EF-4 MEN'S CEILING COOK/GC-124 100 0.3 1227 120/1 13x13x9 13 2 R N NOTES: 1) EXHAUST FAN FURNISHED WITHIN CAPTIVE-AIRE SYSTEMS PACKAGE TO BE PROCURED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR THROUGH CAPTIVE-AIRE SYSTEMS REGION 85 ONLY(JON CLARKE, 425-212-5966 EXT.2)AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE H-SERIES SHEETS FOR ADD-L INFO. 2) PROVIDE WITH PROGRAMMABLE TIMER TO OPERATE DURING STORE HOURS. 24 15 ry C >_ rV00 ry Uj CN CN U_ ti ZJO 0 W = �0 or U) W < 3: o U) F_ B CN ISSUED/ REVISED DATE PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 A PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 HVAC SCHEDULES �mHlm/1H1mN // � HHmlILH. �/ Y/Hm�m�YH..mlp �� .m m. . / 1 M-601 Application and Certificate for Payment, or a form approved by the Tenant. c. Remove and replace all work found not complying with the Contract Documents. Remedies shall be in accordance 4 DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS G. Coordination: with the Contract Documents and code requirements. 1. Coordinate work to assure efficient and order) sequence of installation of construction elements with provisions for d. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work, the Contractor shall reimburse the Tenant for the costs of all Y q p P s::... ...: 005200 AGREEMENT FORMS accommodating items installed later. subsequent tests and inspections related to the deficiency. •::::; : A. The AIA A117 Abbreviated Form of Agreement between Tenant and Contractor" shall govern the work 2. Coordinates ace requirements for mechanical and electrical Systems. Make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize e. All damage which may occur to the work as a result of normal testing operations shall be repaired to match g g r h p q Y p g g Y 9 p p �,•::<.>:::.:::<.: spaces efficiently, and maximize accessibility for maintenance, repair, and other installations. surrounding surfaces. 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS 3. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of the Work. Remove ill-timed and defective work and replace with f. Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel will be as continuous and brief A. The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201 1997 Edition shall govern the Work. Copies new work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. as possible. may be obtained at a nominal charge from the AIA Office, 1911 1st Ave, Seattle, WA 98101; 206/448-4938. 4. Uncover defective and nonconforming work and furnish samples as required for testing. 3. Tests and inspections shall be in accordance with code requirements. •Y , ;�;:u �� .,_�. B. The following supplements the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 1997 Edition. All 5. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings.` { � •� "�0 unalteredp rovisions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. H. Field Engineering: 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS -" ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. Provide field engineering services; establish grades, lines, and levels, by use of recognized engineering survey A. Temporary Utilities: Provide temporary utilities, services, and construction as required to perform the work. Coordinate all A. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: practices. temporary facilities and controls with the Tenant. 1.2.4 Division 1 Specification Sections- General Requirements, govern the execution of all sections of the 2. Control points are those shown on Drawings. Locate and protect control and reference points. Notify the Architect if 1. Electricity: Connect to existing service. Tenant will pay costs of energy used. Take measures to conserve energy. specifications. reference points cannot be located. 2. Lighting: Permanent lighting may be used during construction. Provide additional temporary lighting as required. 1.2.6 The reference standards referred to in the Contract Documents shall be the edition in effect at the time of the I. Request for Information: Maintain lighting and make routine repairs. Agreement, unless specifically stated otherwise. 1. Allot time to resolveq uestions concerning the Construction Documents with the Tenant. 3. Heating and Ventilation: Permanent system may be used. The Tenant will pay for the cost of energy used. Maintain 1.2.7 Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, documents numbered 000000 through 004999, and bound 2. Use form as approved by the Tenant. system during operation. in front of the 'General Conditions of the Contract for Construction' in the Project Manual, consist of 4. Water: Utilize existing facilities. Tenant will pay for water used. >; introductory information, bidding requirements, and information available to the Contractor, and are not part of 012300 ALTERNATES 5. Sanitary Facilities: Provide and maintain required portable facilities and enclosures. • li the Contract. A. Alternates are indicated on the Drawings. B. Controls: B. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.4 INTERPRETATION: B. State the cost to be added or subtracted from the Contract Amount for each of the alternates indicated. 1. Dust Control: Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction 1.4.2 Specifications and notes are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative language of the operations, and provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere. ' technical sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS 2. Water Control: Comply with applicable jurisdictional requirements regarding water usage, conservation, detention, t.1�; �}r Pxl shall be completed by inserting "shall," "shall be," "the Contractor shall," and similar mandatory phrases by A. Progress Meetings: Attend progress meetings called by the Architect throughout the progress of the work. pollution, and permits. inference. The words "shall be" shall be supplied b inference where a colon is used. B. Convene a pre-installation meeting when it is specified for a certain portion of the Work. Require attendance of entities directly C. Maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to site and within site to provide uninterrupted access: PP Y (�) � p P p 1.4.3 Where "as shown," "as detailed," or words of similar meaning are used, references to the Drawings are affecting, or affected by, the work of the Section. 1. To temporary construction facilities, storage and work areas. ' ' ,' ti" intended unless stated otherwise. Where "as directed," "as required," "as selected," "approved" or words of 2. For use by persons and equipment involved in construction of Project. ��:5;zz�t..15' a similar meaning are used, it shall be understood that "by the Architect" follows unless stated otherwise. "As 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 3. For use by emergency vehicles. d l P itt b SumaProcedure:necessary" shall be understood to mean "as necessary for a complete and fully functioning installation in A. 4. To minimize impact on adjacent operations. accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents, applicable codes and jurisdictional requirements, 1. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Leave space for Contractor and Tenant review stamps. D. Fire Safety: Comply with applicable provisions of UFC Article 87 for fire safety during demolition and construction operations. q ,� "Furnish" pp J � q Y� p Y pp � p Y g p and accepted trade practices. Furnish means Contractor shall procure, pay for, and deliver"; install 2. Review and sign each submittal prior to submittal to the Tenant. Unsigned submittals will be returned by the Tenant. E. Temporary Construction: means "Contractor shall set in position and connect or adjust for final use"; "provide" means "Contractor shall 3. Unless specified otherwise, submit the number of submittals the Contractor requires, plus one which will be retained by 1. Obtain approval from Building Owner for all modifications to existing systems or facilities not indicated. furnish and install." the Tenant 2. Remove temporary systems or facilities when use is no longer required. Clean and repair damage caused by installation ARTICLE 2 TENANT 4. Transmit each item to the Tenant under the Contractor's standard transmittal form as approved by the Tenant. Include or use of temporary systems or facilities. No Modifications. project name, Contractor name, subcontractor or supplier name, and drawing sheet, detail number, or specification F. Construction Cleaning: ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR section number corresponding to the submittal as appropriate. 1. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish. Daily dispose of off-site or in approved containers on site. A. Delete subparagraph 3.7.1, and substitute the following: 5. Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the Work. Allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of 2. Maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. "3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Tenant will pay for the general plan check rejected submittals. Coordinate submittal of related items. fee and the building permit. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all other permits, governmental fees, 6. Revise and resubmit rejected submittals as required to obtain approval, identifying changes made since previous 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS licenses, and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work." submittal. A. Delivery, Storage and Handling: ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT B. Progress and Value Schedules: 1. Transport and handle products by methods to avoid product damage. 1. Progress Schedule: Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, identifying first work 2. Manufactured products shall remain in manufacturer's containers orpackaging, until read for installation. A. Add the following sentence to subparagraph 4.2.4: p Y "Copies or memos of all direct communications between the Tenant and Contractor facilitating contract day of each week. 3. Unless specified otherwise, store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Options and Substitutions:l f V l d h Sceue oValues: B. Product O administration shall be promptly transmitted to the Architect by the party initiating the communication." 2. p ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS a. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703, or other form as approved by the Tenant. 1. Where Specifications indicate a single proprietary product, substitutions will not be considered. Furnish products b. Subdivide into each major trade or category of work. specified, except where "ora roved" is used. A. Add the following new subparagraph to 5.1 DEFINITION: p � p pp "5.1.3 The terms 'Installer,' Fabricator,' and 'Supplier,' as referenced in the Contract Documents, or in the Contract c. Include a line item amount for each Allowance. 2. Substitutions will be considered only for the following reasons: ����� �N0 Documents, refer to the Contractor, a subcontractor, or a sub-subcontractor." d. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. a. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. _ �d ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY TENANT OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 3. Submit progress and value schedules in duplicate within 5 days after Notice to Proceed. b. Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not perform as intended. w m p No Modifications. 4. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment; revised schedules shall reflect changes, including change 3. Document each substitution request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract U_ ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK orders, since previous submittal. documents. Requests for substitution shall be made in writing to the Tenant on form approved by Tenant. Limit each 0 No Modifications. C. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: request to one proposed product or system. For substitutions prior to Agreement, signature and projected cost data are (s. qP�� ARTICLE 8 TIME 1. Shop Drawings: not required. / 5 a. Number of Copies: Unless otherwise specified, submit to the Tenant one legible right-reading reproducible and one 4. A substitution request constitutes a representation that Contractor: A. Add the following new subparagraph to 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME: q p "8.3.4 Should an extension of time be granted by the Tenant to the Contractor, the Contractor shall indemnify and copy for review, except that shop drawings 11"x17" or smaller may be submitted in the form of two blackline or a. Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, the specified save harmless the Tenant from the loss to any subcontractor caused by such extension of time." electrostatic bond copies. product. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION b. The Tenant will return one copy to Contractor with corrections, notations and Tenant's stamp indicating action to be b. Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. No Modifications. taken. c. Will coordinate installation and make other changes that may be required for work to be complete in all respects. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY C. Unless specified otherwise, shop drawings shall show quantities, materials, methods of assembly, adjacent d. Waives claims for additional costs that may subsequently become apparent. No Modifications. construction, dimensions, and all other appropriate information to fully illustrate the work. e. Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 2. Product Data: 5. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals. No Modifications. a. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options and other data; supplement manufacture's 6. Tenant and Tenant will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK standard data to provide information unique to the work. rejection within a reasonable time. b. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus 2 copies which will be retained b the Tenant. C. General Product Installation Requirements: Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit an No Modifications p q p Y q Y ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 3. Samples: preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. No Modifications. a. Submit samples as specified in the technical sections. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT b. Include identification on each sample giving full information. 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING C. Submit three samples, one of which will be retained by Tenant, unless indicated otherwise in the technical section. A. Repair existing surfaces and construction as necessary to make Work complete, with all components matching and consistent. No Modifications. D. Certificates: Submit the original signed version to the Tenant. B. Provide a smooth, even, and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are cut so that an invisible - E. The Tenant may furnish documents and electronic data which may be used as bases for preparation of shop drawings. The transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along the nearest break line, joint, or corner. . DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Contractor shall be responsible for all subsequent distribution of such information to subcontractors and suppliers. C. Patching of Existing Concrete Slabs on Grade: Request documents by submitting an executed copy of the "Request for Transfer of Documents" form, attached at the end of 1. Ensure that below grade construction is complete in the slab area to be patched. 011000 SUMMARY this Section. Use of such documents implies Contractor's and subcontractors' agreement to the terms described on the form. 2. Replace existing subgrade materials to match existing. Replace and make continuous vapor barriers and other similar A. This specification identifies requirements for several Projects, and may contain elements which do not apply to this particular Fully describe requirements for each request. construction disturbed or damaged during demolition or construction operations. project. Where noted in the specifications, please refer to the Drawings to determine whether the specified element applies to 3. Recompact existing subgrade to 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557. this Project. 014500 QUALITY CONTROL 4. Patch slab with concrete having a minimum 28 day strength of 3000 psi. B. Use of Premises: A. Standards: Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more 5. Finish concrete to match adjacent surfaces. 1. Unless noted otherwise Contractor shall have free and complete use of the site. rigid standards or more precise workmanship.P g p p D. Major patching procedures shall be reviewed with the Tenant, prior to proceeding. UJ �,�- 2. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with the Tenant. B. Perform all work to meet or exceed the requirements of all applicable codes, ordinances, laws, regulations, safety orders, and .».., 3. Limit noise producing work to the hours between 7 AM and 7 PM Monday through Friday, and 9 AM and 6 PM on directives from authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Saturdays and Sundays. Cooperate with Tenant to minimize noise impacts on adjacent properties. C. Perform work with persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. A. Final Cleaning: C. Special Work Requirements: D. Mock-ups 1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces prior to final acceptance. 1. Comply with, all design and construction requirements of the Building Owner. Notify the Tenant immediately if the 1. Provide mock-ups as specified in the individual specification sections. Provide additional mock-ups, as required by the 2. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. Building Owner's requirements conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. Tenant, until approval is obtained. B. Project Record Documents: 2. Limit use of premises to only those areas involved in the construction operations and as required for access. 2. Do not proceed with subsequent work until approval of the mock-up is obtained. 1. Maintain a complete set of record drawings which clearly and neatly indicate exact installed locations of items which will 3. Coordinate use of premises under direction of the Tenant and the Building Owner, and in accordance with the 3. Approval of mock-up shall be the standard of workmanship and materials for the remainder of the work similar to the be concealed in the work such as conduit, piping, ducts, reinforcing, mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar requirements of jurisdictional code authorities. mock-up. items. Show all changes from the contract documents, and all uncovered existing conditions which will be subsequently 4. Occupancy Requirements: Adjacent tenant spaces may be occupied. Cooperate with the Tenant and the Building 4. Maintain mock-up in approved condition, until directed otherwise. concealed. Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the operations of adjacent tenants. 5. Unless specified otherwise, remove mock-up at completion, when directed by Tenant. 2. Record drawings shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separately from those used for construction. D. Separate Work: E. Install products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where conflict exists between manufacturer's 3. Documents shall be in same format as the Construction Documents. 1. Items noted "NIC" (Not In Contract), will be furnished and installed by others. recommendations and the specified requirements. Notify the Tenant immediately. 4. Keep documents current; do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. - -...... - 2. Perform work so as to allow the performance of work by other contractors. F. Examination Prior to Installation: 5. At Contract Closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and E. Products Furnished by Tenant for Installation by the Contractor (FOIC): 1. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. >, 1. Coordinate work to facilitate installation of products furnished by the Tenant for Installation by the Contractor. where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Tenant in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper C. Submittals: In addition to submittals required by the Conditions of the Contract, and submittals required by Section 013300, ^ '' 2. Tenant's Responsibilities: and timely completion of the work. furnish submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted ContractIt: : a. Arrange for and deliver shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. b. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: C. Upon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. G. Testing Laboratory Services: 1. Submit complete data for each piece of equipment and component used in the work. d. Submit claims for transportation damage. 1. The Tenant will arrange for the services of an Independent testing laboratory to inspect and test the Work to verify 2. Submit operation and maintenance data for mechanical and electrical systems. e. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. compliance with the Contract Documents. Reports of all inspections and tests shall be submitted to the Tenant for 3. Arrange in a binder with a section for each system. f. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. review. E. Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds: 3. Contractor's Responsibilities: 2. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Submit all manufacturer warranties. a. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples. a. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and furnish access, tools, samples, certifications, test reports, design 2. Furnish written guarantee, from each subcontractor performing work covered by the additional guarantee requirements b. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness, for damage,jointly with Tenant. mixes, equipment, storage, and assistance as requested by the testing laboratory. specified in the technical sections. Unless specified or approved otherwise, the guarantee shall commence on the date C. Handle, store, install and finish products. b. Notify Tenant and testing laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing. of Substantial Completion. f ° �, ,� ,> d. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. When tests or inspections cannot be performed, through the fault of the Contractor, reimburse the Tenant for the F. Applications for Payment: Submit three copies of each application under procedures of Section 013300 on AIA G702 - additional costs incurred. ARCHITECTURAL SPEC�ICATION 1 sp-zlu . ... ... ........... -------------------------------------------- XX 3. Each guarantee shall be signed, and shall state that the work under guarantee was installed in accordance with the F. Formwork Erection: b. The prepared surface must wet uniformly. Confirm surface absorbency with a light water spray. In hot, dry weather, Contract Documents, and that the work will be free from defects in workmanship and material for the period of time 1. Use plywood forms, unless specified or approved otherwise. pre-wet the concrete with fresh water. Allow any standing water to evaporate. specified, and that all defects will be promptly repaired without additional cost to the Tenant. - f p p p y p 2. Tolerances. Comply with ACI 301, Table 4.3.1 Tolerances for Formed Surfaces. C. Using a low pressure sprayer fitted with a o.5 GPM tip, apply a single coat of sealer. Lightly apply sufficient product F. Spare Parts and Maintenance Manuals: Furnish products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in G. Reinforcement: " .'.�•. to wet the surface without producing puddles. ::;.;;:•::;;;.:;.:;: ;•:•::: : : each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with Tenant; deliver to Project Site and obtain 1. Fabricate as indicated and in accordance with ACI 315. d. Use a clean, soft bristle push broom or microfiber pad to spread the product evenly and ensure uniform wetting receipt prior to final payment. 2. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Avoid spreading once drying begins. Scrubbing is not necessary. 3. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on the drawings at points of minimum stress. e. If surfaces dry immediately, increase the rate of application. Surface should remain wet for 5-10 minutes. Adjust DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS H. Subsequent Treatment for Formed Surface: rate of application to eliminate puddles. 1. Sandblast architectural concrete surfaces. Remove surface mortar only for paint adherence. Exact degree of bite shall 3. Apply 2 coats in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions for specified system. " f } ' 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION be determined by the Architect. Allow to cure for length of time recommended by manufacturer before allowing traffic. Allow longer drying time when A. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate the work. Where demolition exceeds that indicated, 2. Where fluid applied waterproofing is scheduled or indicated, grout fill all rock pockets, tie holes, and other surface humidity and temperature are high and when there is poor air circulation. .:: ., verify such demolition with the Architect prior to proceeding. imperfections to create a smooth surface ready to receive the waterproof membrane. Grind concrete fins and other 4. Allow treated surfaces to dry. B. Protect existing structural members. Contact the Architect prior to modifying structural members beyond the extent indicated. surface projections flat with adjacent surfaces. 5. If additional surface sheen is desired, buff or burnish the concrete surface in both directions with an orbital floor machine Cease operations and notify the Architect immediately if continued demolition operations might endanger the existing I. Slabs: or burnisher equipped with an appropriate polishing pad. This is a dry buffing operation. structure. 1. Expansion Joints: 6. Finish: Provide uniform finished surface free of streaks and marks. C. During demolition operations, notify the Architect of all conditions which differ substantially from those indicated, specified, or a. Place expansion joints where exterior slabs abut concrete walls, the building perimeter, and other fixed objects I. Clean-Up expected. Notify the Architect if previously unknown operational, or potentially operational elements are uncovered during abutting or within the slab area. At exterior sidewalks Place expansion joints at maximum 20 foot intervals unless 1. During progress of work remove from site discarded materials rubbish cans and rags at end of each work day. demolition operations. Perform no demolition in such areas, unless approved by the Architect. otherwise indicated. 2. Upon completion of work, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coating by proper method of washing and D. Provide temporary shoring as required to support existing construction against movement or overload during demolition b. Place perpendicular to longitudinal axis of wall and curbs. scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. operations, until permanent supports are in place. c. Form expansion joints with joint filler. Recess joint filler 1/2 inch below finished concrete surface to receive sealant J. Protection I E. Except where noted or specified otherwise, take possession of materials being demolished, and immediately remove from site. specified in Section 079200. 1. Protect completed concrete coating work against damage. Do not overload existing construction to remain with demolished materials. d. Tool expansion joints to 1/4 inch radius. 2. Close application area after completion of each stage for a minimum of 48 hours and longer if required by the F. Carefully remove, store, and protect all materials and components to be reused. e. Discontinue reinforcing at the expansion joint. Use greased or sleeved reinforcing at the joint. manufacturer. ; ; . G. Where possible without damage, remove, store, and protect existing materials and components not noted for removal, which if 2. Control Joints: 3. Protect coatings from general construction when tack-free with '/4 inch tempered hardboard, smooth side down. Remove removed, would facilitate the new construction and reconditioning. a. Make joints straight; perpendicular or parallel to building lines and slab edges, as appropriate. prior to completion of Project. H. Carefully remove, protect, and turn over as directed, materials and components claimed by the Tenant for salvage. Prior to b. Control joints shall be saw cut or tooled, unless indicated otherwise. 4. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and refinishing, as acceptable to the Architect. demolition, contact the Tenant to determine which items will be claimed. C. Radius tooled control joints to match expansion joints. I. Where cut edges of the existing construction will be visible in the completed work, cut in uniform straight lines. Concrete and d. Control joints shall penetrate the slab a minimum of 1/4 the thickness of the slab and shall be 3/16 inch in width 035416 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT masonry shall be saw cut or core drilled. minimum; 1/4 inch width in sidewalks. A. Summary: J. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no additional cost to the Tenant. e. Locate control joints at locations indicated. When not indicated, space at 32 times the slab depth. 1. Cementitious underlayments as necessary for leveling of new or existing concrete floor substrates, as necessary to meet K. Utility Line Demolition: f. Align joints with column lines when ever possible. Joints shall form rectangular panels with the long side less than specified tolerances. 1. Verify locations of existing utilities prior to demolition. 1-1/2 times the length of the short side. Provide circular or diamond shaped joint lines around columns. Locate 2. Cementitious toppings as necessary for leveling new or existing slabs at locations indicated to receive concrete sealer 2. Abandoned underslab conduit shall be cut off below the finished surface line, and all conductors shall be removed. control joints at reentrant corners. Coordinate with placement of joints in tile surfaces. only. Patch and fill the opening flush with the finish. 3. Construction Joints: Place at either expansion or control joint locations. 3. Ramps and tapers as necessary to align levels between dissimilar finishes. 3. Abandoned electrical conductors shall be removed back to the branch circuit panel, unless indicated otherwise. 4. Slab Finishes: B. Environmental Requirements Abandoned conduit which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned conduit which is a. Full Trowel Finish: Interior floor slab surfaces, unless specified otherwise. 4. Maintain surface and ambient temperature of between 50 and 80 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and 24 hours concealed in existing construction to remain. b. Light Steel Trowel Finish: Interior floor slab surfaces scheduled to receive tile, terrazzo, or other similar bonded after underlayment installation. 4. Abandoned underslab piping shall be removed and cut off flush with the floor line. Patch flush with the floor. materials. 5. Keep traffic out of area in which underlayment is being applied or cured. 5. Abandoned piping which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned piping which is C. Broom finish: Exterior slabs, sidewalks, and curbs. C. Underlayment and Topping Systems: concealed in existing construction to remain. Cap all exposed ends. 5. Slab Tolerances: Slabs: Class B in accordance with ACI 301. 6. Self Leveling Underlayment System: Self-leveling, pourable, cement based material, minimum 28 day compressive 6. Indicate location of disconnected utilities on the Project Record Drawings as specified in Section 017700. 6. Sealer: Apply a second coat of curing/sealing compound to concrete slabs scheduled to receive sealer. Clean floor and strength 2,000 psi; minimum bond strength 200 psi; one of the following as recommended by manufacturer for L. Leave site in a condition acceptable to the Tenant at all times. Remove demolished materials from site daily as work apply just prior to substantial completion. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. conditions. progresses. Do not overload existing structure with demolished materials. J. Curing: a. Mapei Corporation "Ultraplan 1" or "Novoplan 1 2." 1. Moisture cure all concrete for a minimum of 7 days, unless approved or specified otherwise. b. Ardex Inc. "K-15" Self-Leveling Underlayment Concrete DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 2. Use curing/sealing compound on concrete slabs scheduled to receive sealer. C. Laticrete International, Inc. "Laticrete 86 LatiLevel Thin Pour Underlayment." .,r� 3. A curing compound may be used on all exterior slabs, sidewalks, and curbs. 7. Trowelable Underlayment System: As recommended by manufacturer for conditions: 030013 CONCRETE 4. A curing compound may be used on surfaces to receive subsequent bonded finish materials, provided the curing a. Mapei Corporation "Mapacem 100" or "Planitop 10". A. Summary: Cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcing, accessories, and formwork. compound is approved in writing by the manufacturer of the adhesive or the bonding finish material. b. Ardex Inc. "SD-P" Fast-Setting Underlayment. �C �NO� B. Quality Assurance: 5. Apply all curing compounds and curing/sealing compounds in accordance with the manfacturer's recommendations. C. Laticrete International, Inc. "Laticrete 220 Medium Bed Mortar mixed with "Laticrete 3701 Latex Mortar Admix." _ �d 1. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301, unless indicated or specified otherwise. 8. Cementitious Toppings: For repair of concrete surfaces at locations indicated to receive concrete sealer or not otherwise Q w(0 O 2. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. 030103 CONCRETE RESURFACING covered by flooring material: a 3 U_ 3. Concrete work is subject to special testing and inspection. Notify Architect at least 48 hours before concrete is poured. A. Section Includes: a. Self-Leveling Types: �, U 41-1 C. Submittals: 1. Sanding existing concrete. 1) Mapei Corporation "Ultratop". Self-Leveling Abrasion-Resistant Topping. �� 1. Shop Drawings: 2. Application of concrete sealer. 2) Ardex Inc. "K-500" Self-Leveling Concrete Topping. 5��3 SSP a. Detail reinforcing in accordance with ACI 315. Indicate reinforcement sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of B. Submittals: b. Trowelable Types: reinforcing, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, and supporting and spacing devices. 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature for each product listed. 1) Mapei Corporation "Marecem 100" Fast-Setting Topping Mortar b. Indicate embedded items. C. Project Conditions 2) Ardex Inc. "CD" Self-Drying Concrete Dressing. C. Show concrete configurations. 1. Environmental Conditions: Where ambient air temperature does not fall within the range of 40 to 90 degrees Fahrenheit, D. Accessories: Furnish primers, patching compounds, and sand fillers as recommended by the underlayment manufacturer for d. Slab Layouts: Dimension locations of control, expansion, and construction joints. Relate to building grid lines. or in conditions with extremely high relative humidity, special application products and methods may be required. the conditions of the project. 2. Product Data: Submit data for each accessory, admixture, and curing material proposed for the work. Contact manufacturer for specific job conditions and technical support. E. Thoroughly mix underlayment materials for each type of product in proper proportions to achieve smooth homogeneous mix, 3. Mix Designs: Prior to concrete work, submit mix designs for approval. 2. Installer is required to visit site and verify conditions prior to bidding. free of lumps. D. Materials: 3. Permanent lighting shall be in place and operational prior to commencement of the work of this Section. F. Preparation 1. Unless specified otherwise, conform to ACI 301. 4. Variations in conditions may require modification to preparation and installation requirements; failure to verify 9. Inspect floor to verify that demolition is complete to the point where work may progress. 2. Concrete Materials: modifications may result in an unacceptable finish. 10. Survey floor as necessary to set screeds and reference points. Identify construction joints. Prepare for underlayment at a. Cement: ASTM C150, normal - Type 1 portland cement grey color. D. Penetrating Sealer: Water based polymerized solution: all locations where floor does not meet specified tolerance requirements. b. Normal Weight Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33; severe weather exposure. 1. "Consolideck LS/CS" by ProSoCo, Inc. (800-255-4255). 11. Ensure that subfloor is clean, dry, hard, sound, and free of oils, or other substance that would affect proper bonding and 3. FI Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F; loss on ignition LOI not to exceed 1 percent. Use fl ash from one single source E. Examination curing. Y g { ) p Y g 1. Examine substrates and conditions under which concrete resurfacing will be performed for compliance with requirements 12. Verify that all areas to be leveled are at or below final design elevation. Grind down high spots as necessary to meet for the whole Project. 4. Form Materials: for applications of flooring materials. Do not proceed with application until unsatisfactory conditions have been specified tolerance requirements. a. Plywood: APA rated High Density Overlay, Plyform Class 1. Ext. or APA B-B Plyform Class 1, Ext. corrected. Start of any of the resurfacing work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of the floor and G. Application b. Form Ties: Snap-off metal- metal washer ends. environment conditions. 13. Install trowelable underlayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at other locations where tapered fill is C. Chamfers and Rustication Strips: Wood or plastic; fabricate to the shapes indicated. 2. Condition of Substrate: Verify that all jobsite conditions are within the product manufacturer's Data Sheet parameters. necessary to align the finished surfaces of the various floor finish materials. 5. Reinforcing: Report discrepancies to the Architect. 14. Install self-leveling underlayment at existing concrete slab surfaces to correct slab flatness and levelness. a. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM C615, grade 40, unless indicated otherwise. a. Surface temperature of slab must be at least 40 degrees F. and no more than 90 degrees F. for crack and joint 15. Provide cementitious toppings at locations to remain exposed in the finished work. b. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during fillers and coating. 16. Set screeds, markers, and reference blocks. Set screeds at all construction and control joints to establish weakened installation and placement of concrete. b. If there are any indications of a moisture problem, contact the Architect. plane joints in underlayment. 6. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. F. Preparation 17. Install underlayments and toppings in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. Where subsequent 7. Admixtures 1. Comply with the concrete coating manufacturer recommendations and as follows: prepared surface shall be smooth and finishing of the material is required, float to level surface. Do not trowel. a. Air-Entrainment: ASTM C 260. free of ridges and irregularities including those occurring in concrete and from mastics. 18. Apply primer to all areas to receive underlayment and toppings; repeat applications if necessary to achieve proper build. b. Water Reducer Normal: ASTM C 494, Type A. 2. Initial Concrete Slab Preparation: Provide initial preparation of concrete surface as follows. 19. Mix materials and pour or pump and squeegee into place to achieve appropriate thickness. Provide fill thickness as C. Accelerator: ASTM C 494, Type C or E, non-corrosive, non-chloride. a. Remove dirt, oil, soap, grease, mastic, and other bond-breaking contaminants. necessary to floor finishes with adjacent floor surfaces. d. High Range Water Reducer {Superplasticizer): ASTM C 494, Type F or G and shall be of the second or third b. Surface shall be smooth and free of unwanted ridges from by either mastics or concrete. 20. Finish to a smooth uniform surface. generation type. Shall be batch plant added to extend plasticity time, and reduce water 20 to 30 percent. 3. Surface Repair: Fill holes, spalls, cracks, voids and joints as recommended by the system manufacturer with minimal 21. Cure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. " g Yp P P Y � e. Freeze Protection Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. residue on surrounding surface and as required to provide a smooth, level and even substrate. Yp B. Tolerances: 8. Accessories: a. Spalls 1 to 3 inches in diameter shall be struck flush with patching compound specified in Section 035416. level to within 118" in 10 feet FF50, FL30 over lest area; FF25, FL15 local minimum. b. Spalls larger than 3 inches in diameter and areas requiring leveling or resurfacing shall be filled with self-leveling 1. Very flat; a. Preformed Joint Fillers: ASTM D1751; The Burke Company "Fiber Expansion Joint", or approved. At joint locations 2. Ramps: 1/4" per foot slope. to receive sealant use Burke "Joint Cap", or approved, to form recess and bond break for sealant installation. compound as specified in Section 035416. 4. Final Preparation: Surfaces to be treated shall be clean, dry and absorbent. Confirm surface absorbency with a light H. Cleaning: As work proceeds, clean u excess materials, rubbish, and lash. b. Bonding Agent: A two component moisture insensitive, 100% solids epoxy adhesive with a shear bond to concrete g P P p strength of over 1400 psi. water spray. If surface does not wet uniformly, use the appropriate surface preparation method from approved mock-up to remove remaining surface contaminants. C. Non-Shrink Grouts: Non-catalyzed natural aggregate grout; minimum 7000 psi compressive strength at 28 days. G. Sanding DIVISION 4- MASONRY d. Form Release Agent: That will not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair 1. Sand concrete using an orbital sander with 220-grit to create suitable bonding surface for concrete sealer. subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces when applied to most forms or form liners. 042113 BRICK MASONRY INFILL .. u { 2. Repeat sanding process using 400- or 420 grit paper. luti E Flr, s4�;" � k e. Prefabricated Control Joint: Burke "Plastic Zip Strip Joint Former", or equal. A. Summary: 3. Sand entire slab, as required to match approved mock-up or control sample. , f. Curing Materials: 1. Face brick. k.r 4. Provide slab sanding at all inside corners to match floor field and approved mock-up or control sample. 1) Waterproof Sheet Material: ASTM C171; minimum 4 mil polyethylene sheet or reinforced waterproof kraft 2. Reinforcement, anchorages, and accessories. ,,< St st.# 5. The finished surface shall be clean and porous with abraded roughness of light grit sandpaper. paper. 3. Related flashing. 2) Curing/Sealing Compound: ASTM C309; water based curing compound; Euclid Chemical Company "Aqua- 6. The sanded floor shall be swept using afine-bristled push broom. After brooming, vacuum entire floor to remove all dust 4. Building paper. Cure," Sonneborn "Kur-N-Seal WB," The Burke Company "Spartan-Cote WB," or approved. and debris. B. Submittals: E. Concrete Mix: 7. Damp mop and/or wet vacuum as necessary to attain a properly cleaned surface. 1. Samples: 8. Maintain slab free of traffic between sanding and application of concrete coatings. 1. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, minimum 3000 psi 28 day compressive strength. a. Bricks: Minimum three samples of brick type proposed for the work. 2. All concrete shall contain the specified water reducing or high range water reducing admixture. H. Application Of Concrete Sealer 1) Furnish samples from proposed supply source. 1. Precautions: f bricks asto t extreme an a of color and finish of brick to be furnished. 3. All slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 degrees F shall contain the specified accelerator. 2) Submit quantity o required r presenrange 4. All concrete required to be air entrained shall contain air entraining admixture to produce 4% to 6% air. a. If application is during high humidity conditions, contact the manufacturer for special instruction prior to installation. 3) Where custom sizes are specified, submit brick of similar size to that to be furnished. 5. All architectural concrete, and concrete with a required water/cement ratio of 0.45 or lower shall contain a b. Take special care to protect floor during application from scuffing, marring and damage; do not drag equipment or b. Mortar: tools over finish; wear protective shoe coverings. superplasticizer. 1) Three cured samples of mortar proposed for the work. REVISION 1 , 0116,71,iIS. 6. All concrete placed in ambient temperatures from 40 degrees F to 20 degrees F shall contain a freeze protection 2. Application Instructions: 2) Furnish cured sample of approved exterior masonry veneer mortar to Section 079200 for color matching. •lLY.Y:1I1fl111115flIWY h" admixture at the manufacturer's required dosage. a. Allow any cleaning waters used in surface preparation to dry. ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION SP- 2 .............. .: ... ....: _.... _. .,.._...... .... . .. ... _.._........ .. . .............................. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations and configurations of brick, dimension points, locations of all flashings, critical details, 10. Build-in Work: 5) Members which will be concealed by interior finishes. f, reinforcing, special shapes, and brick schedule. a. As work progresses, build-in hollow metal frames, window frames, steel lintels, shelf angles, nailing strips, anchor 6) Surfaces to receive sprayed fireproofing. 3. Product Literature: For all accessory components, mortar mixes, and additives. bolts, plates, and other similar items supplied b other trades. 7 Surfaces to receive others special shop rimers. pp Y ) P p p i s 4. Certifications: ` '' .'. ••• b. Build-in items plumb and true. F. Erection: ;.;;:;:::::: : : ::;;:•::•:::;::::::: : a. Submit manufacturers certificate that masonry, and reinforcing, meet or exceeds specified requirements. C. Bed anchors of hollow metal frames in mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with mortar. Fill masonry cores with 1. Embedded items: Furnish anchor bolts and templates, and other items as indicated, to other Sections for installation Y 9 p q J Y p �1 b. Submit manufacturer's certification that mortar and grout meet the specified requirements. grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. prior to placement of concrete. C. Environmental Conditions d. Do not build-in organic materials which will be subjected to rot or deterioration. 2. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide as required with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. : 1. Wet Weather: Provide suitable cover over work exposed to weather, protect materials. Maintain cover over finished 11. At the end of each days work stop off horizontal runs b stepping back each course; toothin is not permitted, except at Remove temporary members when permanent members are in lace and final connections are made. J P p Y p Y pp g 9 p p p Y p p � h �" �:�tx-• �6 work for 48 hours after completion. toothed control joints, where indicated. 3. Tolerances: Maximum deviation form plumb, level, and alignment shall not exceed 1 to 500. 2. Cold Weather: When outside temperature is below 40 degrees F, or is expected to fall below freezing within 48 hours 12. Cut out defective joints and holes in exposed masonry and repoint with mortar. 4. Base Plate Grouting: Set on leveling nuts to accurate elevations and grout solid with non-shrink grout. Weather Bureau forecast), heat materials and provide suitable enclosures to maintain temperatures above 40 degrees 13. Dr brush masonry surface after mortar has set at end of each day's work and after final pointing. 5. Touch-up Painting: Immediate) after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas. Paint all ( ) p p 9 Y Y Y p g� p g� Y F in masonry work in place for 48 hours after completion. Obtain approval of methods of protection before proceeding. 14. Leave work area and surrounding surfaces clean and free of mortar spots, droppings, and broken masonry. exposed surfaces with specified primer. D. Materials: 15. Tolerances: 1. Brick: a. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 055019 ARCHITECTURAL STEEL FABRICATIONS a. Conform to ASTM C216 Type FBX-Jobsite, Grade SW. 1) In lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arises: A. Summary: Architectural fabrications to be exposed to view in the finished work and receiving special finish coatings. Work b. Brick Types: Match existing bricks. a) 114 in. in 10 ft. under this section shall include the following: c. Provide special shapes as indicated. b) 3/8 in. in any story or 20 ft. maximum. 1. Metal wall panels; 2. Mortar: ASTM C270, Type S or M; custom color to match existing. c) 1/2 in. in 40 ft. 2. Support brackets; 3. Grout: In accordance with ASTM C476; 2000 psi compressive strength. 2 For external corners, expansion joints and other conspicuous lines: 3. Woven wire mesh; fy4ill p 9 ) p J p 4. Attachment System for Framing: a) 114 in. in any story or 20 ft. maximum. 4. Steel tube railing. a. For Attachment to Framed Walls: Hohmann & Barnard Inc. "DW-10 Seismicli Interlock System", including the 5. Steel shelves and brackets. i i 40 ft. p Y g b 112 n. n following: b. Maximum variation from level or grades for exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other 6. Steel caps and trim used at casework. 1) Anchor: "DW-10" attachment anchor with neoprene gasket. conspicuous lines: 114 in. in any bay or 20 ft. 7. Steel railings 2) Tie: "Byna-Tie," with "Seismiclip." C. Maximum variation of linear building line from an established position in plan and related portions of columns, walls 8. Prefabricated components 3) Reinforcing Wire: Continuous 9 gage wire. and partitions: B. Submittals: , ��t xPs,sMf b. Finishes: Hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123. 1) 11/2 inch in any bay or 20 ft. maximum. 1. Shop Drawings: Y ¢,, ,. �: 5. Fasteners: Galvanized; for attachment of fastening system through sheathing into framing. 2) 3/4 inch in 40 ft. a. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing size and type of fasteners, and accessories. °� '�'�v ` 6. Flexible Flashing: W.R. Grace "Perm-A-Barrier" Wall Flashing. G. Cleaning: b. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. r� ,� ... ' . 7. Rope Weeps: Cotton rope; 3/8 diameter. 1. Protect adjacent surfaces from cleaning operations with protective covering. c. Indicate adjacent construction. 8. Building Paper: Dupont"Tyvek," or approved. 2. Remove stains, efflorescence, excess mortar, and other deleterious materials in accordance with the cleaning agent and d. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 9. Cleaning Agent: One of the following as recommended by the brick manufacturer and the cleaner manufacturer as most stain remover manufacturer's instructions. 2. Samples: Submit a steel tubing connection with 12 inch legs; show welding and steel finishing methods; include appropriate for the brick type, ProSoCo, Inc. "No. 600 Detergent" or ProSoCo, Inc. "Yana Trol." 3. The use of muriatic acid for cleaning masonry surfaces is prohibited. proposed finish coating. 10. Stain Remover: As recommended by the manufacturer of the cleaning agent. C. Materials: E. Mortar and Grout Mixing: 044019 STONE 1. Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36. 1. Add approved admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. A. Summary: Stone at oven shelf. 2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. 2. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar or grout. B. Submittals: 3. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. 3. If water is lost by evaporation, retemper mortar within two hours of mixing. Do not retemper mortar after two hours of 1. Shop Drawings: Show configuration and edge details of each piece. Indicate joints and field fabrication requirements. 4. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167 Type 302 or 304. mixing. 2. Samples: Submit two samples of stone, minimum 12" x 12", representative of color and finish of material proposed for 5. Woven Wire Mesh: McNichols; 304 stainless steel; Y2-inch spacing; 12-guage wire. 4. Use no lime in grout. the work. 6. Cable and Fittings: F. Installation: C. Stone Shelf: a. Cable: ASTM A167 Type 302/304 stainless steel; 3/16" 7x7 1. Building Paper Installation: 1. Stone: As scheduled on the Drawings. b. Fittings: ASTM A167 Type 316 stainless steel. a. Sequence with installation of flashing. 2. Stone shall be solid and free of depressions, cracks, inclusions not characteristic of the stone (as represented by the 1) Toggle Jaw: *TJ5, swage end. b. Install one ply of building paper over sheathing or substrate as detailed. Lap vertical joints 8 inches, minimum; sample submittal) and fillers on the finished surface. 2) Turnbuckle: 8TT5JS; swage end. weatherlap horizontal joints 4 inches, minimum. Fasten to substrate. 3. Fabrication: 7. Stainless steel shelving and brackets: Minimum .0625 inch thick. C. Lap over through-wall flashings. a. Fabricate to size as indicated. D. Exterior Finish Materials: d. Seal around all penetrations. b. Finish edges to 3/16" radius unless otherwise detailed; cut edges indicated to be exposed in the finished work shall 1. Manufacturer: Tnemec Company Inc. (Kansas City, MO; 816-483-3400). e. Seal to existing building paper with tape. Lap in shingle fashion to existing. Lap 6 inches minimum with existing be finished to match stone surface. 2. Epoxy Primer: Tnemec Series 69 Epoxoline." C paper. C. Drill as necessary to accommodate plumbing trim and soap dispensers. E. Prefabricated Components: ��'L� NO�� 2. Anchorage System: D. Preparation: 1. Unistrut: Unistrut Corporation (Wayne, MI), or approved. Furnish manufacturer's standard components corresponding C, 3 d a. Install attachment system as indicated. Where not indicated, place each attachment anchor at 16 inches on center 1. Clean substrate surfaces free of grease, dirt, dust, organic impurities, and other materials which would impair bond. to "P" numbers indicated on the drawing. Include 1/4 inch thick steel connecting hardware, and 112" diameter bolts, nuts, Q y O vertically along each stud for studs at 16 inches on center. E. Installation: and lock washers. p p b. Coordinate with installation of flashing materials and relieving angles. 1. Install stone in accordance with approved Shop Drawings F. Fabrication: yd N �� C. Furnish additional anchors at top courses, openings, corners, at each side of expansion joints, and at other special F. Cleaning: 1. Shop Assembly: Q conditions. 1. Remove excess grout and mortar and other residue without scratching or otherwise damaging the surface; a. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. �5��3 d. Set ties and reinforcing wire in a bed of mortar and cover with mortar for secure and complete embedment. 2. Do not begin cleaning operations until sealant joints are fully cured. b. Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes, for handling. 3. Ties: G. Sealing: C. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform a. Install ties and anchorage clips in sequence with masonry installation. 1. Apply sealer in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to achieve maximum penetration into stone. radius. b. Provide continuous 9 gage reinforcing wire engaged into the anchorage clips. Lap 9 gage wire as recommended by 2. Wipe tile surfaces after application as necessary to remove visible sealer residue. d. Make exposed joints tight, flush, and hairline. the anchorage system manufacturer. e. Fill imperfections with plastic auto body filler as necessary for a smooth even finish. c. Set ties and reinforcing wire in a bed of mortar and cover with mortar for secure and complete embedment. DIVISION 5- METALS f. Welds shall be continuous. 4. Coursing: G. Fabrication of Elements to Receive Galvanized Coatings: a. Place masonry to lines and levels indicated. 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 1. Fabricate in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASTM A143, A384, and A385. b. Maintain masonry courses to uniform height. A. Summary: Structural steel elements as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Remove welding slag and burrs prior to galvanizing. c. Lay brick masonry units in running bond to modular dimensions indicated. Form tooled concave mortar joints B. Submittals: 3. Avoid fabrication techniques which could cause distortion or embrittlement of the steel. where exposed in the finished work; cut flush at concealed locations, including joints concealed in cavities. 1. Shop Drawings: H. Special Fabrication Requirements: d. Provide cleanouts at each course support as necessary to maintain cavities free of droppings. a. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, fasteners, 1. Bidder Designed Railings: Coordinate with other fabricators and installers as necessary to accommodate installation of 5. Placing and Bonding cambers, and loads. railing systems. I. Shop Finishes: a. Lay masonry in full bed of mortar, properly jointed with other work. Buttering corners of joints, and deep or b. Indicate welded conections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. p excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. 2. Certifications: Submit certification of materials with copies of mill reports for each heat of steel used. 1. Hot Dip Galvanizing: b. Fully bond intersections, and external and internal corners. C. Quality Assurance: a. Steel fabrications shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123. Bolts, nuts, washers, and other hardware C. Do not use chipped or broken units. 1. Unless specified or indicated otherwise, work shall comply with the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). shall be galvanized in accordance with A153. d. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, including the "Commentary of the b. Surface Finish: The galvanized coatings shall be continuous, firmly adhered, smooth, and free from defects. mortar and replace. AISC Specification." c. Locations: Provide hot dip galvanizing for all metal fabrications in exterior or moist conditions, unless otherwise e. Remove excess mortar. •s Section is subject to testing and inspection. indicated. Unless otherwise approved by the Architect, plug and cold galvanize ventilation and lifting holes which 2. The work of this j g p �.... f. Bonding fresh masonry to set, or partially set, masonry: 3. Use only AWS certified welders approved by jurisdictional authorities. will be exposed to moisture penetration in the finished work. 2. Shop Finishing of Non-Stainless Steel clear-coated hot-rolled steel 1) Remove loose mortar. D. Materials: p g ( ) 2) Clean and lightly wet exposed surface of set masonry prior to laying fresh masonry. 1. Steel Plate, Bars, Shapes: ASTM A36. a. Use handling methods to preserve hot rolled mill scale texture and blue-gray patina. , 6. Cutting and Fitting: 2. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307 b. Do not cut steel with a torch; cut steel with a blade. . UJ a. Cut and fit masonry units to form the configurations indicated, and as required to fit the work of other sections. Saw 3. Accessories: C. If the metal is scratched or has a poor patina do the following: masonry units requiring cutting with a masonry saw. Coordinate fully with other sections of work to ensure correct a. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. 1) Heat metal to 150° F to eliminate any water. """ size, shape and location. b. Non-Shrink Grout: Master Builders "Embeco," Sonneborn "Ferrolith G," or approved. 2) Allow to cool. Remove any surface rust with a Scotch Brite pad or steel wool. b. Cut or block out chases for other trades as directed by other trades at time of masonry work. 4. Primers: d. Apply two coats of clear urethane. c. Obtain Architect's review prior to cutting or fitting an area which is not indicated on drawings, or which may impair a. Standard Primer: Modified alkyd; lead and chromate free; one of the following unless approved otherwise. 3. Shop Priming of Painted Steel Components: p g g Y g Y � p Y g pp appearance or strength of masonry work. 1) "Azeron Series FD-88" by Tnemec Company Inc. (816-483-3400). a. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the finish coat manufacturer's recommendations, and as specified below. d. Do not cut faces exposed to weather. 2) "Amercoat 5105" by Ameron Protective Coatings (714-529-1951). b. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1; abrade galvanized surfaces with a metal preparation pad. e. Miter cut bricks in soldier courses at outside corners. 3) "Multi-Bond 150" by Carboline (914-644-1000). c. Spray apply primers in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Apply primers to receive field 7. Flexible Flashing: E. Fabrication: application of finish coats as specified in Section 099000. a. Clean surface of masonry smooth and free from projections which might puncture or otherwise damage flashing 1. Fabricate structural steel items in accordance with approved shop drawings. d. Except for surfaces indicated to be field welded, coat all surfaces of fabrication, whether or not exposed to view in material. 2. Shop fabricate in parts or sections as large as practicable. installed position. b. Install membrane flexible flashing as indicated, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Architectural Structural Steel Elements: e. Maintain at least one coat of primer at all times during installation. Immediately patch damaged coatings. c. At support angles, start flexible flashing at exterior edge of support angle and extend over angle and up onto a. Comply with provisions of AISC "Code of Standard Practice" Section 10 "ARCHITECTURAL EXPOSED f. Finish coat shall be free of dirt, flow lines, sags, blisters, pinholes, and other surface imperfections. substrate a minimum of 1-1/2 inches above top of angle vertical leg. STRUCTURAL STEEL." g. Locations: Provide at all exterior metal fabrication exposed to view, and other fabrications as scheduled. Do not ;: F-7- d. Dam flashing at expansion joints and at ends of lintels, by turning up the flashing a minimum of 4 inches. b. Grind welds smooth with adjacent surfaces. Grind butt welds flat and perpendicular to the weld direction. prime surfaces to be field welded. e. Set brick over flashing in a bed of mortar. c. Make exposed joints tight, flush, and hairline. J. Installation: Rt, 8. Weepholes: d. Fill imperfections with plastic auto body filler as necessary for a smooth even finish. 1. Install all work of this section securely, in accurate alignment, and as indicated on the Drawings and approved shop a. Provide weep openings in head joints in first course immediately above all flashing. e. Welds shall be continuous. drawings. b. Install rope weeps at locations indicated. 4. Standard Shop Primer Application: 2. Touch-up all shop priming coats damaged during transportation and erection, using the priming paint specified for shop C. Maximum spacing: 2'-0" o.c. a. Preparation: Remove rust and scale by wire brushing, scraping, and sanding down to bare metal in accordance priming. d. Keep weepholes and area above flashing free of mortar droppings. with SSPC-SP2 and SP3. Where SP2 and SP3 measures are insufficient, provide commercial blast cleaning in 9. Expansion/Control Joints: accordance with SSPC-SP6. DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC f a. Provide expansion/control joints as indicated. b. Application: Spray apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, mil minimum dry film b. Keep joints clear of mortar. thickness. 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY C. Provide expansion joints directly below relieving angles. c. Shop Primer: Shop prime all steel except: A. Summary: d. Provide vertical joints at all inside corners in brick veneer and at other locations as indicated on the Drawings. 1) Steel encased in concrete. 1. Blocking. e. Joint Width: Match typical mortar joint. 2) Surfaces to be field welded. 2. Plywood terminal backboards. I # • " �� ,1 : f. Installation of sealants is specified in Section 079000. 3) Contact surfaces at high-strength bolts. B. Quality Assurance: g. Do not continue masonry reinforcing across expansion/control joints. 4) Members to be galvanized. 1. Regulatory Requirements: Work shall conform to the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION P- S903 C. Dimension Lumber: two keys for keyed alike group, and four masterkeys; finish to match pulls. 4. Select and arrange standing and running trim so that abutting members have a similar grain and color match to the 1. Lumber shall be manufactured in accordance with PS 20, and shall be stamped and graded in accordance with WWPA, d. Concealed Hinges: European style; concealed; self-closing; 125 degree of opening, Blum, Grass or Hafele. greatest extent possible. WCLIB, NLGA, or SPIB grading rules. e. Catch: Ives 327 A92 magnetic catch. K. Casework Installation: 0 2. Moisture Content: Kiln dried to 19% maximum moisture . : • ••' • : ' content, except for material whose least dimension is 4 inches 2. Contact Bond Adhesive: Water based type. 1. Coordinate casework installation with work of other trades for final electrical and mechanical connections. ,•.�:::::::::.�.::.::::..:::::::::::::•:•. thick or greater. 3. Low VOC Polyurethane: Polyureseal BP by American Formulating and Manufacturing, San Diego, CA 619-239-03321. 2. Install all casework accurately, scribed plumb, square, and level, and permanently secured in precise position as :; :: :: 3. Species: Hem-Fir, Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF), or Douglas Fir Larch, unless indicated or specified otherwise. 4. Banquette Cushions indicated on the Drawings. : 4. Architectural Lumber Grades: Unexposed non-structural wood framing and blocking indicated on the Architectural a. Seat Cushion: 3. The casework installation shall be made complete with all required fastenings, clip angles, braces, anchors, adjustable Drawings shall be graded as follows: 1) 2.7# density foam with a compression rating of 40 levelers, and other fittings as required to render the work rigid and secure. a. Blocking and Nailers: "Utility - Light Framing," or better. 2) Wrap foam fully in 112 oz. Fire retardant treated dacron. 4. All fasteners securing casework shall be in concealed or semi-concealed locations, unless approved otherwise. ' ' ' D. Panel Materials: b. Fabric: As listed in the Finish Legend. 5. Avoid damaging finished surfaces. Repair or replace all damaged materials and surfaces in a manner approved by the AA 1. Plywood: APA Rated Sheathing; CD grade; Exterior; plywood; thicknesses as indicated. c. Cushion Fabrication: Architect. >>{ 2. Terminal Backboards: APA AC grade exterior; fire retardant treated. 1) Cover for tight and smooth appearance. 6. Upon completion of work, and in the Architect's presence, demonstrate hardware to work freely as intended. E. Accessories: 2) Fabricate for tight fit between cushions and adjacent construction. L. Banquette Installation: 1. Fasteners: 3) Provide boxed edge with luggage stitch seams. 1. Install banquette accurately, plumb, square, and level, and permanently secured in precise position as indicated on the �+ I a. Hot-dipped galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations. 4) Provide heat resistant zipper along length of cushion at the backside. Drawings. Scribe to adjacent construction. F. Wood Treatment: d. Cushions should be removable for cleaning. 2. All fasteners securing banquette shall be in concealed or semi-concealed locations, unless approved otherwise. 1. Fire Retardant Treatment: e. Attach loop portions of woven style nlon hook and loop (Velcro) fastener section to align with hook sections 3. Avoid damaging finished surfaces. Repair or replace all damaged materials and surfaces in a manner approved by the a. Fire retardant treat all interior concealed lumber and plywood, and other wood as indicated or specified. mounted on the substrate. Architect. b. Pressure treat lumber in accordance with AWPA C-20 and plywood in accordance with AWPA C-27. G. Standing and Running and Trim Fabrication: i° I I �II I :"II�I11 P .SII.III I IY=II�III�I Ili II Ili/ III c. All fire retardant treated wood shall bear a UL "FR-S" label, or a label from an approved inspection agency certifying 1. Shop cut and mill all lumber to the shapes indicated. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION that the material has a flame spread rating no higher than 25 with no evidence of significant progressive combustion 2. Shop fit and assemble to the greatest extent possible. when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Mill and assemble built-up sections. All glue lines shall be free of squeeze-out where transparent finishes are to be 070150 MAINTENANCE OF MEMBRANE ROOFINGAl d. Site treat sawn ends with approved fire retardant treatment. applied. . % :'ll� = , ,� � e. Approved Products: 4. Tolerances for overall assembly dimensions shall be within 1132 of an inch. A. Roofing Materials: Unless approved otherwise, new roofing materials shall match the existing materials. B. Flashing Materials: ' �°' . sz.t ' 1) Interior Fireproofing Products: Clear finish product, Hickson Corporation "Dricon", Hoover Treated Wood 5. Fabricate frames from single length pieces, without joints, for each straight length. ' 1,, ►�i r�}�,.,�s.. . ... Products "Pyro-guard," Osmose Wood Preserving Co. of America, Inc. "Flame Proof LHC," or approved. 6. Fabricate from each section from solid stock, except composite construction consistingof fabricator selected solid wood 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A525; G90 galvanized finish, except provide A60 where special finish is used. 2. In order to match existing colors, Contractor may provide either factory prefinished galvanized steel or special finish on FIS=10, G. Blocking: Install wood blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of plumbing and electrical fixtures and equipment, clad with specified transparent finish veneer may be used. Exposed edges shall consist of minimum 118 inch thick solid galvanized steel. 1L > cabinets, door stop plates, wood base, wainscots, coat hooks, toilet and bath accessories, kitchen equipment, and all other wood to match the veneer. wall and ceiling mounted components. 7. Fabricate to receive glazing with proper clearances for expansion and contraction. 3. Finishes: H. Plywood Terminal Backboards: 8. Back or kerf cut all trim greater than 2 inch in width, except terminate before exposed ends. a. Factory Prefinish: Factory prefinished with 70% resin Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 fluorocarbon coating; color as 1. Provide a fire retardant treated plywood terminal backboard for telephone systems where indicated on the drawings. H. Casework Fabrication: selected by the Architect to match existing flashing or trim. 2. Mechanically apply directly over gypsum backing board. 1. General Fabrication Requirements: b. Special Finish Materials: a. Fabricate to the configurations indicated, unless approved otherwise on the shop drawings. 1) Primer: Tnemec Series N27 "Typoxy", Carboline 890, or approved. 064000 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK b. Provide openings in casework for the incorporation of all electrical and mechanical components. Openings for all 2) Urethane Finish Coats: Tnemec Series 75 "Endura-Shield" Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel, Carboline A. Summary: plumbing equipment shall be cut from templates obtained from the plumbing equipment installer. "133HB," or approved; semi-gloss or satin sheen; custom colors as selected by the Architect to match 1. Wood standing and running trim. C. Provide concealed access to casework electrical fixtures and wiring. the existing flashing or trim. 2. Wood screen wall. d. Unless indicated or approved otherwise, provide adjustable base to provide level installation which accommodates 4. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A167; Type 302 or 304 3. Wood slat ceilingpanels. 5. Accessories: p variations in floor levelness. 4. Casework. e. Shop assemble casework to the greatest practical extent a. Fasteners: 5. Custom seat cushions. f. Adjustable Shelves: All casework shelves shall be adjustable, unless otherwise noted. Provisions for shelf Provide soft neoprene washers at exposed fasteners. 6. Shop finishing. adjustment shall be by drillings at 2 inches on center in the cabinet body for the placement of shelf support Galvanized Steel Sheet: Use galvanized steel or stainless steel. B. Referenced Standardsbrackets. Provide 4 supports for each shelf. Drillings shall be in straight even lines. Stainless Steel Sheet: Stainless steel. 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) g. Provide all hardware, fasteners, and exposed trim. Use screws when fastening into wood or sheet metal. a. C1036 Standard Specification for Flat Glass 2. Plastic Laminate Casework Construction: Use expansion anchors or drive pins when fastening into concrete or masonry. b. E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials a. Fabricate casework in accordance with AWI standard section 400; custom grade. b. Butyl Rubber Sealant: One of the following: Y (APA) b. Design: AWI Flush Overlay design, unless indicated otherwise. Joint between exposed doors, drawer faces, and 1 Curtain Wall Sealant b Tremco; 2. American Plywood Association APA ) Y 1 3. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): countertop edges shall be 118 inch plus or minus 1116. 2) Adcoseal BP-400, by Adco Products, Inc. CT N a. Architectural Woodwork QualityStandards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program Current C. Flexible Flashing: W.R. Grace "Perm-A-Barrier" Wall Flashing, or"Ice and Water Shield," or approved. �J p Y g { C. Exposed Surfaces: Plastic laminate clad with self edging, unless otherwise indicated; provide hardwood trim at d. Flexible Boot Pipe Flashing: Portals Plus 708/766-5240; 8001774-5240 "Alumi-Flash" with EPDM boots, or Edition). locations indicated. p g' { ) v , G 4. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLB) d. "Inside" Exposed Surfaces of Shelving Units and Cabinets without Doors: Plastic laminate finished board, with approved; sized to match pipe diameter; split type with sealing hardware where necessary for installation at Q �sLL a. Standard Grading Rules No. 16 exposed edges banded with plastic laminate self edging or PVC tape to match face color. penetrating items which cannot be disconnected for top access. Furnish stainless steel draw bands, adapters, O W C 5. U.S. Product Standard (PS) e PS . Semi-Exposed Surfaces: Prefinished board, unless indicated otherwise. connection hardware, and sealants as necessary for a complete and weather tight installation. N A { a. PS 1 Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood f. Provide vertical grade plastic laminate, except use general purpose grade at countertops. C. Protection: d��s .S�Q' C. Submittals: g. Backs of Doors and Drawers: Prefinished board. 1. Protect existing construction adjacent to hoist and kettles prior to starting work. /93 1. Shop Drawings. Indicate materials, components, profiles and configurations, dimensions, fastening methods, jointing h. Particle board shall be minimum 314" thick unless indicated otherwise. Shelves shall be 1" thick, minimum. 2. Lap suitable protective material at least 3 inches. ---- details, colors and finishes, and accessories. Details shall be at a minimum scale of 1-112 inch per foot. 3. Transparent Finish Wood Casework Construction: 3. Secure protective coverings against wind. 2. Samples: a. Fabricate transparent finish wood casework in accordance with AWI standard section 400; "Premium" grade. 4. Leave protective covering in place for duration ti roofing work. a. Solid Wood with Transparent Finish: Submit a minimum of 3 - 12 inch long samples representative of the maximum b. Fabricate wood casework with wood veneer over medium density particle board. Provide solid wood edging at 5. Leave protective coverings in place for the duration of the work. range of color and graining to be expected for each species, cut, and finish combination specified. Include samples veneer panels. 6. Restore to original condition or replace work or materials damaged during handling of bitumens and roofing materials. of transparent finish with putty filled holes and specified field applied top coat. c. Veneers shall be as follows: D. Removal of Existing Roofing and Flashing Systems: b. Opaque Finish Wood: Submit a minimum of 3 - 12 inch long samples representative of the maximum range of 1) Fabricate each panel from sequential flitches. 1. Remove existing roofing and flashing systems to accommodate new roofing and flashing systems. graining and surface imperfections to be expected. 2) Book match veneers. 2. Remove existing systems to expose substrates. Clean and prepare surfaces in manner required for installation of new C. Plastic Laminate: Submit a minimum 8 x 11 sample of each color and pattern specified. 3) Provide no veneer end joints within each panel. systems. 3. Product Literature: Submit literature for a sample of each hardware component proposed. 4) Provide grain direction as indicated. 3. Remove resulting materials from roofing areas and jobsite on the same day they are removed. Dispose of in a legal 4. Certification: Submit certification that the fire retardant treatments used comply with the specified requirements. d. Where veneers are indicated to be single piece or slip matched leaves for each panel, adjoining panels shall be end manner. D. Quality Assurance matched and/or slip matched as appropriate. 4. Provide chutes, tarps, and other materials to prevent damaging or staining of building components that are to remain. 1. Fabricator: A minimum of 5 years experience in the fabrication of custom architectural woodwork of the type specified. 4. Plastic Laminate Countertops: 5. Existing surfaces shall be made smooth, firm, dry, and free from dirt, foreign materials, sharp projections, or voids. 2. All Architectural Woodwork shall be under the responsibility of a single fabricator. a. Fabricate countertops from particle board and general purpose grade plastic laminate in the shapes indicated. E. Patching of Existing Roof: 3. Qualifications of Installers: Use onlyjourneyman finish carpenters who are thoroughly trained and skilled in the work, 1. Provide new materials as required to form a complete and continuous roof assembly. 1 Y P g Y b. Where countertops are indicated with sinks, use exterior grade plywood in lieu of particle board. and who are completely familiar with the materials and quality standards specified. No allowance will be made for lack of 2. Provide additional tapered construction as required to form new non-ponding drainage patterns around new construction. L . p Y q Y p 5. Stainless Steel Countertops and Backsplashes: skill on the art of workmen. Coordinate the placement of new drains. p a. Fabricate from minimum 16 gage type 304 or 316 stainless steel to the configurations indicated. 4. Conform to AWI Custom grade standards unless specified or indicated otherwise. b. Fabricate each countertop in one piece to the greatest extent possible. 3. Seal off all roof areas at the end of each work day. 5. Mock-Ups: Fabricate one casework component to receive transparent finish and one component to receive opaque c. Provide welded seamless corners and joints; grind all welds smooth to match adjacent surfaces. 4. Perform work in accordance with the guarantee requirements of the existing roof assembly. Contact the Owner to verify finish; complete with hardware and all electrical and mechanical components; and finished as specified. Components guarantee requirements. p p p p d. Provide turned down fronts and exposed sides; integral back splashes with 318 inch radius. F. Fabrication of Flashing Components: shall be selected by Architect. Components shall be used to establish level of quality for the work of this section. e. Fabricate countertops with three formed stainless steel channels welded underneath for support. measure site conditions riot to fabricating work replace existing flashing which is removed with new flashing of Components approved by Architect may be incorporated into the Work. f. Spray on sound deadening to the underside of the countertops. 1. Field me p g p g g g U10 E. Materials: g. Finish: #4 finish. like profile and dimension, unless indicated otherwise. 1. Lumber: 6. Hardware: 2. Shop Finishes: a. Moisture Content: Optimum moisture content per AWI recommendations. a. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the special finish manufacturer's recommendations. p p a. Unless otherwise shown or specified, all drawers shall be equipped with standard full extension slides. b. Spray apply rimer and finish coats in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; one coat rimer; 2 b. Transparent Finish Lumber: b. Install hardware straight and true and in perfect alignment horizontally and vertically with adjacent casework and p Y pp Y p p 1) AWI Grade I; Hard Maple (Acer saccharum), Select White; rift cut; hand selected for comb grain effect and hardware. finish coats. minimum flake. c. Carefully fit and securely attach cabinet hardware in accordance with manufacturers' printed instructions, and C. Finish shall be free of dust, dirt, flow lines, streaks, sags, blisters, pinholes, runs, or other surface imperfections. 2) Western Red Cedar; profiles and dimensions as indicated on Drawings; smooth face; kiln dried; A grade or exercise caution not to mar or injure finish surfaces. d. Provide shop finished sheet metal at all flashing and sheet metal exposed portions of flashings, copings, and Better. I. Shop Finishing: scuppers. c. Opaque Finish Lumber: AWI Grade II Poplar. 1. Shop finish all architectural woodwork wood surfaces. d. Concealed Framing Lumber: AWI Grade II pine, fir, hemlock, or other species as approved. 2. Sand all exposed and semi-exposed wood surfaces smooth, always sanding in the direction of the wood grain. 072100 THERMAL INSULATION 2. Hardwood Plywood: States Industries (Eugene, OR 800-843-2753) "Apple Ply"; Grade A, 1/16 inch alder veneer core; 3. Sand all exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI "Premium " grade standards. Sand all semi-exposed A. Materials: (9 ply for 112 inch thickness, 13 ply for 3/4 inch thickness); maple veneer faces, plain sliced.. transparent or opaque finish wood surfaces to AWI "Custom" grade standards. 1. Foil-Faced Batt and Blanket Insulation: ASTM C665, Type III; preformed foil-faced glass fiber roll; flame spread of 25 or 3. Particle Board: ANSI A208.1; grade M-2 where indicated or specified, fire retardant treated to a flame spread of 25 when 4. Fill all depressions and imperfections with non-shrink color matched putty, except imperfections shall not exceed AWI less and smoke developed of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84; formaldehyde free, Johns Manville tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Provide quality assurance stamp or manufacturer's certifications as required by Premium grade standards. Corp. "Thermal-SHIELD Unfaced Fiber Glass Commercial Insulation;" or approved; oversize widths for friction-fit local jurisdictional code authorities. 5. Transparent Finish Coating: Spray apply in accordance with AWI finishing system Premium grade (waterborne between metal framing. 4. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2 Class MD; exterior glue; formaldehyde free. conversion varnish); satin sheen. 2. Board Insulation: Extruded polystyrene; Dow Chemical Company "Styrofoam SM" or UC Industries, Inc. "Foamular 250 5. Pre-finished Board: Low pressure melamine over particle board, MDF, or hardboard core; formalydehyde free; colors as J. Standing and Running Trim Installation: Insulating Sheathing." selected from manufacturer's standard. 1. Jointing: Make all joints to conceal shrinkage; miter all exterior corners; cope all interior corners, miter or scarf all end-to- 3. Tape: To match foil scrim kraft face; 2 inch width. 6. Plastic Laminate: end joints; install all trim pieces as long as possible,jointing only where solid support is obtained. Make no joints closer B. Installation: ;I # yt a. Brands and colors as scheduled on Drawings. than 4 feet to corners. 1. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated. b. Exposed: NEMA LD-3; general and vertical grade, 2. Lengths of Material: Use random lengths and show typical joint locations on shop drawings. The minimum length shall 2. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Install without gaps or voids. C. Backing Sheets: NEMA LD-3; backing grade; undecorated. be 8 feet, except where short lengths are required by installation conditions. 3. Installation of Thermal Batt Insulation: F. Accessory Materials: 3. Fastening: a. Install batt insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.Install insulation without gaps or voids. 1. Cabinet Hardware: a. Install all items straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place; where blocking or backing is required, c. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use batts free of damage. f a. Pulls: 4 inch wire pulls; brushed chrome finish. coordinate as necessary with other trades to ensure placement of all required backing and blocking in a timely d. At metal stud framing, insert the insulation edges tightly into the stud channels for a friction fit. Provide additional b. Drawer Slides: Drawer Slides: Full extension ball bearing; clear zinc finish; rail mount; Accuride, or approved; load manner. supports as necessary to prevent sliding of batts in the stud cavity. rating as required for the application. b. Unless approved otherwise, use concealed fastening methods. e. Mechanical Fastening: 1) Light Duty Rating (drawers 12 inches wide or less): Accuride 2632; 65 Ib BIFMA load rating c. Where exposed fasteners are approved, fasten trim with finish nails or screws of proper dimension to hold the 1) At locations where no support framing is present, provide metal impaling pins and retainers. 2) Medium Duty Rating(drawers 32 inches wide or less): Accuride 7432; 100 Ib BIFMA load rating. member firmly in place without splitting the wood. On exposed finish work, set all nails and screws and putty. Align 2) Mechanically or adhesively bond the retaining pins to the substrate in accordance with the manufacturer's 3) Heavy Duty Rating (drawers 42 inches wide or less): Accuride 3640; 200 Ib BIFMA load rating. exposed fasteners for uniform pattern; random or "shotgun" patterns will not be accepted. recommendations. C. Drawer Locks: Corbin or approved; cam locks to suit condition; keyed alike as directed, and masterkeyed; furnish ARCHTTECTURAL SPECIFICATION S P904 3) Space pins at maximum 24 inches on center along the edges and within the field of the batt. Place edge 4. Backing Materials: 6. Where intumescent seals are required to meet positive pressure labeling requirements, provide concealed edge sealing pins within 6 inches from the edge of the batt. a. Place backer rod to achieve proper sealant width/depth ratios and to prevent sealant sag. system built into the door edge. s # f. Pack batt insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of window assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. b. Use bond breaker where there is insufficient depth to use Joint filler. 7. 1-314 Inch thick, unless scheduled otherwise. ,. Install faced insulation with vapor barrier toward side o building spaces. Vapor barrier shall be continuous. g. p d warm i f g p p ous. C. Do not use backer rod and bond breaker at joints to receive Type PTNS sealant. D. Accessories: ,.;;:........:.::•.::.. Tape and seal tears or cuts in vapor barrier. H. Installation: 1. Glass Stops: Wood type, except as required to conform to labeling requirements. 1. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C1193, unless specified otherwise or recommended otherwise by the sealant E. Fabrication: 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM manufacturer. 1. Fabricate doors to the configurations indicated, in accordance with the AWI standards specified, and to fire rated labeling A. Submittals: 2. Joint Depth: requirements. Attach fire rating labels. 1. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 013300 - Submittals. a. Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 to 1 unless specified otherwise or recommended 2. Bevel lock and hinge edges 118 inch in 2 inches on all single acting doors. " ' `' 0 2. Submit three samples representative of finish and color of flashing materials. otherwise by the sealant manufacturer. 3. Bond edge banding to solid core with hot melt or RF cured adhesive. ��''{�� ' 3. Submit sample of reglet proposed. b. Install Type PTNS sealant full depth in tile expansion joints with no backer rod. 4. Prefit and premachine doors in accordance with AWI 1300-S-6. Premachine for hardware specified in Section 087000, 4. Shop Drawings: Indicate material, profile, jointing pattern,jointing details, materials, gages, fastening methods, and 3. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within and locate as specified in Section 087300. installation details. recommended temperature ranges. 5. Doors shall be factory prefinished as scheduled to match Architect's sample; AWI Premium Grade Conversion or UV- B. Quality Assurance: 4. Tooling: Cured Polyurethane Varnish System. 1. Applicator: Company specializing in sheet metal flashing work with 5 years minimum experience. a. Tool joints concave, unless indicated or specified otherwise. Finish free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, 6. Where required to meet labeling requirements, provide metal astragals to meet rating requirements for double fire doors. 2. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with the recommendations of SMACNA. ridges, and sags. 7. Factory pre-glaze doors. C. Materials: b. Tool type PTNS sealant to match grout joint. 8. Flush Door Blocking: For flush doors, provide solid lock blocks and special blocking as required for the hardware 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A525; G90 galvanized finish, except provide A60 where special finish is used; 26 gage I. Clean-up: components specified elsewhere. Blocking for fire rated doors shall meet the door manufacturer's labeling requirements. minimum. 1. Clean adjacent surfaces free of excess sealant as the work progresses. Use cleaning agents recommended by the F. Installation: ii 2. Accessories: sealant manufacturer. 1. Fit and prepare doors for installation in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed instructions. a. Fasteners for Galvanized Steel Sheet: Galvanized steel; soft neoprene washers at exposed fasteners. Finish 2. Upon completion, remove and dispose of masking. 2. Provide clearances of 118 inch at jambs and heads and 318 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or exposed fasteners same as flashing metal. J. Schedule: covering, except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4 inch clearance from bottom of door to top of R" " b. Butyl Rubber Sealant: One of the following: 1. Type S: Provide at all exterior joints, unless specified otherwise; Colors as selected from manufacturer's complete line threshold. 1) Curtain Wall Sealant, by Tremco; for each type of sealant. 2) Adcoseal BP-400, by Adco Products, Inc. 2. Type PT: Provide at all exterior and interior horizontal joints subject to traffic and abrasion, unless specified otherwise; 083100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS ►�t ,,,a�,f. «� C. Polyurethane Sealant: one of the following: standard colors as selected from manufacturer's complete line of pre-formulated colors. A. Submittals: 1) Chem-Calk 900, by Bostik Construction Products Division of Emhart; 3. Type PTNS: Provide at all expansion joints in tile; standard colors as selected from manufacturer's complete line of pre- 1. Submit product data. Include sizes, types, finishes, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining construction. Z�trti . 2) Dynatrol I, by Pecora Corp; formulated colors. B. Quality Assurance: 3 Sonolastic NP I, b Sonneborn-Contect; } Y 4. Type A: Provide at all interior joints, unless specified otherwise. 1. Where access doors are installed in construction with an hourly fire resistance rating, provide door and frame assemblies 4) Rubber Caulk 6000, by PRC. 5. Type SM: Provide at joints around countertops in kitchen or other wet locations. labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory, Warnock Hersey, or any other testing laboratory approved by the local code d. Neoprene Gasket: Williams Products Inc. "Everlastic" Type NN1. authorities to meet the requirements of the fire rated assembly. e. Plastic Cement: FS SS-C-153, Type I-asphalt base cement. DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS C. Acceptable Manufacturers: f. Reglets: Types as indicated; galvanized steel or rigid extruded PVC; manufactured by Fry Reglet Co. or approved; 1. Milcor, Inc., Lima, OH. ends covered with plastic tape. 081113 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 2. J.L. Industries, Bloomington, MN. g. Lead Sheet: 4 psf. A. Summary: 3. Karp Associates, Inc., Maspeth, NY. D. Special Finish Materials: 1. Rolled steel frames. 4. MM Systems Corporation, Tucker, GA. 1. Epoxy Primer: Tnemec Series Series 69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II, Carboline 888, Ameron "Amercoat 385," or approved. 2. Stainless steel frames. 5. Nystrom, Minneapolis, MN 2. Urethane Finish Coats: Tnemec Series 75 "Endura-Shield III" Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel, Carboline "D833," Ameron 3. Accessories. D. Door Types: "Amercoat 450SA," or approved; semi-gloss or satin sheen; custom colors as selected by the Architect. B. References: 1. Fire Rated Metal Access Door: E. Fabrication: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. a. Flush type design. 1. Fabricate all flashing to detail and as specified. Use minimum 24 gage galvanized steel sheet unless indicated or 2. Steel Door Institute (SDI): SDI-105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. b. 16 gage frame; minimum 20 gage steel welded pan door panel insulated with non-combustible filler specified otherwise. 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A250.8 - SDI-100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors c. Self closing and self latching, with interior latch release 2. Shop Finishes: and Frames. d. Fully concealed pin type hinges or continuous piano hinge, 175 degree opening. a. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the special finish manufacturer's recommendations. 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) e. Ring turn latch. b. Spray apply primer and finish coats in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; one coat primer; 2 a. A366 - Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 2. Non Rated Concealed Drywall Access Door: finish coats. a. Recessed type design. b. A569 - Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum Percent), Hot Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality. Yp n.g C. Finish shall be free of dust, dirt, flow lines, streaks, sags, blisters, pinholes, runs, or other surface imperfections. c. A653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-coated {Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated {Galvannealed) by Hot- b. Minimum 13 gage steel frame; minimum 16 gage steel door panel recessed to receive drywall. d. Provide shop finished sheet metal at all flashing and sheet metal flashings. Dip Process. C. Integral attachment flange and drywall bead for flush installation. Np�� F. Installation: C. Submittals: d. Fully concealed pivot rod hinge. 1. Install starter and edge strips, and continuous cleats before starting installation. 1. Shop Drawings: e. Latches: Screw driver operated cam latch. LL cc 2. Insert flashings into reglets to form tight fit; secure in place; seal flashings into reglets with polyurethane sealant. a. Frames: Indicate configuration, anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement, and 3. Toilet Room Faucet Power Supply Access Doors: Non-rated wall type; 12"W x 12" H; stainless steel, #4 finish; one Q O 3. Fastening: finish. piece frame; concealed hinge. a. Secure flashings using continuous cleats whenever possible. Use exposed fasteners only in semi-exposed b. Doors: Indicate elevations, internal reinforcement closure method and cutouts for hardware glazing and louvers. E. Minimum Sizes: Provide access doors in sizes indicated. When not indicated provide 12" x 12" size for hand access, and 24" locations, unless approved by the Architect. 2. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's published literature for doors and frames. x 24" size for man entry. ��S1�3 5 b. Fasteners shall be placed at 8 inches on center through slotted holes. D. Quality Assurance: F. Installation: c. For nailing into concrete, drill holes and use plugs. 1. Conform to requirements of ANSI A250.8. 1. Provide access doors in the locations indicated, and for access to balancing and fire dampers, trap primers, valves, fans, d. For nailing into wood, use barbed roofing nails, 1-114 inches long by eleven gage. 2. Regulatory Requirements: terminal units, and other equipment requiring periodic inspection through finished wails or ceiling, whether indicated or e. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. a. Installed frame and door assembly shall conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. not. f. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of surface mounted reglets. b. Where doors are noted with an hourly fire resistance rating, provide door and frame assemblies labeled by 2. Coordinate access requirements with other trades. g. Install flashings with provision for plus or minus 1/16 inch thermal movement at each end; provide expansion joints Underwriter's Laboratory, or any other testing laboratory approved by the local code authorities, to meet the hourly 3. Provide concealed drywall access doors unless fire rated access doors are required because of fire rated construction. at 12'-0" o.c., maximum. fire rating noted. h. Seal concealed lap joints in with two parallel beads of butyl sealant; use butyl sealant where bedding sealant is C. Include "S" label on fire rated door assemblies which are located at 1 hour rated exit corridors. 083333 - SIDE ROLLING GRILLES indicated or required. E. Acceptable Manufacturers: A. System Description: Side rolling grille assemblies shall include grilles, track, brackets, and other accessories required for a i. Use slip sheet under all flashing with solid backing. 1. Members of the Steel Door Institute and of the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's, subject to complete installation. compliance with the specified requirements. B. Quality Assurance 079200 JOINT SEALANTS F. Materials: 1. Installers: Installation shall be performed by a factory trained and authorized representative. A. Section Includes: C. Submittals 1. Steel Sheet: Cold rolled ASTM A366, or hot rolled pickled and oiled sheet conforming to ASTM A569. 1. Cleaning and preparation of joint surfaces. 1. Make submittals in accordance with Section 013300. 2. Stainless Steel Frames (at Impact Door): ASTM A167, Type 304 stainless steel at locations scheduled 2. Sealant and backing materials. 2. Submit product data. Uj G. Frames: B. Submittals: 1. Design: Double equal rabbet, unless indicated otherwise; fully welded. 3. Shop Drawings: Indicate details and dimensions of fabrication and installation, including closures, hardware, and 1. Product Literature for each material used. 2. Gages: tracks. , 2. Manufacturer's surface preparation and installation instructions. a. g Interior Frames: Minimum 16 gage for frames of door openings up to and including 4 feet in width; 14 gage for 4. Closeout Submittals: 3. Samples: a. In accordance with Section 017700. a. Submit cured samples of each sealant type and color proposed for the work frames greater than 4 feet in width. b. Submit maintenance manual ands are arts list, and name of nearest service representative. p Yp p p H. Accessories: p p �- b. For each sealant type indicated for"color as selected," or for which no color is indicated, submits color card 1. Glazing Stops: Rolled steel channel shape, butted corners; prepared for countersink style tamperproof screws. D. Manufacturer: indicating available stock colors from manufacturer's complete line of pre-formulated colors for each type of sealant. 1. Dynamic Closures Corporation (800-663-4599) C. For custom colors, request color selection from the Architect prior to sample submittal. I. Finish: E. Grille Type: "EZ Guard" 4. Schedule of sealant colors and respective locations. 1. Interior Units: Manufacturers standard rust inhibitive primer. 1. Curtain: 14 gage aluminum sheet panels mounted between vertical continuous interlocking hings at nominal 3-1/2 inch 2. Stainless Steel Frames: No. 4 satin finish. 0 C. Quality Assurance: centers. J. Installation of Frames: 1. Verify that sealants are compatible with the substrates and accessory materials provided under other Sections. Notify 2. Finish: Clear anodized finish. "`' 1. Install frames in accordance with SDI-105 and in accordance with labeling requirements. Architect of evidence of incompatibility. F. Hardware: 2. Coordinate with wall construction for anchor placement. D. Guarantee: 1. Cylinder-controlled lock stiles with self-adjusting, cold-rolled steel floor bolts and top bolts. 1. Furnish Type S sealant manufacturer's 20 year material guarantee. 3. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. 2. Flush dust-proof floor strike, and standard head strike. '`" 4. Coordinate for installation of acoustical insulation at hollow metal frames as specified in Section 098100. E. Sealants: 5. Install accessories. 3. Manufacturer's standard pulls. 1. Type S - Neutral Cure Silicone Sealants: G. Examination 6. Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchor to structure and floor. a. Dow Corning, 790 Silicone Building Sealant, or 795 Silicone Structural Glazing and Weatherproofing Sealant. 1. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point 7. Installation Tolerances; Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. b. Pecora, 890 Architectural Silicone Sealant. where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper C. Spectrem 3 by Tremco Incorporated. 081400 WOOD DOORS and timely completion of the work. 2. Type PT: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, class 25; Tremco "THC 900", Sonneborn "Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant", A. Regulatory Requirements: 2. Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site Pecora "Urexpan NR-200", or approved; standard colors as selected. 1. Conform to requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3. Type PTNS: ASTM C920, Type M, grade NS, Class 25; Pecora "Dynatred," Tremco "HPL," or approved; custom colors 2. Where doors are noted with an hourly fire resistance rating, provide door and frame assemblies labeled by Underwriter's H. Installation to match the Architect's samples. Laboratory, or other testing laboratory approved b the local code authorities, to meet the hour) fire rating noted. Fire 1. Install grille and hardware complete with accessories in accordance approved shop drawings, and manufacturer's 4. Type A: ASTM C834; Tremco "Acrylic Latex Caulk," Pecora "AC-20," Sonneborn "Sonolac," or roved; standard Y g Y pp Y Y g recommendations. eti:, sc .;ti rk%;r Yp Y pp rated assemblies shall meet code requirements for positive pressure. u colors to match adjacent construction. 3. Installed Doors and frames shall conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. I. Field Quality ControlMS, Is 5. Type SM: Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: USDA Approved; Dow Corning 786 by Dow Chemical, GE Sanitary B, Submittals: 1. Verify that moving parts operate smoothly, coiling grilles are free from warp, twists, or distortion, grilles remain in Sealant or Approved; clear. required position, and safety features function properly. '' '' f `' t" 7 pp 1. Submit shop drawings and product data. Indicate door sizes and thickness, materials, stile and rail reinforcement, F. Accessory Materials: internal blocking for hardware attachment, cutouts for glazing and louvers, louver details and glazing stops. 2. Repair damage to overhead coiling grilles to match manufacturer's original finish. Replace components which cannot be 1. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 2. Submit two 8 x 10 inch samples of each transparent finish species and finish combination proposed. Submit core properly repaired. 2. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint samples. J. Adjust forming materials. C. Solid Core Flush Doors: 1. Adjust mechanism so moving parts operate smoothly. 3. Backer Rod: Closed or open cell foam as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the application; round profile; 1. AWI Section 1300, Premium grade. thickness approximately 130 percent of joint width. 2. Core: Solid particle board core, unless required otherwise for fire labeling requirements. 083483 IMPACT DOORS 4. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 3. AWI PC-5 or PC-7 (5 or 7 ply construction). A. Section Includes: Impact doors and hardware. G. Preparation: 4. Provide labeled doors as required to meet the hourly fire rating indicated. B. Submittals: 1. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove an loose materials and other foreign 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. p p J Y g 5. Face Veneer: ' matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. a. Paint Grade Veneer: Medium density overlay or paint grade birch. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate door elevations, hardware locations, vision lite locations and sizes, frame reinforcement ' t '' 2. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant. requirements, and finishes. 3. Prime as required for proper bond to substrate materials. C. Manufacturer: Eliason Corporation, Easy Swing Door Division, Kalamazoo, MI (800/828-2655) ARCHITECTURAL SPEC EATM ............... _ SP-905 1. Type: Model DSP 3, 1. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221; 6063 T5 alloy and temper. 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 2. Door Body, 16 gauge stainless steel with delta formed vertical edges 2. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209; 5005-H32 alloy, or approved. A. Submittals: 3. Window: 9 x 14 clear acrylic set in black rubber molding H. Components 1. Hardware Schedule: Submit to the Architect, in triplicate, a complete schedule of proposed finish hardware. Schedule Y 9 P p p P p . .. :: 1. Door Hardware: s .: D. Accessories: t:::....:����...:'••::,,�::��.:::::;•.::: �- shall be completely detailed, showing all items, numbers and finishes for all hardware for each separate opening. y.�:::;;:.::::;:'.;•::.;:1:.:::::.:•:::>•:: 1. Edge Caps: Formed stainless steel channels, 18 gage, minimum; typical at side and top edges. a. Hinges: Manufacturers standard center pivot hinges. B. Supplier Qualifications: Finish hardware shall be supplied by recognized builders hardware supplier who has been furnishing :;:: :.........: , •::• 2. Base (kick) Plates: 18 gage satin finish stainless steel; door width x 18 inches high; fastened with stainless steel rivets. b. Concealed Closers: LCN 2030 Series; 8.5 lbs. force exterior, 5 lbs. interior. hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than five years. The supplier's organization shall include " .t 3. Pivots: "Easy Swing" hinge mechanism; stainless steel. c. Rail Locks: Adams Rite MS-18161-01 single point; designed to receive cylinder specified in Section 087100. consultants who are available at all reasonable times during the course of the work to meet personally with the Tenant, ;.:..,•. {. ; 4. Fasteners: As required for complete installation of doors and accessories. d. Threshold: Extruded aluminum. architect, or contractor for hardware consultation. The supplier shall maintain a parts inventory of items supplied for future E. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/4 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. e. Weatherstripping: Manufacturers standard. service to the Tenant. ' fs '3 ' PP• 9� , F. Prior to installation, verify that frames are prepared and ready to receive work of this Section. f. Remaining hardware is specified in Section 087100. C. Products: As scheduled on the Drawings. '{`�� •�" " 6' ' G. Installation: 2. Glazing Beads: Dense closed cell foam tape, or EPDM with silicone sealed corners. Furnish for installation as a part of D. Keys & Keying: '�%� J :- f l :. 1. Install doors, hardware, and accessories in accordance with shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. the work of Section 088000. 1. All cylinder items shall be keyed to existing building as directed by the Tenant. 2. The bottom pivot assembly shall be secured to the frame only. Do not secure the bottom flange of the pivot assembly to 3. Glass: As specified in Section 088000. 2. Keys: Furnish 3 for each cylinder unit. the floor with fasteners as indicated in manufacturer's standard installation instructions as the fasteners will penetrate 4. Sealants: As specified in Section 079200. E. Installation: the waterproof membrane installed beneath the finish flooring. 5. Fasteners: ASTM A164; aluminum, stainless steel, or zinc plated steel. 1. Exposed surfaces of hardware shall be covered and well protected during installation, so as to avoid damage to finishes. H. Adjust And Clean I. Aluminum Framed Glazing Systems Fabrication 2. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to 1. Repair damage to doors and accessories to match fabricator's original finish. p g g 1. Fabricate frames allowing for shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation. install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finishes in another way, install each item 2. Adjust mechanism so moving parts operate smoothly. 2. In so far as practical, fitting and assembly of the work shall be performed in the shop. completely and then remove and store in a secure lace during the finish operation. After completion of the finishes, p Y p g p , • 3. Make joints flush uniform hairline maximum 1116 inch except for expansion joints), and weatherproof. Seal joints with reinstall each item. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. 084013 ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS sealant. 3. Hardware Mounting Heights: Mounting heights are based on recommendations of the National Builders Hardware A. Summary 4. Rigidly fit joints and corners. Accurately fit and secure corners tight. Make corner joints flush, uniform, hairline Association (NBHA). Generally, mount hardware units at the following locations on each door or door opening, except 1. Section Includes (maximum 1/16 inch, except for expansion joints), and weatherproof. Seal joints with sealant. as otherwise indicated on the Drawings or required to meet code and handicapped requirements. Verify any conflicts a. Aluminum framed storefront and window systems. 5. Provide drainage holes to allow water to flow to exterior. with location of other hardware for proper clearances for installation prior to cutting or milling for specified hardware. . ; � },:;�,� � b. Aluminum framed glass entrance doors integral with aluminum framed glazing systems. 6. Prepare components to receive anchorage devices. Fabricate anchorage items. Notify Architect immediately if such conflicts are determined. l� tij c. Aluminum panel and trim related to aluminum framed glazing systems. 7. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions with members to maintain rigidity. Provide reinforcing at all door strike jambs. a. Latch and Locksets: 38 inches finish floor to center of knob. , st : �,f$ � ;r`i d. Sealants within aluminum framed glazing systems. 8. Fabricate framing systems to accommodate hardware using templates furnished from the hardware supplier. b. Dead Locks: 52 inches finish floor to center of cylinder. e. Related flashing and trim. 9. Fabricate sill and other flashing to direct water to the exterior. c. Emergency Exit Cross Bar: 36 inches from finish floor. 'f ' '�#"'4r>�v • l f. Related anchor brackets and supports. J. Aluminum Panel Fabrication d. Push/Pull: 42 inches finish floor to centerline of push/pull. Structural design of aluminum framed glazing systems, including framing and attachment to structure. g• g g 9 Y , g g 1. Form panels to the configurations indicated. Use thicknesses as necessary to prevent oil canning and to resist damage e. Push Plate: 1/2 inch from edge of door; 42 inches to center line of plate, except 45 inches where independent of h. Hardware for entry doors. from impact. the push/pull. 2. Related Sections: 2. Fabricate panels with concealed anchorage to adjacent construction. f. Kick Plates: Mount at bottom edge of door and 1/2 inch from outside edge of door.; a. 079200 - Joint Sealants: Perimeter joint fillers. 3. Unless approved otherwise, fabricate panels with brake formed corners. Back route panels thicker than .125 inch g. Top Hinge: 5 inches from top of door to top of hinge. b. 087100 - Door Hardware: Door hardware other than that specified in this Section; templates. thickness for minimum radius at corners and weld tight. Weld exposed fixed joints continuously and grind smooth. h. Bottom Hinge: 10 inches from finish floor to bottom of hinge. c. 088000 - Glazing: Glass and glazing 4. Base fabrication on an assumed design temperature of 70 degrees F. Allow for ambient temperature range at time of i. Center Hinge: Equal distance between top and bottom hinges. d. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification erection. j. Multiple hinge locations shall be equally spaced between top and bottom hinge. B. System Description 5. Fabricate panels with sharp and true lines, breaks and angles. Surface shall be free of oil canning, warps, or buckles. k. Wall Stops: Centerline of knob or point of first contact. 1. Appearance: System shall conform to the general appearance as indicated on the drawings, including without limitation, Factory curve radiused panels and edge extrusions. I. Thresholds: Mount at exterior doors such that slope breakpoint on threshold is at lead edge of door. Set in full bed position, spacing, and location of framing members, plane of glazing, exterior frame general profile and shape, and 6. Provide stiffeners secured to the rear face of the panels and trim as necessary to resist design loads and to eliminate oil- of caulking material. dimension points. canning. m. Closing: Mount for maximum degree of opening obtainable considering other hardware provided and opening 2. Thermal Performance: 7. Allowable Panel Tolerances: conditions. Size closers for conditions and code requirements. a. Systems shall accommodate expansion and contraction caused by a temperature range of-20 degrees F. to + 160 a. Flatness: No point on a surface plane shall vary more than 1/8 inch under a 10 foot straight edge. n. Trim/Protection: Kickplate shall be 2" LDW x height indicated. degrees F. without detrimental effects to components, sealing systems, and surrounding construction. b. Edge Straightness: No point on an edge or arris shall vary more than 1/16 inch under a 10 foot straight edge. o. Other hardware items shall be located as recommended by NBHA, or as may be shown or required otherwise. b. Thermal Transmittance: Maximum U=0.60 when tested in accordance with NFRC requirements. Provide curtain C. Shapes: No shape shall vary from its prescribed location more than 1/8 inch in any direction. 4. Adjusting and Cleaning: Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation. wall systems with certification stating that they have been tested in accordance with NFRC to meet the specified d. Panel Dimensions: Not more than 1116 inch from indicated dimension. Clean door and hardware. requirements using glass which matches the glass to be used in the Project. e. Curves: No point on the surface of the curve shall vary from the prescribed are more than 1 percent of the radius. ?u�r 3. Performance - Air Infiltration: K. Finishes 088000 GLAZING a. Air Infiltration Storefront, Window, and Curtainwall Systems: Not to exceed 0.06 CFM per square foot of fixed area 1. Finish for Exposed Aluminum Surfaces: Minimum 70 percent resin Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 PVDF system complying CT • A. Submittals: ,,E Np when tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at a static pressure differential of 6.24 PSF. with AAMA 2605; custom non-exotic color as listed in the Exterior Finish Schedule. J b. Air Infiltration Aluminum Entrance Doors: Limit air infiltration through assembly to 0.05cf./min/ft. of perimeter crack, 1. Submittals specified in this Section may be incorporated into submittal specified in other Sections, where glass is to be �� � 2. Steel Anchorages and Supports: Clean and apply rust resistant primer. d measured at a static differential pressure of 1.57PSF as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. provided in those Sections. = w G p 3. Isolate aluminum from dissimilar materials 2. Product Data: Submit product data on glass, glazing materials, and insulating glass system. Q L_ 4. Performance - Water Penetration: L. Examination D a p B. Glass: Provide the following glass as scheduled at the end of this Section: y W a. Design systems to drain water, including condensation, to the exterior. 1. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the pointC �4' 1. Clear Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I, class 1, clear, quality q3 glazing select. d b. Water Penetration Storefront and Window Systems: No water penetration when tested in accordance with ASTM where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper C. Accessories: 3 SSP E331 at a static pressure differential of 20 percent of the designed wind pressure. and timely completion of the work. 795"; 5. Structural Design: 1. Silicone Sealant: Dow Corning clear color. g 2. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site 2. Setting Blocks: Compatible with silicone sealants; 70-90 shore A hardness. a. Design and size members to withstand positive and negative wind loads as indicated on the Structural Drawings. conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3. Spacers: Compatible with silicone sealant. b. System shall limit framing deflection to 1/175 of the span, and allowable stress within a safety factor of 1.65, M. Preparation " 9 g 1. Coordinate dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with the other work. 4. Glazing Tape: Tremco CCN sponge or approved. whichever is greatest, under wind load listed on the Structural Drawings. 5. Glazing Film: 3M "Blockout 3635-20b"; or Courtaulds Performance Films (Llumar Window Films) "NRM M PS3"; zero c. Anchorages and inserts shall be designed to resist all design and live loads, in combinations as specified, and 2. Furnish inserts for placement by other trades. Coordinate locations and alignment. visible light transmittance; pressure-sensitive adhesive. including a contribution of 1.25 x the design wind load. N. Installation D. Fabrication: d. Seismic Design: The installed system shall be capable of accommodating seismic loads in compliance with code 1. Install frames, doors, and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the approved shop drawings. 1. Insulating Glass Units: requirements. 2. Use anchorage devices to securely attach framing systems to structure. a. Dual lite units fabricated from glass as scheduled; 1/2 inch nominal airspace; dual seal system. 6. Dynamic Movement: System shall accommodate the following without damage to system components or performance. 3. Align frames plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. b. Twin seals; polyisobutylene primary seal and silicone secondary seal. Outer seal shall be compatible with glazing a. Movement within the system 4. Storefront Framing: system. b. Movement between the system and perimeter framing components. a. Install under sill aluminum flashings. Seal all frame joints, and penetrations in flashings. c. Spacer Bar: Mill finish aluminum; fill with desiccant; corners shall be partially miter cut and bent (not cut through), c. Application and release of design live loads b. Sub-Sills: or formed with corner keys ultrasonically soldered in place. d. Deflection of structural support framing. 1) Provide extruded aluminum sub-sills in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and as d. Certified through the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) in accordance with ASTM E773 and E774; . e. Maximum wind and seismic movement shall calculated as a maximum story drift of .005 times the story height. specified below. certified to level CBA. 7. Under normal circumstances, systems shall not exhibit vibration harmonics, wind whistles, and noises caused by thermal 2) Provide end dams and splice plates sealed into position. End dams and splice plates shall match the height e. Each piece shall bear certification number, date, and manufacturer's identification mark. movement. Under the full range of design loads and conditions, the systems shall not exhibit loosening, weakening, or of the sub-sill back. fracturingof attachments or components of the system, including glazing and sealants. 2. Tempered and Heat Strengthened Glass: p Y g g 9 3) Seal joint between end dam and jamb. a. Tempered Glass: Glass which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less than 4 times the C. Submittals 4) Fasten the sub-sill securely to the sill construction. Cap seal tops of fasteners. , annealed strength; certified safety glass in accordance with ANSI 297.1. 1. Make submittals in accordance with Section 013300. 5) Fasten the storefront framing into the sub-sill. Use manufacturers standard interlocking anchors which b. Heat Strengthened Glass: ASTM C1048; glass which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not 2. Product Data: Manufacturer's complete product for all components and systems proposed. engage the sub-sill and allow fastening of the storefront without penetrating the horizontal pan of the sub-sill. less than 2 times annealed strength. 3. Shop Drawings: c. Install water diverters. C. Fabricate tempered and heat strengthened glass units so that principle distortion will be in the horizontal direction inU, ill a. Elevations, system dimensions, and expansion and contraction joint location. d. Compensation Heads: the finished installation. b. All special and typical details. 1) Provide compensation channels at head conditions in accordance with manufacturer's installation d. Unless otherwise approved by the building official, provide manufacturer's label on each light, indicating type and c. Framing profiles. instructions and as specified below. d. Materials and finishes. thickness of glass. 2) Provide manufacturer's standard end caps sealed into position. End caps shall match the height of the e. Comply with UBC requirements for identification and labeling of safety-glazing materials in hazardous locations e. Adjacent construction. compensation channel and shall be pre-finished to match the framing at exposed locations. subject to human impact loads. f. Anchorage system details. 3) Provide interlocking mullion anchors at vertical tubes. E. Low E Coating: High performance type; applied by using sputtered deposition technology. g. Fastening methods. 5. Perimeter sealant is provided under Section 079200 - Joint Sealants. 1. Basis of Design: PPG (Pittsburgh PA; 412-434-2858) "Solarban 60. .. h. Shop drawings shall be stamped by the designing structural engineer. 6. Install hardware in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 087100. Adjust hardware installed in this 2. Acceptable Substitution: Viracon (Otawana MN; 800-533-2080) "Solarscreen 2000." 4. Samples: section for smooth operation. F. Preparation: a. Submit one sample of a typical window corner section with minimum 12 inch long legs. Finish to match Architect's 7. Install additional framing as necessary to support the system components. 1. Clean contact surfaces and wipe dry. sample. Include typical glass unit and glazing system. 8. Protect aluminum from dissimilar materials with a coating of bituminous paint, plastic separator materials, or isolation 2. Seal frame corner joints, and other leakage points with sealant. At insulating glass units the sealant shall be compatible 5. Quality Control Submittals: tape. Keep isolation materials unexposed to view. with the seal of the unit. Do not plug weep holes. a. Certification: Submit certification that the precast stair systems have been designed to meet the specified 9. Touch-up all damage coatings with materials to match the original coating. Remove and replace with new all damaged 3. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant, unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer. requirements. components which cannot be repaired as determined by the Architect. G. Installation: b. Test Reports: Submit copies of test reports which verify that each aluminum framed glazing system meets the air O. Installation Tolerances 1. Unless specified otherwise, glaze in accordance with the current edition of Glass Association of North America (LANA): and water infiltration performance requirements specified. 1. Variation from Plane: 0.06 inches every three feet maximum or 0.25 inches per 100 feet, whichever is less. Glazing Manual. 6. Closeout Submittal: 2. Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 0.015 inches. ........2. Setting Blocks: Place setting blocks in frames for support of glass. Place at quarter points unless approved otherwise. F a. In accordance with Section 017700. P. Field Quality Control IvS l5� r� -z- ls-iZ� use`, 3. Set glass tightly in position with proper clearances in accordance with the referenced standard. b. Submit designing engineers certification that products and installation comply with design requirements. 1. Hose test installation in accordance with AAMA 501.2 { modified to exclude the appearance of any water at the interior) 4. Unless specified otherwise, glaze units with gaskets furnished with the framing systems specified in other sections. ' � -` � i D. Quality Assurance at selected locations as approved by the Architect. Hose test separately for each type of system to be provided. 5. Glazing for Interior Non-Rated Doors and Windows, Where Gaskets Are Not Furnished: ,1 # t 1. Installers: Under the direct supervision of the manufacturer of the aluminum framed glazing system. 2. Should testing show leakage, eliminate the cause of such leakage at no additional cost to the Owner. Remedial a. Glaze with glazing tape. 2. Design: Structural design of the aluminum framed glazing systems shall be by a Structural Engineer Licensed to measures shall conform to the specified requirements for the original installation. b. Pre-measure and cut tapes to required lengths; adhere to fixed stops, setting horizontal tape at heads and sills practice in the State of where the Project is located. 3. The testing may be witnessed by the Owner and the Architect. Furnish a minimum of 5 working days notice prior to before vertical tape. 3. Structural welding shall be performed by AWS Certified welders. testing c. Install tape with tight butt joints; no overlaps will be accepted. Set tape with straight lines level with frame sight line. 4. All materials shall conform to the Metal Curtain wall Guide Specifications as published by the Architectural Aluminum Q. Cleaning d. Position glass, uniformly sealing against tape. Install inside removable stops and place tape in stops forming a f Manufacturer's Association. 1. Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces if applicable uniform seal against glass, level with sight lines. E. Manufacturer's Warranty 2. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. 6. Glazing for Fire Rated Doors and Windows: Glaze in accordance with NFPA 80, unless required otherwise by the 1. Furnish manufacturer's standard five year written warranty executed to the Owner, from the manufacturer of each Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. labeling requirement of the frame. aluminum framed glazing system, against defects in materials and workmanship, in accordance with Section 017700. R. Field Quality Control 7. [Butt Glazing: Install butt glazing sealant as indicated; tool to a smooth concave configuration; remove excess sealant. F. Guarantee 1. The structural design engineer or an authorized representative shall visit the site to inspect the work. Verity and certify Provide joint width of 3/8 inch plus or minus 1/8 inch. : 1. Furnish from the installer, a two year written guarantee against defects in installation in accordance with Section 017700. p ] 1 �-' # • Y g g that the installation has been installed in accordance with the structural requirements. 8. [Structural glazing shall be in accordance with the structural glazing sealant manufacturer's written recommendations.] G. Materials 9. Adjust glazing materials to form a uniform sight line. h ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION _. SP-906 _.. _ H. Schedule: F. Backing: 4. Metal Screed: As manufactured by Schluter Systems, Inc. (800/225-8902), or Ceramic Tool Company, (800/236-5230); 1. Type 1: Clear 114 inch thick glass. Provide tempered where indicated and specified. 1. Provide steel backing where indicated. At the Contractors's option steel backing plates may be substituted for wood stainless steel tile edging trim; sizes as required for installation of top of screed flush with top of tile. , 2. Type 2: Insulating Glass, double glazed units with 1/2 inch air space between two panes of 114 inch glass; outer pane blocking, except wood blocking shall be used at the following locations: Handrails, railings and grab bars. F. Preparation: . .::::,; •::.::::::. : shall be heat strengthened or tempered glass with low-e coating on #2 surface; inner pane shall be clear lass. Provide 2. Unless indicated otherwise steel backfin shall consist of minimum 4 inch wide 16 gage steel late screwed rigidly to the 1. Clean substrate surfaces free of grease, dirt dust organic impurities, and other materials which would impair bond. i•.;;..... ;;;;:;;.::.:::.;;;::::.:;::.:. g g 9 9 p g Y g g P p ,.:............::... . .•..:.,.. tempered where indicated and specified. Where not required by code to be tempered, provide annealed, heat- - '' ' '" studs. G. Tile Backer Board Installation: ��:•:::>::::: :�: �����: � strengthened or tempered glass as determined by glass manufacturer's glass analysis. G. Installation Tolerances: 1. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide shims as necessary to align backer board :••��:. I. Provide tempered glass in hazardous locations to meet the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. 1. Install members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. with adjacent substrates. 2. Locate assemblies within 1/4 inch of required locations. 2. Install units with edges firmly supported. DIVISION 9 FINISHES 3. Screws attach units with 1 inch long drywall screws spaced 6 inches on center along framing. hl 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 4. Install fiberglass reinforcing tape at joints between panels. Completely embed in a thin set mortar bed. Trowel mortar � ;�� •��` � '�' 092200 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING A. QualityControl: Provide assemblies meeting the hour) fire ratings indicated. Assemblies shall be approved b the local A. System Description: g y g pp Y smooth with adjacent surfaces. y p jurisdictional code authorities H. Installation of Tile: 1. Structural Design: B. Materials: 1. Wall Application - Gypsum Board Substrate: a. Select framing systems, gages, supports, bracing, and connections as necessary to meet the structural 1. Gypsum Board: a. TCA System: Similar to W243. r. " requirements specified. a. 5/8 inch thick unless noted otherwise, provide type X in fire rated partitions. b. Installation Standard: ANSI A108.5. b. Partition framing shall conform to the widths indicated, unless approved otherwise. Provide thicker gages and b. Standard Board: ASTM C36. c. Setting Materials: Thinset mortar. decreased stud spacing as necessary to meet the design requirements. c. Water Resistant Board: ASTM C630. 2. Wall Application - Tile Backer Board: 2. Design Loads: 2. Accessories: a. TCA System: Similar to W244. a. Interior Ceiling Assemblies: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live load, plus dead loads. a. Trim: Concealed flange screw-on type; metal or PVC at Contractor's option; GA 216. b. Installation Standard: ANSI A108.5. • I b. Interior Partitions: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live lateral load. b. Joint Compound, Tape, and Finishing Compound: ASTM C475 and GA 216. c. Setting Materials: Thinset mortar. C. Exterior Soffits: 25 pounds per square foot uniform live load. c. Screws: ASTM C1002. 3. Joint Pattern: d Seismic Lo s' ad Conform to the requirements of the Uniform Building Code, seismic zone 3. d. Passive Wall Grille: Extruded aluminum material, mill finish with powder coated or shop-painted finish to match wall a. Lay out the pattern prior to commencing the installation. . 3. Deflection Requirements: Maximum of 11240 the span, except maximum 1/360 at tile. color; inverted 'V' blade design; 50 percent free area; tamperproof fasteners. b. Accurately locate grout joints on lines indicated; where not indicated, adjust grout joints within specified tolerances %#s'syt' ,:;� ; B. Code Requirements: C. Installation: to minimize use of cut tiles at field edges. �< ti�; 1. Provide assemblies meeting the hourly fire ratings indicated and specified. Assemblies shall been tested in accordance 1. Installation Standard: Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with Gypsum Association 216, C. Where cut tiles are necessary, position tile such that cut tile at each edge of each rectilinear field is not less than ;: ry; ,: a. with ASTM El 19, and shall be approved by the local jurisdictional code authorities. Coordinate installation of other Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard. half of a full size unit, unless indicated otherwise. materials which area art each assembly. 2. Install water resistant board restroom walls as a substrate for surfaces scheduled to receive ceramic tile in toilet p Y• 4. Tiles shall be blended as required to avoid pattern repeats and patches of adjoining tiles of distinctive color or 2. Fire rating requirements take precedence over the construction requirements indicated. In the event of conflict, notify the compartments. character within each field area. Coordinate distribution of tiles with the Architect. Architect, and do not begin construction in the area of conflict until the conflict has been resolved. 3. Screw fasten board to framing, unless approved otherwise. 5. Tiles which exhibit directional patterns shall be set with grain direction as indicated on the shop drawings, or, if not 3. Provide all calculations, drawings, product data, and other verification as required by the jurisdictional code authority to 4. Trim: indicated, as directed by the Architect. obtain approval of the lightgage metal framing installation. a. Use longest practical lengths, with no piece less than 2 feet long for continuous runs greater than 8 feet. Securely 6. Install tiles aligned with adjacent finishes, where indicated. Provide mortar fill as necessary for proper alignment. C. Materials: fasten and align trim ends at joints. 7. Clean joints of mortar to minimum depth of 1/4 inch to allow subsequent grout installation. 1. Light Gage Metal Framing: ASTM C645; galvanized; provide "C" shaped studs, U shaped runners, hat and "Z" shaped b. Place concealed flange corner beads at all external corners. At angles other than 90 degrees, bend the flange to 8. Provide temporary setting buttons and shims as necessary to maintain a wall tile in position until setting mortar has set. furring channels, and other sizes and shapes as indicated on the drawings, and required in the standards referenced. conform to the angle. 9. Tolerances: Minimum 25 gage, except provide thicker gages as required to meet deflection requirements. C. Place concealed flange type L trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. a. Joint Width Variation: Plus or minus 25% of the proposed joint width. 2. Cold Rolled Channels: Rust inhibitive paint coating; sizes in accordance with ASTM C754. d. Use J trim at exposed gypsum board edges where sealant joint is indicated. b. Taper: Plus or minus 25% from one end to the other. 3. Screws: Self tapping; low profile head. 5. Control Joints: C. No portion of a tile surface shall vary more than 1/16 inch above or below an adjacent tile surface. 4. Partition Head Compensating Channel: Design for minimum ±1/2 inch deflection. Profiles as indicated; one of the a. Position control joints to intersect light fixtures, air diffusers, door openings, and other areas of stress concentration. d. Install the fields level to within tolerance specified for finished substrate. following. b. Position control joints at locations where expansion or control joints occur in the building structure. 10. Screed Installation: a. 20 gage deep leg track; 2 inch legs. c. Locate control joints to form rectangular or square sections, in "L," "U," "T," or other irregularly shaped areas. a. Install screeds at tile field edges at the locations indicated. b. Slip Track Systems Inc. (Anaheim, CA; 714-761-1921) "SLP-TRK."j 6. Finishing: b. Accurately cut to length for flush tightly butted joints. Provide miter cut angle joints. Remove burrs at field cuts. 5. Other Framing Materials: Furnish in accordance with ASTM C754. a. Provide finishing in accordance with GA 214. c. Install in longest possible lengths, except that no screed section shall be longer than 12 feet or shorter than 4 feet in D. Partition Framing: b. Where necessary to sand, do so without damaging the face of the gypsum board. length for continuous runs greater than 16 feet. 1. Runners: C. Levels of Finish: d. Install screeds free from waves and variations in height, flush with top of adjacent tile surfaces. a. Secure runners with fasteners at maximum 24 inches oc. 1) Level 5: Provide at the following locations: e. Set screeds directly in setting bed as the tile installation proceeds. Comply with screed manufacturer's instructions N:�s b. At concrete floors, use powder driven fasteners or drilled in concrete anchors. a) Surfaces perpendicular and adjacent to or near (within 24 inches of) exterior windows, and surface to achieve mortar tightly compacted between screed and tile edge. c. Where indicated, attach top track to acoustical ceiling grid with two staggered #12-14 screws at 24 inches on mounted light fixtures. f. Grind screed joints as necessary to correct minor misalignment and to ease sharp outside corners. center. Provide spacer strip between runner and ceiling suspension system to allow tegular or reveal edge b) Surfaces to receive deep tone colors. I. Grouting: C N�J� acoustical panels to clear partition. Use minimum 20 gage top track. 2) Level 4: Provide unless indicated or specified otherwise. 1. Comply with provisions of ANSI A108.10. k"All, 0 d. TopRunner: Use proprietary compensating channel or deep leg track at Contractor's option, as necessary to 3) Level 3: Provide at the following locations: 2. Mix grouts in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. LLaccommodate building deflection. a) Surfaces to receive fabric wall covering. 3. Grout all joints, except expansion joints, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Float joints to a 0 O e. Unless approved otherwise, at fire rated partition assemblies, use fire rated tracks, furnished from Section 078500. b) Surfaces to receive textured finishes. slightly concave profile. ,`�Install fire rated tracks in accordance with the fire rated assembly requirements. 4) Level 2: Provide at the following locations: 4. Remove excess grout from tile surfaces in accordance with the grout and tile manufacturer's recommendations. Do not d,��Sf. Align to tolerances specified. a) Storage rooms. use excess amounts of water. D3 2. Unless indicated otherwise, install studs vertically at 16 inches oc, and not more than 2 inches from abutting b) Mechanical rooms. 5. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage caused by cleaning agents. Do not use cleaners which would damage tile or construction, at each side of openings, and at corners. c) Janitors closets. grout surfaces. 3. Fit runners under and above openings; secure intermediate studs at spacing of wall studs. d) Surfaces to receive tile or other thick finish materials applied to gypsum board surfaces. 6. Do not grout joints indicated to receive sealants, including inside right angle corner joints between floors and walls of 4. Brace partition framing system and make rigid. Provide diagonal stud bracing at 8 ft on center at all framing which does 5) Level 1: Provide at the following locations: column bases. Grout joints perpendicular to expansion joints shall be finished flush with tile edges. not extend to structure. a) Surfaces of fire rated assemblies concealed from view in the finished work ("fire-taping"). 7. Cured grout joints shall be made free of efflorescence, prior to sealing. 5. Install double studs continuous from floor to ceiling track at the jamb of each door frame and cased opening. Studs shall b) Surfaces of acoustical assemblies concealed form view in the finished work J. Curing: Cure installation in accordance with the grout manufacturer's recommendations. Protect tile and grout during curing be the same gage as the adjacent studs, but no less than 20 gage. Provide diagonal steel stud bracing to structure at 6) Level 0: Provide at the following locations: operations. each jamb at partitions which do not extent to structure. a) Surfaces of non-fire rated assemblies concealed from view in the finished work, including surfaces to be K. Protection: 6. Coordinate erection of studs with installation of service utilities. Align stud web openings. covered by casework, wood paneling, 1. Protect tile installations from damage. 7. Coordinate erection of stud system with requirements of door and window frames, fire extinguisher cabinets, recessed d. Level 4 and 5 finishes: Return to the site after primer is applied and touch-up surface defects. 2. Replace all damaged tiles. toilet accessories, access doors, and other construction within mounted partition construction. L. Cleaning: 8. Coordinate the installation of framing with the gypsum board installer to ensure support at all board edges. Provide 093000 TILING 1. In accordance with Section 015000 and Section 017700. framing immediately either side of expansion joints. A. Summary: 2. Coordinate final cleaning with work of Section 079200. Do not begin cleaning operations until tile expansion joints 9. Stud splicing not permissible. 1. Interior wall tile, sealants are fully cured. 10. At non-load bearing full height partitions subject to compression caused by overhead structural deflection, cut studs 1/2 2. Tile backer board. 3. Prior to substantial completion, wash and thoroughly rinse all tile. Leave all the surfaces clean. inch short from full height. Do not rigidly connect stud to top runner. 3. Screeds 11. Stud Bridging: 4. Sealer. 095123 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS a. At interior partitions greater than 4 feet in length, and with rigid facing material on one stud flange only, provide 3/4" B. Submittals: A. Submittals: bridging channels in horizontal rows at a maximum of 5'-0" on center for the full height of the partition. 1. Samples: 1. Submit product literature for each acoustical ceiling tile and suspension system proposed. b. Interior full height partitions (studs extending from the floor to the structure above) with rigid facing material stopping a. Tile: Submit samples of each type and color of tile. Include representative range of colors and finishes to be B. Quality Assurance: 3'-0" or more below top of studs - Provide one row 3/4" bridging channel horizontally at termination of gypsum expected. Comply q 1. Codes: Com I with the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. board material, and one additional row for each 5'-0" of exposed studs. b. Grout: Submit cured samples of each grout color. Furnish 2 cured samples of approved grout colors to the C. Products: C. Install stud bridging channels in Ion lengths, wire tying and lapping the joints a minimum of 12." Attach bridging expansion joint sealer installer for color matching.g� g g g y g pp g � g g p 1 g• 1. Ceiling Tile: As scheduled on the Drawings. channel to each stud as shown in manufacturer's printed instructions. c. Screeds: Submit samples of each type and finish of screed; minimum 3 inch length. 2. Suspension System: Exposed T System: ASTM C635, heavy duty classification; direct hung; exposed "T" design; UJ E. Ceiling and Soffit Framing: 2. Product Data: Submit for each type of tile, grout, adhesive, additive, accessory, and membrane specified. factory baked on finish to match acoustical panels. Furnish stabilizer bars, splices, edge and wall moldings, and other 1. Coordinate locations of hangers and supports with the work of other Sections. 3. Shop Drawings: Indicate general layout, surrounding construction, location of expansion joints in substrates and tile items as necessary to complete suspended ceiling grid system. 2. Provide ceiling and soffit framing as indicated. Where not indicated provide, stud and runner framing, suspended fields, edge details, and special conditions. D. Installation: framing, or proprietary suspended framing. 4. Schedule: Submit a schedule of each tile type, grout, and joint width combination proposed. 1. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. 3. Proprietary Suspended Framing: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Quality Assurance: 2. Installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. ' 4. Stud and Runner Framing: 1. Conform to ANSI Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile. 3. Install grid to produce finished ceiling true to lines and levels indicated, within the specified tolerances. Center system a. Secure runners to structure above with fasteners at a maximum of 24 inches on center. Size fasteners and use D. Tile: on room axis according to reflected ceiling plans. reinforcements as necessary to support the dead loads applied. 1. Tile Types: Types as indicated on the drawings. 4. Anchorage: b. Screw fasten framing at each flange joint. 2. Special Shapes: Unless otherwise indicated or specified, furnish special shapes as standard with the tile manufacturer a. Provide all anchors required for the installation of the ceiling system. C. Space studs at 16 inches on center at horizontal locations. for uniform transitions and concealed edges in the finished installation. Special shapes include bullnoses, double b. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where ducts or other equipment prevent d. Select members to meet the structural requirements specified. bullnoses, corner bullnoses, and cove assemblies. the regular spacing of hangers, provide secondary carrying members for indirect support of the suspensions 5. Lightgage Suspended Framing: E. Accessory Materials: system, or reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span the required a. Install in accordance with ASTM C754, unless indicated or specified otherwise. 1. Setting Materials: distance. b. Suspend ceiling from overhead structural elements only. Do not support from an electrical, HVAC, plumbing, or a. Thinset Mortar: "Kerabond" with "Universal Keralastic" b Mapei Cor "211 Crete Filler Powder" with 4237 Latex p g y pp y g, Y p P•� c. Do not fasten to the upper flutes of metal decking. Do not use fasteners in steel deck which penetrate more than 1 .. __,.,_ .... ........ ......... .....:: sprinkler system components. Thin-set Mortar Additive," by Laticrete International, Inc., Hydroment"Tile-Mate Premium" with "447 Flex-a-lastic" by inch. c. Space carrying channels 4 feet on center with splices lapped 12 inches and tied. Bostik, or approved. 5. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Mt, Ts , d. Support cold rolled carrying channels with hanger wires spaced at 3 feet on center for lath and plaster ceilings and b. Rapid-Set Thin Bed Mortar: "Grani/Rapid" with "KER 318" Flexible Admixture" by Mapei Corp., Hydroment "Single Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. Fabricate edge moldings to fit the surfaces encountered. 4 feet on center for sum board ceilings. Loo hanger wire around support element and tightly wrap around Flex FS," b Bostik, or "211 Crete Filler Powder" with "4237 Latex Thin-set Mortar Additive" and "101 Rapid Set '' gyp g p g pp g y p Y p� 6. Fit acoustic lay-in panels in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. vertical wire 3 times; cut off neatly. Latex"(pro portions as recommended by the manufacturer for the setting time required)," by Laticrete International, Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces. Scribe and mill recessed tegular edge into partial border units e. Space furring channels 16" o.c. with splices lapped 12", minimum and tied; clip or saddle tie to runner channels with Inc.. supported at edge by wall molding. 16-gage tie wire. 2. Epoxy Grout: Mapei "Kerapoxy," Hydroment "Color-Poxy," by Bostik, Laticrete International Inc. "Latapoxy SP100," or 7. Adjust sags or twists which develop in the ceiling system and replace parts which are damaged or defective. f. Where overhead obstructions prevent the regular spacing of hangers, provide secondary carrying members for approved. Colors as selected from manufacturer's standard. 8. Hold-Down Clips: Install hold-down clips within 20 feet of an exterior door. indirect support of the suspension system, or reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related framing 3. Tile Backer Board and Accessories: 9. Tolerances: components as required to span the required distance. a. Board: 1/2 inch nominal thickness aggregated portland cement panel, reinforced with glass fiber mesh. a. Variation form Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 6. Stabilize suspended ceiling, soffit, and fascia framing against lateral movement by means of diagonal bracing. At "Wonderboard" by Custom Building Products (800-272-8786), "Durock Interior" by USG, and Georgia Pacific b. Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: Two degrees maximum. locations where partitions extend to ceiling, only, install supplementary bracing at maximum 8'-0" o.c. along length of "Dens-Shield," or approved.. partition, and above each door hinge and strike jamb. b. Tape for Glass Mesh Board: Open weave glass mesh joint tape, self-adhesive; 2-1/2 inches wide. 096500 RESILIENT FLOORING 7. Form openings in ceilings and frame openings for recessed light fixtures, air diffusers, access doors, hatches, etc. c. Fasteners: As recommended by the backing board manufacturer; thread forming self-drilling wafer head screws; A. Summary: ' - 1 ..... ... ...h. 8. Install supplementary hanger wires for support of ceiling mounted equipment. polymer coated or zinc plated; USG "Durock Screws," "Rock-On," or approved. 1. Resilient base. ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION ........ - ....... ........ ...................... SP 947 _ _ •:•t:::.:.. ::i::i i:•:•�:.•i i:•i : 1 JJ B. Submittals: e. ICI Paints North America. c. Application: Woods scheduled for transparent finish as specified in 064000. 1. Submit product literature for each product proposed, including base, resilient flooring, transition strips, and adhesives. 2. Galvanized Ferrous Metal - Epoxy/Polyurethane System: One of the following 5. Wood - Opaque Finish Latex System: 2. Submittals: Submit samples of each type o - - f resilient fl e p yp flooring, and each type of rubber base for color selection by the a. Manufacturer: Tnemec Company Inc. (Kansas City, MO; 816 483 3400). a. System: Three coats; first coat latex wood primer, and second and third coat latex enamel. { ;; r;;;:; ,k;• r•: �t� f:•.,,:. Interior Designer. 1) Epoxy Primer: Hi-Build Epoxoline 11" Series N69. b. Sheen: Semi-gloss, unless indicated otherwise. ,::•.�::::::.%.;:.:%•:�::::::•:::::•;:: ;: C. Materials: 'dry:: .4i�•i:%•'r:•:::::•}::•}:•::•:�:•:'r'r:%:•}h. 2) Polyurethane Finish Coats: Series 1075 "Endura-Shield II"; satin sheen. c. Application: Woods scheduled for opaque finish as specified in 064000. 1. Rubber Base: b. Manufacturer.- Carboline Company (St. Louis, MO; 314-644-1000; 800-848-4645). L. Color Schedule: Provide paint colors to match those indicated on the drawings. Where a paint color is listed from a specific a. Manufacturer: One of the following, subject to Architects approval of color: 1) Epoxy Primer. Carboline 888 manufacturer, paint products from other approved manufacturers may be used, provided the color exactly matches the . 1) Rop pe Rubber Corp. 2) Polyurethane Finish Coats: Carboline 133 HB; semi-gloss or satin sheen. specified color, and the paint system meets the specified requirements. Where no paint color is indicated, provide color and 2) Burke Flooring Products / Burke Industries. c. Manufacturer: Ameron Protective Coatings (Brea, CA; 714-529-1951). sheen as selected by the Architect. �" r• 3) Allstate Rubber Corp. 1) Epoxy Primer: "Amercoat 385." � {`�� =`� g S b. Resilient Base: ASTM F1861 Type TS 100 percent vulcanized rubber; 1/8 inch thick; roll stock- coved and straight 2 Polyurethane Finish Coats: Amercoat 450SA"• semi-gloss or satin sheen. 099733 CONCRETE SEALER base as specified; 4 inch height, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. d. Manufacturer: ICI Devoe. A. Sealer: Euclid Chemical Company "Floor Seal VOX"; high solids water-based acrylic sealer. c. Accessories: 1) Epoxy Primer: "Devran 224HS " "Bar-Rust 231," or "Bar-Rust 233H." B. Preparation: 1) Primers and Adhesives: Types as recommended by resilient flooring and base manufacturers for specific 2) Polyurethane Finish Coats: "Devthane 378"; semi-gloss or satin sheen. 1. Clean surfaces to receive sealer, using manufacturer's recommended cleaning compounds, and in accordance with the application. 3. Acrylic Wall Size: One of the following: manufacturer's requirements. D. Rubber Base Installation: a. ICI Devoe "Wonderprime" DR51701 vapor barrier primer/sealer. 2. Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces. y 1. Adhesively install resilient base tightly to wall and floor surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's b. ICI Dulux "Ultra-Hide" 1060 vapor barrier primer/sealer. C. Application: recommendations. c. Sherwin-Williams "Harmony Primer 0 VOC" B11W900 . 1. Apply concrete floor sealer to all interior concrete floor slabs scheduled. „ „ �yy'.,... 2. Fit joints tight, vertical and in accurate alignment. - 2. Roller or spray apply sealer in accordance with the manufacturer's application instructions. Apply two coats. � g Install base in maximum lengths, with minimum number of joints in d. Benjamin Moore Paint Company "Moore's Wall Grip 203. p Y pp Y pp pp Y �;,;,.,!R,}a,e ,•,;,�:�,�.�rr,� , each run. No section may be shorter than 48 inches, except as required by wall conditions. e. Parker Paint Mfg. Co., Inc. "Perm Gard" Interior Latex Vapor Barrier. 3. Install base to walls columns and casework toe kicks in all areas where resilient base is scheduled. - - f. Zinsser Co Inc. Somerset NJ; 732 469-8100) Shieldz Universal Pre Wall Covering Primer acrylic primer/sealer DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 4. Miter or cope inside corners for accurate fit. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. 4. Interior Waterborne Epoxy Systems: One of the following. " 5. Outside Corners: a. Manufacturer: Tnemec Company, Inc. 102813 102813 TOILET ACCESSORIES �� a. Score back of base material with grooving tool and accurately align to corner. 1) Gypsum Board Primer: "Series "151 Elasto-Grip" 4j:� A. Provide toilet accessories as Scheduled on the Drawings. b. Firmly adhere to wall at both sides of corner, with no visible gaps at top of base. 2) Metal Primer: "Series 115 Unibond WB" ,, "�j >�.;'a.r..• iso" .. C. Stretch toe of coved base for smooth transition around corner, with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring. 3) Finish Coat: "Series 113 Tnemec-Tufcoat". 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ,} ,ti 6. Remove excess adhesive from surfaces without damage. b. Manufacturer: ICI Dulux A. Submittals: E. Cleaning 1) Gypsum Board Primer: "Ultra-Hide Aquacrylic Gripper Stain Killer Primer-Sealer 3210-1200." 1. Product data. �� �� �~ 1. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. 2) Metal Primer: "Tru-Glaze-WB 4030 Waterborne Epoxy Primer" B. Extinguishers: 2. Clean base and floor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3) Finish Coat: "Tru-glaze 4406 Waterborne Acrylic Epoxy Semi-Gloss." 1. Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical Type (FE): Heavy Duty DOT Steel tank; UL rating 2A-10B:C, 5 Ib capacity, with pressure C. Manufacturer: Sherwin-Williams gage; red enamel finish; metal valves and siphon tubes. 097733 REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL WALL COVERINGS 1) Gypsum Board Primer: "Preprite Classic Primer." 2. CO 'Type FE-CO2 : Aluminum tank; UL rating 5B-.C, 5 Ib capacity, with pressure gage; red enamel finish; metal valves A. Summary: Fiberglass reinforced polyester panel (FRP) wall covering. 2} Metal Primer: "Procryl Primer" 2 yp { ) g p g g B. Submittals: Product data. „ and siphon tubes. 3) Finish Coat: Epo-plex Multi-mil WB Epoxy". C. Cabinets: C. Panel System Components. H. Surface Preparation: 1. Panel Material: 1. Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt, dust, grease, oil, moisture, and other contaminants which will impair the proper 1. Cabinets shall be fully recessed or semi-recessed as wall depth allows. a. Marlite Brand Class I/A Fire Rated FRP by Marlite (Dover, OH 330/343-6621); color as scheduled in the Finish adhesion of the finish. 2. Provide sizes as necessary to accommodate extinguishers. Legend. 2. Ferrous Metal Shop Primed under other Sections: Clean previously primed surfaces with non-petroleum based solvent 3. Trim: Formed Sheet Steel, minimum 20 gage; 1-1I4 to 1-3/4 inches wide face. b. Panel Type: Fiberglass reinforced polyester panels, with embossed textured face. to remove oil and grease. Remove loose rust blistered and peelingpaint to bare metal b scraping, sanding, and wire 4. Door: Formed Sheet Steel, minimum 20 gage; reinforced for flatness and rigidity; satin zinc or aluminum pull, roller C. Thickness.- 3/32 inch. brushingin accordance with SSPC-SP2 and SSPC-SP3. Immediately apply touch u rime damaed or abraded catch, and continuous hinge; clear glass vision panel. d. Size: 48 inches x length required for conditions indicated. surface . Li htl sand all sho rime ainted surfaces to receive ai t fip sh. p p g 5. Cabinet Finishes: Lightly p p p p a. Cabinet Trim and Door: Manufacturer's standard primed finish to receive paint coatings as specified in Section e. Fire Rating: Maximum 25/450 flame spread / smoke developed in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Galvanized Ferrous Metal: Clean with non-petroleum based in accordance with SSPC-SP1; abrade surface with 3M 2. Moldings: Manufacturer's standard PVC ca corner, and division moldings; color to match panels. Omit bottom trim 099000. g p, , g , p "Scotchbrite Heavy Duty" (brown) pad, as necessary to achieve sufficient profile for paint adhesion. where panel abuts flash coved base. 4. Unprimed Ferrous Metal: ox b. Cabinet Interior: Manufacturer's standard white epoxy or white baked enamel. 3. Panel and Molding Installation Adhesive: As recommended by the FRP panel manufacturer. a. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1. D. Accessories: rN>» _tis_.s_.�tiss_slsl,�w.. 4. Sealant: Flexible waterproof silicone sealant for bedding panel edges; white color. b. Commercial blast per SSPC SP6. 1. Fire Extinguisher Brackets: Manufacturer's standard J-type. Provide at fire extinguisher locations where no cabinet is D. Cutting and Fitting 5. Wood - Opaque paint finish- indicated. CT •Np E. Installation: 1. Cut panels accurately to size with proper allowance for expansion and moldings. a. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. 2. Sand or file all edges smooth without chipping. b. Fill all nail holes and cracks. Sand filler smooth and level with wood surface. 1. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings in locations as indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, install 30 inches �� - 3 3. Cut openings for penetrations in accurate location with approximate 1/8-inch clearance around penetrations. from finished floor to inside bottom of cabinet. % w t° �. p pp p 6. Wood - Transparent Finish: Fill all exposed finish nail holes and cracks with matching color filler after prime coat is `r r S G E. Installation 2. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Q Q applied. Sand filler smooth and level with adjacent surfaces. 3. When recessed cabinets are installed in fire rated walls, maintain fire resistance rating continuously behind the cabinet. 1. Establish centerline of each distinct flat area to be covered. Trim division moldings to mate with base moldings; install in 7. Gypsum Wall Board: Remove all light dust and dirt. Q solid bed of adhesive, either on centerline, or offset 24 inches from center, as necessary to maximize panel widths at 8. Existing Finished Surfaces To Be Repainted: 4. Install in locations as indicated on the drawings. cy��s1 corners. Molding shall be installed straight and plumb. a. Remove loose, blistered, scaled, or crazed finishes to bare substrate; feather new work into existing work. Prepare 2. Cut top cap and division or corner moldings to shape, with edges trimmed to fit to adjacent moldings. surfaces to the nearest break line if necessary to blend new finishes with old finishes. 3. Apply sealant into installed moldings in sequence with panel installation. b. Wash and rinse surfaces with trisodium phosphate and water or other solution required to remove remaining film, 4. Apply adhesive to backs of panels in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. wax, oil, grease, smoke or foreign matter which will impair bond, or cause bleed through, of newly applied finishes. 5. Maintain lines and levels of panel edges and moldings. C. Lightly sand or I a liquid de losser on existing semi-gloss and high-gloss finishes before refinishing. g Y apply q g g g 6. Install panels tight to flash-coved base trim. I. Special Application Requirements: 7. Allow 1/8-inch gap between top cap, corner, or division molding posts, and panel edge; all edges shall be firmly bedded 1. Unless specified or indicated otherwise, follow paint manufacturer's label directions for general application procedures to the moldings in sealant. and coverage rates. h 8. Promptly remove sealant squeeze out with a damp cloth, as work progresses; remove adhesive with appropriate solvent. 2. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Make sure each coat of finish is dry and hard before a 9. Install sealant behind flanges and at penetrations through paneling, and between top cap of panel and substrate. followingcoat is applied unless the manufacturer's directions state otherwise. pp F. Cleaning 3. Tint filler to match stain when clear finishes are specified; work filler well into grain and, before it has set, working j 1. Remove excess adhesive from face of laminate using solvent recommended by manufacturer. perpendicularly to the grain, wipe the excess from the surface. 4. Opaque Finishes: 099000 PAINTING AND COATING a. Apply number of coats scheduled for each application, except that additional finish coats shall be applied as pp Y PP p pp A. Summary: Site applied paint coatings. necessary for complete hiding of substrate colors. B. Reference Standards: b. Apply primer coats un-tinted. Where more than one coat of paint is required, tint each succeeding coat up to the 1. Master Painters Institute (MPI): Architectural Painting Specification Manual. final coat similar in tint, but slightly lighter in value {shade). U" 2. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). C. Sand lightly between coats if necessary to achieve required finish; sand between all coats applied to wood C. Submittals: substrates. 1. Materials List: Organize to indicate painting systems to be used with each substrate. Include manufacturer's product 5. Rollers for application and backrolling of latex paints shall have a nap of 318 inch or less. data as required to verify compliance with the specified requirements. Do not include MSDS sheets. 6. Where roller texture is scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces, finish coats may be roller-applied, or spray .:, 2. Paint Samples: applied and backrolled at Contractor's option. a. Submit samples of each paint finish on an 8"x10" card. Reference manufacturer, type of paint, color, sheen, 7. Factory Primed Surfaces: Apply scheduled finish system, less primer coat, except as necessary to for patching damage UJ substrate, and application. to factory prime coating. b. Furnish additional samples until all paint finishes are approved. J. Exterior Systems: " D. Quality Assurance: 1. Galvanized Metal - Epoxy/Urethane System: '° 1. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with a minimum of three years documented a. System: Retouch welds and damaged galvanized coatings with zinc primer; apply one coat epoxy primer, and twoAr 911111AMP, ""' experience. urethane finish coats in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Verify compatibility with shop 2. Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished work shall be free of variations in color and sheen, orange peel, applied primer. Apply epoxy primer over all shop applied primers, unless the specified primer was shop applied. runs, sags, blistering, checking, cracking, scratches, dust, dirt, bugs, and other contaminants. Brush, spray, or roller apply. E. Site Conditions: b. Sheen: Satin, unless indicated otherwise. 1. Weather Conditions: c. Application: Exterior galvanized metal surfaces. a. Do no exterior work on unprotected surfaces when raining, or other moisture is present or expected, or before K. Interior Systems: applied paints can dry or attain proper cure. 1. Gypsum Board - Latex System: b. Allow wetted surfaces to dry and attain temperatures and condition specified hereinafter before proceeding with a. System: Three coats - first coat latex primer sealer (untinted), second and third coat latex paint. previously started work. b. Sheen: Roller texture, satin sheen, except provide flat sheen at light coves, ceilings, skylight areas, clerestory 2. Temperature: areas, interior fascias, and other light sensitive surfaces. Verify locations of each sheen with Architect before a. Do no painting work when surface and air temperatures are below 40 degrees F or below those temperatures proceeding with work. recommended by the manufacturer for the material type used. c. Application: b. Minimum temperatures for latex finishes: 45 degrees F for interior work and 50 degrees F. for exterior work, unless 1) Use on all exposed gypsum board, plaster, and GFRG surfaces, including the exposed portions of wall !u : E �tr� approved otherwise. surfaces between adjacent fabric covered panels and mirrors. Rt,Iy € .t . 3. Lighting- Maintain a lighting level of minimum 50 foot-candles on the surfaces to be painted or finished. 2) Provide prime coat only behind permanently mounted mechanically anchored mirrors, fabric panels, and 4. Ventilation: Provide adequate continuous ventilation. similar elements. + F. Maintenance: 3) Do not apply primer or paint coatings to surfaces to receive adhesively mounted mirrors or tile. 1. Furnish overage of paint materials equal to 10 percent minimum of quantity of each paint and transparent finish system 2. Gypsum Board - Surfaces to Receive Wall covering: Apply one coat of acrylic wall size. component, color and sheen required for the work, but furnish not more than five full one gallon cans, nor less than two 3. Gypsum Wall Board - Epoxy System: full one quart cans, of each type. Overruns in excess of five gallons may be furnished to the Tenant at the Contractor's a. System: Three coats - first coat manufacturer's recommended primer sealer, and second and third coats epoxy ;. option. Overage shall be taken from the batch mix furnished for the work. Overage shall be furnished in completely coating. filled, properly labeled, sealed cans. b. Sheen: Gloss, unless indicated otherwise. G. Materials: c. Application: gypsum board wall surfaces as scheduled. 1. General Requirements: Paints not specifically listed shall be "first quality" commercial products from one of the following: 4. Wood - Stain & Varnish Transparent Finish System: a. Benjamin Moore Paint Company. a. System: Four coats; first coat stain, second coat alkyd sanding sealer, and third and fourth coats alkyd varnish. m �' ti: b. Pittsburgh Paints. (Available nationally) Sand with 220 grit sandpaper between coats. Filler need not be used for open grain woods. `` �f. �` '� '�` c. Pratt & Lambert. (Available nationally) b. Sheen: Semi-gloss, unless indicated otherwise. d. The Sherwin-Williams Company. ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION ............... .................. ...... ....... SP-908 OWNER/TENANT: 1 441-¢II STRUCTURAL NOTES ADJACENT TENANT 2 A. GENERAL G O D I VA Chocolatier 1. THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO BE SELF-SUPPORTING AND STABLE AFTER THE GODIVA CHOCOLATIER, INC. THE CONSTRUCTION IS FULLY COMPLETED. IT IS SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S 333 WEST 34TH STREET A RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE AND NEW YORK, NY 10001 TO INSURE THE SAFETY OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT PARTS PROJECT PLANNER: DURING ERECTION. THIS INCLUDES THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER SHORING, SHEETING, TEMPORARY BRACING, GUYS OR TIEDOWNS WHICH MIGHT BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL SHALL REMAIN THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. I 2. IT IS SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE NEW RTU SAFETY CODES AND REGULATIONS DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 2246 LBS. I 3. EQUIPMENT FRAMING LOADS, OPENINGS AND STRUCTURE IN ANY WAY RELATED TO HVAC, PLUMBING, OR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR BIDDING NEW L3X3X1/4 PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THE INVOLVED (TYP.) TRADES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SUCH PORTION OF THE WORK. EXCESS WJCA INC. I COST RELATED TO VARIATION IN THESE REQUIREMENTS TO BE BORNE BY THE 763 SUSQUEHANNA AVE. APPROPRIATE CONTRACTOR. FRANKLIN LAKES, NJ 07417 171 TEL: 201-848-9060 I 4. SHOULD ANY OF THE DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS CONFLICT FAX: 201-848-9881 I I I WITH THESE STRUCTURAL NOTES, THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR WITH EACH OTHER, N THE STRICTEST PROVISION SHALL GOVERN. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: I o -' ID 5. ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS JOSEPH LIM RE w I SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL CONFORM TO THOSE 3260 W. HENDERSON RR N SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. SUITE10 I N Li DID O 6. EXISTING BUILDING: PROVIDE TEMPORARY SUPPORTS AND OTHER MEASURES AS TEL' OH 43220 dl 2 3 (� REQUIRED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING BUILDING DURING CONSTRUCTION. X26 2806 S� 03 Zz FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WHICH AFFECT THE FAX: 614$26-2805 I I I D_ I I 0 NEW CONSTRUCTION. N z B. DESIGN LOADS X I W I 1 < 1. ROOF LIVE LOADS NEW DUCT OPENINGS I A. MINIMUM ROOF LIVE LOAD = 20 psf. IN EXIST. ROOF DECK I B. DESIGN ROOF LIVE LOAD = 20 psf. I FOR NEW RTU DUCTW RK I 2. WIND LOAD DESIGN DATA: AS REQUIRED. I A. BASIC WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST) = 90 MPH, EXP. C B. WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR (Iw) = 1 .15 C. BUILDING CATEGORY 1 3. EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA: G O D I VA A. SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0 I I Chocolatier - - - - - - I - B. SEISMIC USE GROUP . 1 B C. Ss = 0.983, Si = 0.422 STORE NO: E. SITE CLASS = D 524 F. SDS = 0.725, Sol = .444 G. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D PROJECT LOCATION: F. ANALYSIS PROCEDURE: EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE I I I C. STRUCTURAL STEEL WASHINGTON SQ. MALL SPACE B04 1. MATERIALS: 9585 SW WASHINGTON I A. STRUCTURAL STEEL: ASTM A36, FY = 36 KSI: HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS: SQUARE ROAD I ASTM A325 OR A490: ELECTRODES: SERIES E70. PORTLAND, OR 90703 2. SPECIFICATIONS: A. WELDING PERSONNEL AND PROCEDURES ARE TO BE QUALIFIED PER AWS D1 .1 . UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OTHERWISE, DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION TO BE GOVERNED BY: 1 . AISC ASD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS ISSUE DATE: I 2. AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE 3. STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE, AWS D1 .1 OF THE AMERICAN NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WELDING SOCIETY. 12-11-15 ISSUEDFORBID, PERMIT AND LANDLORD 4. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ASTM A325 OR REVIEW A490 BOLTS �-- ---------- --------- ----------- -------------------- ---------- ------ 3. PAINT: - A. FINISHED PRODUCT CONCEALED FROM VIEW. DO NOT PAINT ANY STEEL WHICH WILL BE LOCATED OUT OF VIEW. 00, 44I-411 2i_(on 00, 4. GALVANIZING: A. ALL SHELF ANGLES, LINTELS IN EXTERIOR WALLS, AND ALL EXTERIOR ADJACENT TENANT STEEL EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED. 5. MISCELLANEOUS: HOLES FORRTU FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 3/8" = l'-O" A S RUICURALL DE DRAWINGSOTOBTAIN PRIOR IS PROVAL. NOT SHOWN ON THE B. STEEL SUPPORTING OR CONNECTED TO HVAC AND OTHER EQUIPMENT AND ROOF OPENINGS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS SHOWN FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL RECONCILE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THEIR WORK. P-20 GA MTL. STRAP D. WELDING (TYP.8 LOCATIONS - 2 PER SIDE)SEE DETAIL 3/5100 MECHANICAL UNIT 1 . REFERENCES: FOR ADDITIONAL BASE RAIL A. AWS D1 .1 - "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STEEL" INFORMATION--,,", B. AWS D1 .3 - "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - SHEET STEEL" (3)M0 TEK SCREUS ;:<<d RO MECHANICAL UNIT /,,''5 IN L3x3xl/4 11/2" METAL DECK 2. ALL WELDING BY AWS QUALIFIED OPERATORS. a f 7 I -20 GA,STRAP CONCENTRATED LOAD ROUND BAR /4 (TYP. ® EQUIPMENT SUPPORT) (TTP.OF 8) NOT ACCEPTABLE _ C T.O.JOIST RE-INF. WITH ANGLE AS SHOWN AT LEFT) sJN (3)'10 TEK SCREU)S R� � �t j tv 10 t. PM 1.�'1'1�� EXIST.STL.JOIST 1 I . ROOF FRAMING NOTES 3/16 (TYP) 3/16 (TYPJ Ulu 1. DESIGN ROOF LIVE LOAD = 20 PSF. 1/4 DRAWING TITLE: PFV 5UPPOR 2. EXISTING ROOF CONSTRUCTION: METAL ROOF DECK ON JOIST SPACINS,FIELD VERIFY JOIST SPAT-W.,FIELD VERIFY STEEL JOISTS ® 7'-Q" Q.G. TYP. FOR ALL JOISTS SUPPORTING RTU FRAMING HANGER FIELD WELD 2 ANGLES FROM JOIST REINF. 3. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. AS REQ' I. THIS DETAIL IS TYPICAL UNDER ALL ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT CONCENTRATED LOAD FROM TOP TOP OR BOTTOM CHORD PANEL PER DET.4/5103 CURBS, AND AT ALL ROOF OPENINGS GREATER THAN 12". OR BOTTOM CHORD BETWEEN PANEL POINT TO CONCENTRATED LOAD ROOF TOP UNIT DIMENSIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED PLAN 2, ALL UELDIN3 TO JOISTS SHALL BE DONE U11TH CARE SO FINAL LOCATIONS OF ANGLES POINTS. VERIFY LOCATION AND LOCATION. (ONE ANGLE EACH WITH APPROVED RTU MANUFACTURER DRAWINGS. AS NOT TO IMPAIR THE JOISTS, TO BE COORDINATED WITH NUMBER OF LOADS W/ ARCH., SIDE OF JOIST CHORDS.) 3. BOLT CUFZ13 TO SUPPORTING ANGLES U11TH 1/2" DIA.A325 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER HVAC, PLUMB. & ELEC. DWGS. (NOT REQ'D ANGLE SIZES 4. SUPPORT FRAMING SHOWN IS FOR THE RTU'S SPECIFIED THRU BOLTS( 2 PER SIDE - TOTAL OF 8 PER UNIT) REQ'D FOR CONCENTRATED LOADS ARE AS FOLLOWS: LESS THAN 100#) ON MECHANICAL DRAWING. IF A DIFFERENT UNIT IS TO JOIST DEPTH ANGLE SIZE BE USED, CONTACT THE ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING. 8" TO 24" L1 1/2x1 1/2x1/8 26" TO 48" L2x2x3/16 5. IF EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE PROJECT NO: INSTALLATION OF ROOF TOP UNITS. 154129 1 54 2^ 6. - INDICATES ROOF OPENING. I I y DRAWING NO: S103 2 SECTION SCALE: NONE 3 TYP. STRAP DETAIL SCALE: NONE 4 JOIST MODIFICATION DETAIL SCALE: NONE � � . � . - IV111111-11.1-1-Ma , 11J." 1111.R1. I ­:%::�:_ <'::::::. ��...: I::,:::::,- , I 1. OWNER �. ;�. � ;�. - �. � .. 7 I HVAC SPECIFICATION The air balancing contractor shall include the additional cost to change every fan factory installed fabrication/installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for proper operation of units at performance requirements specified. When possible, field correct Fire extinguishing unit and controls shall be completely installed and wired within a stainless steel fire '11; !::::ii:iiii ....... .......'.............. --- . �$' ::i::�::::i::_. . . . :i!ii:I:Iii I p; . 23 05 01.00 - Common Requirements for HVAC sheave, pulley and/or belt of in order to obtain the design air flows. sealing joints and seams in cluctwork. malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units, which cannot be suppression cabinet, mounted on wall within 15 feet of range hood. �. .... .. . Duct Cement: Non-hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement, type applicable for tisfactorily corrected. Cabinet shall have space in lower portion of panel for 3-gang hood switch. �i :j:j:.j:�.-..-..W�. . ..'_ so ­� .."....... ......", ,i:Iii .....:: General Performing Testing, Adjusting and Balancing �. i?, -_ . fabrication/installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for Adjusting and Cleaning Provide the following for each hood: �. *11:1.'��. i". .I.I.I. ­.. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system identified, in accordance with the detailed �. :?�§,� 11� ...... . General Provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and General cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in ductwork. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with Complete pre-piping of kitchen hood with schedule 40 black iron pipe. �� i-*,iiI-:i:i Requirements apply to work of this section. edures outlined in the referenced standards. * N .... proc . .Yg�//` .. :j ��i� ,� Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped galvanized steel manufacturer's touch-up point. Fuel shut-off device with manual reset relay solenoid shutoff valve. �. �.,/. ":� .::: :� ... �. .. . �:.: 111 1 Cut insulation, cluctwork, and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary .... ...��� jii� Scope fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. i&, ......... ..... to allow adequate performance of procedures. One double pole, double throw microswitch for electric appliances. �1 ..............'. .... ,ii. ::::�:, I���I��I , Spare Parts ::I- ....... .*,, The base bid includes furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment and the performance of all Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those removed. Flexible Ducts All detectors, links, release mechanism, tanks and fire suppression agent. ;Ii, .:M;.::�::-;]Iiiii��i��: :*,�,, General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, one spare set of belts for each belt drive power ventilator. � lx�.:,3**�l:;:�::::::i���i�ii��iiiiiii:-i.,*::*, ­W,�,111; :i�:�:IiIIiIIIIIII�i,I work required to install a complete heating and air conditioning system as outlined herein. One manual pull station for fire extinguishing unit located at fire suppression cabinet. Pull station �. WIY- . iili!�*,!�il�i!I�1.-.,..... .$$: .,.... 1: .1 . �i!:!:�.E . Seal ducts and piping, and test for and repair leaks. Either spiral-wound spring steel with flameproof vinyl sheathing, or corrugated aluminum. Unless ,I :*i*..:: 11 : Guarantee Seal insulation to re-establish integrity of the vapor barrier. specifically mentioned, the maximum length of flex duct on the supply equals 5 feet. Flex is not 23 34 33 00 - Air Curtains shall be located at least 10 feet away from cooking operation in a visible and accessible location ?$ - . .___.. �1' .............. ....-.._........ .................... ....­_ allowed for return, relief or exhaust applications. The flexible ducts indicated for use in the H.V A C near the exit from the cooking area. If. �­ The contractor shall provide a guarantee in written form stating that all work under this section shall Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions; valve indicators, fan speed control " i ' General �. system shall conform to the requirements of UL 181 for Class 0 or Class 1 flexible air ducts and Provide all necessary switches, emergency gas valves, control wiring and two set of No/NC contacts � be free of defective work, materials, or parts for a period of one year from the date of owner's final levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark with point or other suitable, General: Provide air doors of size and capacity as noted on drawings. Air doors shall operate at a If,. shall be so Identified. for interface with the gas valve and fire alarm system. -� 12011 NE 1st ST acceptance and shall repair, revise or replace at no cost to the owner any such defects occurring permanent identification materials. low sound level and meet OSHA standards. I,, within the guarantee period. Contractor shall also state in written form that any items or Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications, and resubmit Where installed in unconditioned spaces other than return air plenums, provide 1" thick 1-1/2 lb. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide automatic fire protection system �1: occurrences arising during the guarantee period will be attended to in a timely manner and will in no test results. continuous flexible fiberglass sheath with vinyl vapor barrier jacket. Construction: of one of the following: `,?. Building C, Suite 202 eed four (4) working days from date of notification by owner. Installation is not permitted above drywall ceilings and inaccessible ceilings. Wheels: Talc-filled polypropylene or aluminum. Safety First IiI 23 07 13.00 - Duct Insulation Housing: Galvanized steel. 1 Bellevue, WA 98005 F Ansul �i� Quality Assurance Provide insulation on all concealed supply, return and outside air ductwork. All liners, insulation and Fabrication Motorboard: Galvanized steel. I�I Kidde 'i Provide a complete installation in conformance with the following standards. adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not Shop fabricate cluctwork in 4, 8, 10 or 12-ft lengths, unless otherwise indicated or required to Velocity Control: Provide adjustable louver damper controls for regulating rate of air flow. When ,'. ARCHITECT OF RECORD �. i�� ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers more than 50. complete runs. All ductwork shall be Pittsburgh Construction with a minimum of thickness of 24 louvers are completely closed air velocity shall reduce to sixty percent. Inspection �. �..: �]] NFPA: National Fire Protection Association Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with gouge. In addition, cluctwork used in systems over 3" W.G. shall have cold sealant applied. Shop Directional Control: Provide adjustable vanes at outlet nozzle for directing air where needed and General: Examine areas and conditions under which equipment is to be installed. Do not proceed 311. �; ASTM C 612, Type IB, without facing and with vapor barrier all-service jacket manufactured from fabricate ductwork of gauges and reinforcement complying with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction I � SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. readily set to compensate for possible draft conditions through door openings. Vanes shall have a with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1�1, I �' kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value Standards". forty percent girth sweep front to back. � Statewide Building Code Installation 0 IMC: International Mechanical Code as required by Code. Lined Duct Motors: Provide totally enclosed shaded-pole, or permanent-split capacitor motors, Class "B" Coordinate work with work of roofing, walls, and ceilings, as necessary for proper interfacing. I . ��' Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with insulation, resiliently mounted, tap wound with built-in thermal overload protection, and with ,j�: I Duct connections to be provided by the HVAC contractor. I... Fabricate cluctwork with duct liner in each section of duct where indicated. Laminate liner to internal ��i�iI .�'. Permits, Fees, Inspections, Laws and Regulations ASTM C 553, Type 11, without facing and with vapor barrier all-service jacket manufactured from permanently lubricated type sleeve or ball bearings. Select motors with the voltage as scheduled. . . ':.:.::.,.....I - ....- `_­'�� surfaces of duct in accordance with instructions by manufacturers of lining and adhesive, and fasten ..... .......::::::::::: :" I:�iI�'.i - I,......... .1� � kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value Extended Motor Oilers: Provide plastic tubes for lubricating motor bearings which are installed Refer to manufacturers installation instructions. �,,,�......""..''.,...............,...,.",.,'I ._'............. ............ .. ...�..,:%..::::::::::::::::::::::::::] .1... -_.-.---.-.-.,--_....�­ �:o:�:]:]xx�:��:]:j] I 1� ... -��..................................... `�:i. � Permits and fees of every nature required in connection with this work shall be obtained and paid for ith mechanical fasteners. Duct liner to be 3-lb density for acoustic requirements 1" thick or as , ,,­.. ,'I'..*$, �. as required by Code. w The termination of kitchen exhaust outlets shall not be less than 10 feet horizontally from parts of i !�����!��!���i�!�!�!���.-,�.*.�.**- �:, �'� by this contractor who shall also pay for all the installation fees and similar charges. Laws and noted. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need beneath grille. IN!.................. ... - ..��;:::::;::X­...1.11 IiI 1. .......... �., �� regulations, which bear upon or affect the various branches of this work shall be complied with by Vapor Barrier Material for Ductwork: Paper-backed aluminum-foil, except as otherwise indicated- the same or contiguous buildings, adjacent property lines and air intakes. �.-.,::::;!:::::: .. ­­­ . .. .. . __ " , , , .1 , . . "I'll",- ... ..:: .1.1.1.1.11.11. ....... :: . . ..::;:::�:::::�� :- to be increased if lined duct is used. Motor Controls: Provide multi-speed motor control switch with OFF position, mounted behind access 1 - � - ....... 11�1.- strength and permeability rating equivalent to factory-applied vapor barriers on adjoining ductwo�k Outlet shall not be less than 10 feet vertically above adjoining grade level. � M�IX. .........,..-.............-....-.... ..... ...__�_­ ,:. ..... ,. ... ..... ... . . this contractor and are hereby made a part of this contract. All work, which such laws require to door. ­­­I.I....:.,.......I�li��l!l�l!!,.�...... I .... If. ion, where available; with following additional construction characteristics: Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be _ .......................- --..........................................,-�- ..................... "i insulat .....................�� � be inspected, shall be submitted to the proper public official for inspection and a certificate of final . Fans: Provide double width, double inlet centrifugal fans, which are balanced statically and The exhaust fan shall be installed a minimum of 10'-O"from any roof edge regardless of location � :j:j:j:�:�:]�]:�:�;�:�:�:�:�:]:�:�:�:�:�:�:�:�:�:�:�:j:j:j:j:�:j:j:i:i., 11 �� increased if lined duct is used. �i��%%% ���:�:�.:�:j:j:j:�:j:j:�:j:j:�:j:'I � approval must be furnished. High Puncture Resistance: Low vapor transmission (for ducts in exposed areas: Mech. Rooms, etc.) . dynamically, of indicated capacity. Select fans with single or double extended motor shaft, with fan indicated on plans, unless a screen wall or railing is installed per the local building code. See the 1" -:;:,;:::��i:��.�i� � I � Duct Liner: Fibrous glass of thickness indicated. 3-lb density. All liners, insulation and adhesives � ..:::�.:::::::::::::::,::::;:",.,.,�..- � �� �' Work in Existing Spaces Moderate Puncture Resistance: Medium vapor transmission (for ducts in concealed areas). housing and motor fastened as an integral assembly to a motorboard. architectural plans for coordination. " �1' shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 2 Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be �. ��$ General: Care shall be taken when working in existing spaces so as not to damage existing walls 23 09 93.00 - Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls 50. Electric Air Curtains �. �,--i ��. and ceilings where work is being performed. factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. �-*,* Duct Liner Adhesive Devices: Provide air doors with the following deAces: I G R A P H I T E � Ceilings: Where work is being performed above ceilings, and the arch Packaged Rooftop Unit Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation �. Y, itectural drawings do not indicate ceiling modifications by the general contractor, it shall be the responsibility of this 1. Startup Duct Liner Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Disconnect switch. �. � requirements of Division-16 sections. ' Graphite Design Automatic reset, high limit cut-out switch located in discharge air stream. 10 contractor to remove and replace existing ceilings where work is being performed. In those The unit shall operate on a 7 day/night programmable thermostat. Installation of Metal Ductwork Ensure that rotation is in direction indicated and intended for proper performance. r$ instances, all repair and installation of new grid, ceiling panels, etc shall be the responsibility of this Unit-mounted line voltage thermostat Do not proceed with centrifugal fan start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to fan Installer. 111 Group, LLC, Architects contractor. Match existing finishes. During startup, the fan shall run with the dampers in the full recirculation position. Provide occupied General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will Control Power Transformer �. changeover sequence with optimum start function. When the return air temperature reaches achieve air-tight (5% leakage for systems rated 3" and under; 1% for systems rated over 3") and Installation of Type 1 Kitchen Exhaust Ducts 1809 7th Avenue, Suite 700 Walls & Floors: It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to patch existing walls and floors occupied setpoint (adjustable), the minimum outside air damper shall open to the controlled minimum noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems, capable of performing each indicated service. Install each Magnetic Contactor (Relay Kit) General: Fabricate joints and seams with continuous welds for watertight construction. Provide for and match existing finishes where work is being removed or installed and patching is being outdoor air position. run with minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide electric air doors of one of the I Seattle, WA 981 01 performed, unless noted otherwise on the architectural drawings. following: thermal expansion of cluctwork through 2000 deg. F (1093 deg. C) temperature range. Install without 2. Supply Fan Control misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, dips or traps which may collect residues, except where traps have continuous or automatic residue 206.224.3335 Tests and Adjustments The supply fan speed shall be constant and set to the required CFM. braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true-to-shope and to prevent buckling. Mars Sales Company, Inc. removal. Provide access openings at duct connection to hood and at each change in direction, E No ducts, piping, fixtures or equipment shall be concealed or covered until they have been inspected 3. Space Temperature Control Support vertical ducts at every floor. King National i�i CONSULTANT located on sides of duct 1-1/2" minimum from bottom, and fitted with grease-tight covers of same �. ��i and approved by the Architect and the inspector who shall be notified by the contractor when the Provide local wall mounted room temperature thermostat with digital display of room temperature Sealing: Seal all longitudinal seams, S's and drives and all joints with mastic or cement. Install Raywall material as duct. �. work is ready for inspection. and setpoint (+/- deg. F. adjustable), and override feature. according to SMACNA standards. Inspection Work shall be completely installed, tested and leak tight before inspection is required. All tests shall 4. Minimum Outside Air Control Balancing Dampers: The sheet metal contractor shall be fully responsible for installing balancing Examine areas and conditions under which air curtains are to be installed. Do not proceed with work Field Quality Control be repeated to the satisfaction of those making the inspection. Testing: After installation of Hood exhaust system has been completed, test each system to During occupied mode the minimum outside air damper shall be open. Provide motorized outdoor air dampers in the ductwork, (whether shown on the drawing or not) in order to arrive at the intended until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. demonstrate proper operation of units at performance requirements specified. When possible, field 23 05 03.00 - submittals for HVAC damper. air flow. The balancing sub-contractor shall provide direction and assistance in determining locations where dampers are required. Additional dampers, if required shall be installed at no additional cost to Installation correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units which cannot be 5. Economizer Control the owner. General: Install air doors as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation satisfactorily corrected. General Provide dual enthalpy economizer control. Economizer control shall be enabled whenever the outside Wall Penetrations: Seal and pack around all ducts and piping sleeves which pass through walls that instructions. Provide testing, permits and approvals as required by state and local authorities. Where submittals are required by the Contract Documents, they shall be prepared and supplied in air enthalpy is lower than the return air entholpy. Entholpy shall be calculated from sensors which ML7RIX accordance with the Contract Documents. In addition to Division 01, the Contractor is advised to are tied to the same controller for accuracy. During economizer mode, the outside air damper shall extend to bottom side of structure and rated walls. Locate air doors as indicated, coordinate with other trades to assure correct recess size for Adjusting and Cleaning E N G I N E E R S review and comply with the requirements articulated within each Division and within each section of modulate to 100% open. The economizer damper shall modulate open on a call for cooling and Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop-fabricated recessed units. Clean factory-finished surfaces. . that Division. modulate closed on a call for heating. The return damper shall modulate inversely with the work and accommodate installation requirements. Provide disconnect at side for unit for installation in recessed ceiling. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces. Some Divisions may include a division-specific 'Submittal Requirements for ...."section. Where this economizer damper. Economizer shall have powered relief. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid Provide trim piece to finish linear slot supply in ceiling for recessed units. 1131 SW 7TH ST, SUITE 110 section exists, it articulates additional requirements for submittals that apply to the work of that 6. Cooling Control diagonal runs wherever possible. Run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct useable Protect units with protective covers during balance of construction. 23 74 33.00 - Packaged Outdoor Rooftop Units Division. ontrolled to maintain space temperature setpoint. On a coil for cooling the heating space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead Coordinate with other electrical work, including wiring/cabling, as necessary to properly interface Warranty RENTON, WA 98057 The following requirements help to identify, track and keep the project organized for all parties shall be off. On a further call for cooling, enable the economizer mode. On a further call for cooling, construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit installation of heating terminal units with other work. Warranty on Compressor and Heat Exchanger: Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, !!! involved. They are necessary to ensure a timely turnaround and an appropriate technical review. disable the economizer mode and the mechanical cooling shall be staged on. clearance to 1/2" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts. but allow for IiI Clean dust and debris from each heating terminal as it is installed to ensure cleanliness. agreeing to replace/repair, within warranty period, compressors and heat exchangers with inadequate "; Submittals that do not conform to the administrative requirements are rejected and returned, without 7. Heating Control insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1" clearance outside of I www.metrixeng.com technical review. Comb out damaged fins where bent or crushed before covering elements with enclosures. and defective materials and workmanship, including leakage, breakage, improper assembly, or failure �. ontrolled to maintain space temperature setpoint. On a call for heating, the insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating �. in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal Touch-up scratched or marred heating terminal enclosure surfaces to match original finishes. to perform as required; provided manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting, and �. Requirements mechanical cooling shall be off. On a further call for heating, the economizer mode shall be disabled. runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. Replacement is limited to component Supply submittals for each section: Submittals shall be supplied on a section-by-section and On a further call for heating the gas heating shall be staged on. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's replacement only, and does not include labor for removal and reinstallation. type-by-type basis. For example, independent product data submittals shall be furnished for each 8. Smoke Detector Warranty Period: 5 years from date of owner acceptance. section that requires product data submittals. Independent shop drawing submittals shall be furnished Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults and their electrical torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening for each section that requires shop drawings. Refer to the specifications for identification of which When the smoke detector is alarmed, the system shall be alarmed and the air handler shall fall safe equipment spaces and enclosures. torques specified in UL Std 486A. Rooftop Units 25 Tons and Under SEAL with manual reset. Electrical contractor shall furnish, HVAC Contractor shall mount & Electrical �11 submittals are required for the project. Separate PDF file packages shall be supplied for each contractor shall wire a UL listed photoelectric smoke detector per local code authority having Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to Grounding General: Rooftop unit shall be factory-assembled and tested, designed for roof or slab installation ;�; view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal and, consisting of compressors, condensers, evaporator coils, condenser and evaporator fans, PH Ofo � section, for each submittal type, where electronic submittals are required. Each PDF shall represent a jurisdiction. Provide equipment grounding connections for electric heating terminals as indicated. Tighten � refrigeration and temperature controls, filters, and dampers. � single standalone submittal. 9. Unoccupied Mode flanges of some gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2". Fasten to duct and connections to comply with tightening torque values specified in UL Std 486A to assure permanent I �. substrate. and effective grounding. Capacities and electrical characteristics are scheduled. G 1 9,4 D rf Separately bound and identified submittals shall be provided where harcicopies are required. During the unoccupied mode of operation, the RTU shall go into night setback mode. %,- I Where ducts pass through fire-rated floors, walls, or partitions, provide fire dampers and firestopping Casing manufacturer's standard casing construction, having corrosion protection coating, and exterior . �; Include a transmittal: Transmittals shall enumerate each submittal for each section of each type and 10. Night Setback/Shutdown Field Quality Control 9 .T_ iteration. At night setback/shutdown the RTU shall go to fail safe position. Fall safe position is defined by the between duct and substrate, in accordance with requirements of Division-7 Section "Firestopping". Upon completion of installation of electric heating terminals, and after building circuitry has been finish. Casings shall have removable panels or access doors for inspection and access to internal I Include cover sheet / title page: The cover sheet shall include the information identified in the following: The supply fan is off, the outdoor air intake damper is closed, the heating is off and the Coo.rdination: Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, energized, test heating terminals to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. parts, a minimum of 1" thick thermal insulation, knockouts for electrical and piping connections, and I contract documents. It shall be included as the first page of each electronic and/or hardcopy mechanical cooling is off. The supply fan shall cycle in conjunction with either the heating or cooling equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, an exterior condensate drain connection, and lifting lugs. R N .. document-based submittal. An editable and printable PDF form created with editable fields and system to maintain a minimum/maximum space temperature depending on the season. Installation of Duct Liner remove and replace with new units and proceed with retesting. Roof Curbs: Manufacturer's standard construction, insulated and having corrosive protective coating, 4- -11 11 specification compliant appearance is available from KLH upon request. It is also downloadable from General: Install duct liner in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Size of Replace electric heating terminals and accessories which are damaged and remove damaged items complete with factory-installed wood nailer and drain nipple. Construction shall be in accordance 1,10, 0 with NRCA Standards. IV the KLH website at www.klhengrs.com. Toilet Exhaust Fans (Manual) ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be from construction site. XtA ,�v Include an index: The index shall enumerate the contents of the submittal. Exhaust fans shall be controlled by local manual switch furnished, installed and wired by electrical increased if lined duct is used. Evaporator Fans: Forward-curved, centrifugal, belt-driven fans with adjustable sheaves; and ROVA " Include checklists: Where checklists are included with the specifications, complete and include them contractor. When activated, exhaust fan motor damper shall open and fan shall start. Electrical Wiring permanently lubricated motor bearings. - , I. I Store internally lined ductwork up off of the floor. Protect internally lined ductwork from water and �-.* within the appropriate submittal. Supply complete submittals: Complete submittals of each type are (indicated by EC on HECS schedule) dust. "Butter the leading edge of all internal duct lining with the manufacturer's recommended General: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be Condenser fans: Propeller-type, direct-driven fans with permanently lubricated bearings. �!i required. Partial submittals will be rejected.Where a section requires a product data submittal, all factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. Coils: Aluminum plate fin and seamless copper tube type. Fins shall have collars drawn, belled and 1: 524 1 �f adhesive. / I I� product data for that section shall be supplied together, at one time, as one complete submittal. Do Kitchen Hood Exhaust Fan (Type 1) �. P Inspect and repair all damaged lining prior to installation of ductwork. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation firmly bonded to the tubes by means of mechanical expansion of the tubes. No soldering or tinning �. , I". �� not send half the product data as one submittal and the other half as a separate one. When Provide heat detector in hood collar interlocked to fan operation requirements of the electrical specifications. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring shall be used in the bonding process. Coils shall have a galvanized steel casing. Coils shall be III �. � ��' resubmittal is required (e.g. Revise and Resubmit) the revised submittal shall be more complete, The Kitchen Hood exhaust system shall be initiated by the heat detector. Provide indicator light on Installation of Flexible Ducts installation is acceptable to equipment installer. mounted in the coil casing with same end connections accessible for service. Coils shall be more accurate and more contract-compliant than its rejected predecessor. The submittal number face of hood. At startup, energize exhaust fan motor. Interlock to makeup air system (whether Maximum Length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 5' - O" extended length. removable from the unit through the roof or through the piping enclosure. Coil section shall be (for each section and type) shall increment for each subsequent submittal (00 - Original submission, dedicated makeup air or makeup air from HVAC system), so that makeup air is provided whenever Installation shall have smooth full radius turns down to diffuser. Adjusting and Cleaning ompletely insulated. 01 - First Resubmission, 02 - Second Resubmission, etc...). Resubmittals shall include a copy of the exhaust fan is running. Installation not permitted above inaccessible ceilings. General: After construction is completed, including painting, clean unit exposed surfaces. vacuum Refrigerant cooling coils: have an equalizing type vertical distributor to ensure each coil circuit reviewers comments supplied with the prior submittal rejection and shall be amended with a The exhaust fan shall run continuously at constant speed. At shutdown, the exhaust fan shall stop. clean terminal coils and inside of cabinets. receives the same amount of refrigerant. Coils shall be proof (450 psig) and leak (300 psig) tested description of the specific action taken to comply with the reviewer's comments. The absence of this Provide all controls and wiring for complete interlock and operation of Kitchen Hood, and exhaust 23 34 23.00 - HVAC Power Ventilators Retouch any marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials with air pressure under water, then cleaned, dehydrated, and sealed with a holding charge of on resubmittal is cause for rejection. fan. Axial Roof Ventilators furnished by manufacturer. nitrogen. Name electronic flies to match the submittal ID and cover sheet: The electronic file name of Provide axial roof type, curb mounted, power ventilators of type, size, and capacity as scheduled, and Install new filter units for terminals requiring some. Compressors: Serviceable, semi-hermetic, or hermetic compressors with integral vibration isolators, submittals shall match the submittal ID included on the submittals cover page. For example:The Controls as specified herein. 23 37 13.00 - Diffusers, Registers and Louvers and crankcase heaters, which de-energize during compressor operation. . original/first product data submittal for Section 234116 would be labeled as '234116.00-PD-00" the Electrical contractor will provide power wiring. HVAC contractor shall provide all the low voltage Units shall also have: , * .1 wiring of HVAC units and controls, thermostats and controllers. Thermostat shall be by the Type: Axial fan, direct or belt driven as scheduled. Provide aluminum, galvanized steel, or fiberglass 11111 first resubmittal of same shall be labeled '234116.00-PD-01". The original/first shop drawings Ceiling Air Diffusers I weatherproof housings as scheduled. Provide square base to suit roof curb. Provide permanent Thermal expansion valves, filter dryers, sight glasses, compressor isolation service valves, liquid line �'I submittal file for the same section would be labeled '234116.00-SD-00", the first resubmittal of manufacturer of the HVAC unit (heat/cool/auto/off) with night setback. Provide plastic protective split-capacitor type motor for direct driven fans; cap acitor-start, induction-run type motor for belt Diffuser Faces: service valves �K � same shall be labeled '234116.00-SD-01". cover for all thermostats. '. 0 driven fans. Diffuser Mountings: Minimum of 2 refrigerant circuits for units having 2 or more compressors; suction line accumulators �� " � Low Voltage Thermostats Provide the Following Types of Housing Design: Lay-in: Diffuser housing sized to fit between ceiling exposed suspension tee bars and rest on top Safety Controls: ::: or_ C Use of Electronic Drawings from the Owner's Design Team I Plan drawings for the Project were created with AutoCAD. Low voltage thermostats shall be furnished, installed and wired by the HVAC contractor. The electrical Upblast. surface of tee bar. low pressure cutout, manual reset; �. contractor shall provide 4"square x 1- 1/2"deep wall outlet boxes (with single-gang rings) for all Electrical: Provide factory-wired non-fusible type disconnect switch at motor in fan housing Diffuser Dampers: �. If expressly permitted by the Owner and the terms of the Contract, editable electronic versions of I. high pressure cutout, manual reset; � >_ thermostats/sensors. The electrical contractor shall provide one 3/4"empty conduit Opposed Blade Dampers: Multiple opposed blade dampers connected to linkage adjustable from face compressor motor overload protection, manual reset; i�: �'. standard-scale, AutoCAD-bosed plan drawings may be made available for the creation of shop and from each Provide thermal overload protection In fan motor. Provide conduit chase within unit for electrical �. or_ os-built drawings. thermostat/sensor location, turned out above accessible ceilings (in joist space or against overhead connection. of diffuser with key. anti-recycling timing device; �. Integral: Combination volume control and pattern adjustment for linear diffusers. ,I ()r M r, - Due to the proprietary nature of internal design systems, editable native-software versions of some slab/deck). The HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall provide all other necessary conduit, Bird Screens: Provide removable bird screens, 1/2" mesh, 16-ga aluminum or brass wire. adjustable low-ambient lockout; . drawings, including but not limited to system diagrams and details will not be made available in an raceway and wiring related work. Conduit shall be Identified in ceiling cavity and shall be provided Dampers: Provide motor-actuated louvered dampers in curb bases. Damper motor shall be 12OV/ 1 Diffuser Acoustic Performance: NC less than or equal to 30 oil pressure switch. C\J editable form. In these cases, electronic versions of the drawings may be made available only in with sweep bends, bushings and dragline. phase unless otherwise noted. Diffuser Accessories: Plaster Ring: Perimeter ring designed to act as plaster stop and diffuser Controls: UJ CN4 PDF, JPG or similar non-editoble electronic form, at the sole discretion of the Design Professional. The HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall coordinate with the General Contractor to ensure Provide local disconnect switch. anchor. redundant gas valves; LJ_ p., .. The Request Drawings form can be accessed, filled out and submitted at the following internet thermal envelope is maintained at these locations. Dampers utilized for pressure relief applications shall be tight seal, motorized, with blade and edge Titus TRM frame kit intermittent pilot ignition; U) M ��. address (scroll down to bottom of home page): http://www.klhengrs.com. General Control Wiring Requirements and Installation Methods seals. Diffuser Finishes: White Enamel: Semi-gloss white enamel prime finish. �?; electronic spark ignition system; �� Roof Curb: Provide factory fabricated roof curb by the same manufacturer as the equipment. Roof Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the following: __J ry I,,* 23 05 29.00 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment Except where specifically indicated otherwise above, the HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall high limit cutout; � provide all electrical work as required for all temperature control related wiring (i.e. conduit, raceway, curb to be insulated. Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. forced draft proving switch; _J 0 . General outlet boxes, junction boxes, wiring, etc.) in accordance with Electrical Specifications requirements. Duct Lining: Provide 1" thick, 3-lb density duct liner a minimum of 10' (ten feet) up stream of fan. Metal-Aire flame roll-out switch. I Support all piping, ductwork and equipment by hangers or brackets. Furnish structural steel Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide axial roof ventilators of one of the Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. %_.0 � Economizer: , ,_ �$- members where required to support piping and equipment. No portion of piping or valves shall be All conduit shall be 3/4"minimum. = C) �. following: �� supported by equipment. Coordinate all thermostat/sensor locations in field (case by case) with Architect, Owner and Electrical Enthalpy Controlled Economizer Control: �ii Contractor to ensure that they are placed in locations that will not interfere with furniture, Acme Price Provide return and outside air dampers, outside air filter, fully modulating electric control system with 11; � Ductwork - Support by means of hangers as follows: Breidert Ceiling and Wall Registers & Grilles dry control, and adjustable mixed-air thermostat. System shall be capable of driving 100% closed UJ 0 [)f � Duct Width Hanger Size and Type Max. Spacing equipment, artwork, wall-hung specialties, room finishes, etc. All thermostat/sensor wall locations "I indicated on HVAC drawings are schematic only and must be verified case-by-case prior to Carnes Steel Construction: Manufacturer's standard stamped sheet steel frame and adjustable blades. for unoccupied mode, minimum outside air position and modulation to 100 percent open outside air U) < � 8 rough-in. � 30 or less (#16 gage) Cook Co., Loren. capability. Provide automatic changeover through adjustable control device. ��- Register Dampers: , �11. A pair of hangers shall be located at every transverse joint and elsewhere according to the table. All electrical work as described in this specification shall be per the latest edition of the Notional Greenheck Fan Corp. Opposed Blade: Adjustable opposed-blade damper assembly, key operated from face of register. Heating Types: W 3�: 0 23 05 93.00 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Electrical Code (NEC) and per applicable state and local codes. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc. Register and Grille Finishes: White Enamel: Semi-gloss white enamel prime finish. Gas Fired heat exchangers: Provide manufacturer's construction of aluminized steel gas-fired heat Where 'free-air"installation methods (either exposed above the ceilings, in bridle rings or in cable Jenn Fan Register and Grille Acoustic Performance: NC less than or equal to 30 exchangers and burners, designed for minimum of 2-stage operation. Provide single gas connection. U) �__ General trays) are permitted under Electrical Specifications above ceilings, provide plenum-rated cables Twin City Fan & Blower Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the following: Temperature Control: Factory-installed, demand-oriented solid-state control system above 5 tons Test, adjust, and balance the following mechanical systems: wherever plenum ceilings (if any) exist and install as defined under Electrical Specifications. Install low Ceiling Ventilators Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. shall have minimum of 2 cooling steps and 2 heating steps. Controls shall include solid-state C.0 Supply air systems voltage circuits, located in concrete slabs and masonry walls, in inaccessible locations, or exposed in Centrifugal Ceiling Exhausters: Provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters, clesigned for ceiling or wall Metal-Aire thermostats with dead-bond, and sub-base with system and fan switches. M B Return air systems. occupied areas, in electrical conduit regardless of what wiring methods are permitted under Electrical mounting, of type, size and capacity as scheduled. Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Relief: Ir- Exhaust air systems. Specifications. Barometric Relief - Shall include relief damper section with mist eliminator. Dampers open to relieve Verify temperature control system operation. Where cable trays or bridle rings are provided by the electrical contractor for low voltage cables, Provide AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. positive pressure within the building. Available only with economizer. 0 C111.4 Test systems for proper sound and vibration levels. these raceways may be utilized for control wiring by this contractor (provide special color cod d Type: Provide galvanized steel housing lined with acoustical insulation, adaptable for ceiling or wall Price Filters section: 2" thick fiberglass throwaway filters in filter rack, with maximum face velocity of V_ installation. Provide centrifugal fan wheels mounted on motor shaft with fan shrouds, all removable Quality Assurance jackets, label cable jackets per Electrical Specifications and group control wiring cables togeth:r). for service. Provide integral backdraft damper fan discharge. 23 38 13.00 - Commercial Kitchen Hoods and Ductwork 300 fpm. Codes and Standards: � Provide conduit drops from cable tray/bridle ring paths to wall outlet boxes and equipment unless Grille: Provide steel louvered grille with flange on intake with thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. Type 1 Commercial Kitchen Hood Accessories: Units shall include the following accessories as indicated or scheduled: AABC: "National Standards for Total System Balance". directed otherwise under Electrical Specifications. Motor: Provide permanent split-capacitor motor, permanently lubricated. Provide one Type 1, U.L. 710 Listed for specified exhaust. Unit to be 18 Gauge Stainless Steel (type Anti-recycling control to automatically prevent compressor restart for 5-minutes after shutdown. ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, 2011 Applications, Chapter 38, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. Regardless of permitted methods in Electrical Specifications, all cables/wiring installed concealed by Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard roof jack, wall cap, and transition fittings as indicated 304). Finish #3, welded liquid tight with stiffening ribs for strength and rigidity. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide rooftop units of one of the gypsum board, masonry or other inaccessible materials in walls or above ceilings shall be installed in on drawings or schedules. Provide the following for each hood: following: Submittals conduit, 3/4"minimum. Vibration Isolation; Provide spring floor isolators or hangers depending on type of installation. Aeon Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of All conduit, bridle rings, raceway, outlet boxes, etc. necessary for complete operational installation of Type I hood at CFM listed, without fire damper. BDP Co., Div of Carrier Corp. the Test and Balance Engineer. The reports shall be certified proof that the systems have been control wiring shall be provided (furnished and installed) by the temperature control contractor in Duct Lining: Provide 1" thick, 3-lb density duct liner a minimum of 5' (five feet) up and down Vaporproof U.L. listed incandescent light fixtures with 100 watt A19 lamps, prewired to j-box on top Carrier Air Conditioning, Div of Carrier Corp. tested, adjusted, and balanced in accordance with the referenced standards; cire an accurate strict compliance with Electrical Specifications documents. Coordinate ell work with all other stream of fan. of hood. Lennox Industries Inc. representation of how the systems have been installed; are a true representation of how the systems applicable trades including the electrical contractor. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide centrifugal ceiling exhousters of one Three-gang control panel mounted on most accessible wall near hood (coordinate installation with Trane (The) Co., Div of American Standard Inc. are operating at the completion of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures; and are an Provide all required conduit work to and between equipment in a manner compliant with that of the following: Electrical Contractor for wiring), including fan switch, indicator light and hood light switch. accurate record of all final quantities measured, to establish normal operating values of the systems. described above (i.e. between VAV boxes, to boilers, starters, condensing units, etc. as applicable). Acme Aluminum baffle filters Examination Follow the procedures and format specified below: Install control wiring without splices between terminal points, color-coded. Install in neat Breidert Adjustable rod hangers. Examine areas and conditions under which rooftop units are to be installed. Do not proceed with ISSUED / REVISED DATE Final Report: Upon verification and approval prepare final reports, type written, and organized and workmanlike manner, securely fastened. Install in accordance with National Electrical Code and per Cames work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. formatted as specified below. Submit 2 complete sets of final report to the owner. 18 gauge stainless steel enclosure panels (both ends and front) from top of canopy perimeter to PERMIT/BID 05.22.15 Electrical Specifications. Cook Co., Loren. finish ceiling. Installation Report Format: Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard for Install circuits over 25 volt with color-coded No. 12 wire in electrical metallic tubing, per Electrical Greenheck. each respective item and system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced. 18 gauge flat sheet stainless steel backsplash panel in wall canopy applications. General: Install rooftop units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install Specifications. Install circuits under 25 volt with color-coded No. 18 wire with 0.031" high Penn Ventilator Co., Inc. Manufacturer Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide Kitchen Range Hoods of one of units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's Qualifications temperature (105 degs. F [41 degs C]) plastic insulation on each conductor and plastic sheath over Jenn Fan the following: recommended clearances. The contractor shall procure the services of an independent Balance and Testing Agency, approved by all. Install electronic circuits with color-coded No. 22 wire with 0.023" polyethylene insulation on Twin City Fan & Blower Air Tech The rooftop unit(s) shall be installed a minimum of 10'-O"from any roof edge regardless of location the Engineer, and a member of Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or NEBB, which specializes in each conductor with plastic-jacketed copper shield over all. Inspection CaptiveAire indicated on plans, unless a screen wall or railing is installed per the local building code. See the the balancing and testing of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, to balance, adjust and Smoke Detector General: Examine areas and conditions under which power and gravity ventilators are to be installed. Greenheck architectural plans for coordination. test all air and water systems end equipment as herein specified, All work by this agency shall be done under direct supervision of a qualified heating and ventilating Engineer employed by this agency. All duct smoke detectors will be furnished by electrical contractor, installed by the HVAC contractor, Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Grease Master Support: Install and secure roof curb to roof structure, in accordance with National Roofing All instruments used by this agency shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working and wired by the electrical contractor per local codes. HVAC contractor will interlock RTU fan with Installation Induction Air Contractor's Association (NRCA) installation recommendations and shop drawings. Install and secure A order. Coordinate ventilator work with work of roofing, walls, and ceilings, as necessary for proper Larkin rooftop units on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing. Sequencing and Scheduling 23 31 13.00 - Metal Ducts interfacing. Ventmoster Condensate Piping: Provide Type L copper condensate piping with trap. Electrical Connections: Refer to Section 16142 - Electrical Connections for Equipment for final Test, adjust, and balance the air systems before hydronic, steam, and refrigerant systems. Ductwork Materials Provide access door in duct below ventilator to service damper. Type 1 Kitchen Exhaust Ductwork connections to equipment and installation of loose shipped electrical components. Test, adjust and balance air conditioning systems during summer season and heating systems during Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where cluctwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, Solder bottom joints and up 2" of side joints of duct under roof ventilator to retain any moisture General: Fabricate kitchen exhaust ducts and supports, used for smoke and vapor removal from Demonstration winter season, including at least a period of operation at outside conditions within 5 deg F wet bulb provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, entering ventilator. cooking equipment, of black iron where concealed or of 18-ga minimum stainless steel where temperature of maximum summer design condition, and within 10 deg F dry bulb temperature of stains and cliscolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. Access: Provide access and service space around and over fans as indicated, but in no case less exposed. For duct construction, comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards", and Start-Up Services: minimum winter design condition. Take final temperature readings during seasonal operation. Exposed ductwork which is to be pointed shall have point grip applied. than that recommended by manufacturer. NFPA 96 "Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment". Provide the services of a factory-au th orized service representative to start-up rooftop units, in PERMIT/1311D 05.22.15 Check all filters for cleanliness, provide new as required. Check dampers (volume and fire) for Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate cluctwork from galvanized sheet steel, lock Roof Curbs: Furnish roof curbs to roofing Installer for installation. Install according to roofing For access doors that are part of the tested enclosure system in kitchen grease exhaust duct, accordance with manufacturer's written start-up instructions. Test controls and demonstrate correct and locked position, and temperature control for completeness of installation before starting forming quality, with G 90 zinc coating and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. Minimum gauge manufacturer's recommendation and specifications. FireMaster F2-HT-XL3 Access doors are and acceptable. compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. fans. Place outlet dampers in full open position. Lubricate all motors and bearings. Check fan belt shall be 24. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be Provide a manual reset fire stat mounted in the exhaust duct above the hood for automatic Training of Owner's Personnel tension. Check fan rotation. Miscellaneous Ductwork Materials factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. shutdown of hood exhaust fan. Wiring by electrical contractor. Provide services of manufacturer's service representative to instruct Owner's personnel in operation Air balance and testing shall not begin until the system has been completed and is in full working Volume Dampers: Provide volume dampers in all branch ducts or as required for balancing to Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation Fire Protection System and maintenance of rooftop units. Training shall include start-up and shut-down, servicing and - MECHANICAL order. The Contractor shall put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment . I.. into full operation and shall continue the operation of same during each working day of testing and required air flows. requirements of Division-16 sections. Ensure that rotation is in direction indicated and intended for The HVAC contractor shall furnish and install a complete automatic fire protection system for the preventative maintenance schedule and procedures, and troubleshooting procedures plus procedures balancing. The contractor shall submit within 30 days after receipt of contract, 8 copies of Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum 15 deg. change of proper performance. Do not proceed with centrifugal fan start-up until wiring installation is range hoods approved equal to Ansul System. All cooking equipment located beneath the Range for obtaining repair parts and technical assistance. Review operating and maintenance data SPECIFICATIONS submittal data for the testing and balancing of the air conditioning, heating, and ventilating systems. direction per section. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45 deg. laterals and 45 deg. elbows acceptable to fan Installer. Hoods shall be protected against fire by the installation of AIRS or equal automatic liquid chemical contained in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Division One. The Air Balance and Testing Agency shall provide proof of having successfully completed at least five for branch takeoff connections. Where 90 deg. branches are indicated, provide conical type tees. Field Quality Control fire extinguishing system. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7-day prior notice to the Arch itect/Engin eer. '1' I. . projects of similar size and scope. Duct Sealant: Non-hardening, non-migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type applicable for Testing: After installation of ventilators has been completed, test eoch ventilator to demonstrate The system shall be installed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories listing and shall conform ..., with all state and local governing codes. .1. " � �Ill""I'll"--,�'ll",��/11,�ll"..",�'ll""I'�".,.,.,�11:1":::::::;.:::::I �­X:. _.:.:.:.:.:.__._�e�', - SP-909 . . ....... REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE: EXHAUST FAN INFORMATION — Job 2337572 FAN #1 CASRE13BD — EXHAUST FAN FAN FEATURES: 0 UNIT TAG FAN UNIT MODEL # CFM ESP. RPM H.P. B.H.P. 0 VOLT FLA DISCHARGE WEIGHT (LBS,) SONES NO VELOCITY - ROOF MOUNTED FANS 0 1 CASRE13BD 200 0.500 930 0,500 0,1090 1 115 8.0 209 FPM 240 5.7 12 1/2 - RESTAURANT MODEL 34 5/8 - UL762 12 3/16 - HIGH HEAT OPERATION DIRECT DRIVE 300°F (149°C) 9a;; FAN OPTIONS FAN - HIGH HEAT OPERATI❑N BELT DRIVE 500°F (260°C) UNIT TAG OPTION (Qty. - Descr,) 10 = HEAT SLINGER NO �I6 ®® 13 7/8 GREASE CLASSIFICATION TESTING E 1 1 - Utilit Set Grease Cu °n ®® ' Y P 65 ®® - TILT OUT WHEELid 1 - Extra Set of Belts ®®® - LOCKING PIN FOR POWER PACK 1 - RE13BD - High Temperature Heat & Smoke Option, •f o®®® - MOTOR WEATHER COVER � 24 7/8 1 - RE13 - Rain Cap Assembly - Includes Hardware And Gasket, - INTERLOCKED DISCONNECT SWITCHcu € , CD FAN ACCESSORIES �a NORMAL TEMPERATURE TEST BELT DRIVE EXHAUST SUPPLY ®® 21 EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY @ FAN ®®® 48 1/2 WHILE EXHAUSTING AIR AT 500°F (260°C) 00 UNIT TAG ® ®® UNTIL ALL FAN PARTS HAVE REACHED rn ® THERMAL EQUILIBRIUM, AND WITHOUT ANY NO. GREASE GRAVITY WALL SIDE GRAVITY MOTORIZED WALL , ®®® � DETERIORATING EFFECTS T❑ THE FAN WHICH J CUP DAMPER MOUNT DISCHARGE DAMPER DAMPER MOUNT ® Oat aEN aEh WOULD CAUSE UNSAFE OPERATION. 1 YES o• w 27 ABNORMAL FLARE-UP TEST BELT & DIRECT DRIVE rn CURB ASSEMBLIES LOCK & SPRING PIN 19 3/4 EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY 6 1/4' WHILE EXHAUSTING BURNING GREASE VAPORS NO. ON FAN WEIGHT ITEM SIZE 20' AT 600°F (316°C) FOR A PERIOD OF 15 MINUTES WITHOUT THE FAN BECOMING N 1 # 1 27 LBS Curb 19,500'W x 19,500"L x 20,000'H DAMAGED TO ANY EXTENT THAT COULD CAUSE �! 2" DRAIN AN UNSAFE CONDITI❑N. RAIN CAP OPTION 13 1/4 OPTIONS N UTILITY SET GREASE CUP f N DUCTWORK BETWEEN EXTRA SET OF BELTS ') RE13BD — HIGH TEMPERATURE HEAT & SMOKE ❑PTI❑N, Cq ® ® ® ® EXHAUST RISER ON HOOD RE13 — RAIN CAP ASSEMBLY — INCLUDES HARDWARE AND GASKET, ® � AND FAN (BY OTHERS) Z 38 5/817 1/2 z ® MEN aza u 19 1/2 IL N co 0) 19 1/2n 19 1/2" a� w' 0 N w CURB ~ U) 20" w Q 20 GAUGE z STEEL CONSTRUCTION 0 00 N 3" FLANGE ROOF OPENING / 17 1/2 DIMENSI❑NS 17 1/2 I � D C5 I � � d � 0 � S � U 0 i 3 � d (� Q N —� : n DATE: 5/22/2015 DWG.#: 8337572 DRAWN r an85 BY: y SCALE: 3/4" = 1 '-0" MASTER DRAWING SHEET NO. 1 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE: DuctWork #1 Parts — Job 2312097 Pizza Oven 2 Tag Part # CFM S.P. Weight Velocity QTY Description P1 DW0823DWLT-2R-S 0 21.49 1 Double Wall Duct - 8' Inner Duct, 23' long - 2 Layers Reduced Clearance - 12' Stainless Steel Outer Shell. P2 DW0847DWAJD-2R-S 0 50.87 1 Double Wall Adjustable Duct - 8' Inner Duct, 47' long - 2 Layers Reduced Clearance 9=HI - 12' Stainless Steel Outer Shell. P3 DW08DWTEASY-2R-S 24,00 1 Double Wall Duct - 8' Inner Tee Duct - 2 Layers Reduced Clearance - 12' Stainless I$ Steel Outer Shell. 3 g P4 DW08DWACCD❑❑RC❑V-2R-S 7,00 1 Double Wall Duct - 8' Inner Access Door & 12' Access Door Cover With Clamps - 2 ; E Layers Reduced Clearance - 12' Stainless Steel Outer Shell 0 k' Double Wall Duct - 8' Inner Duct Riser & 2 Degree Offset - 2 Layers Reduced ` P5 DW0802DW❑FFSETASY-2R-S 9.06 1 $ Clearance - 12 Stainless Steel Outer Shell, Double Wall Duct - 8' Inner Duct, 35' long - 2 Layers Reduced Clearance - 12' P6 DW0835DWLT-2R-S 0 33,61 1 a Stainless Steel Outer Shell. >_ Double Wall Adjustable Duct - 8' Inner Duct, 27' long - 2 Layers Reduced Clearance P7 DW0827DWAJD-2R-S 0 30.89 1 - 12' Stainless Steel Outer Shell, Double Wall Duct - 8' Inner Duct Riser & 2 Degree Offset - 2 Layers Reduced 00 P8 DW0802DW❑FFSETASY-2R-S 9.06 1 0 Clearance - 12' Stainless Steel Outer Shell, 2 Double Wall Duct - 8' Inner Tee Duct - 2 Layers Reduced Clearance - 12' Stainless -' P9 DW08DWTEASY-2R-S 24.00 1 Steel Outer Shell. Double Wall Adjustable Duct Transition Plate - 8' Inner Duct, 47' long - 2 Layers 00 P10 DW0847DWAJDTP-2R-S 0 50.87 1 Reduced Clearance - 12' Stainless Steel Outer Shell, P11 DW2408TP 12.00 1 Duct to Curb Transition, 24' Curb to 08' Duct, 16 GA Aluminized. Misc. non-standard C14 transition plate. N System at P11 0 -p' fLO P12 DW08DWACCD❑DRC❑V-2R-S 7.00 1 Double Wall Duct - 8' Inner Access Door & 12' Access Door Cover With Clamps - 2 v Layers Reduced Clearance - 12' Stainless Steel Outer Shell, 3M-2000PLUS 0.80 2 Duct - 3M Fire Barrier 2000 Plus Silicone - Used as sealant to Seal Duct Joints. LOrn DW08DWCLASY-2R-S 5.33 8 Duct - 8' Duct - 12' Double 'V' Clamp - 2R Insulation & Single 'V' Clamp Included - c� Reduced Clearance. N Double Wall Riser Cover - Used On 8' Inner Riser, 4' long - 2 Layers Reduced N DWI2DWRISER-2R-S 6.60 1 Clearance - 12' Stainless Steel Outer Riser Shell Assembly. Includes Insulation & Single V Clamps For Inner & Outer Connections. Iii Z Total Weight 1 1 1330.69 1 a 0 N co W O N ' W H co W DuctWork # 1 Top View �r Z Pizza Oven 2 .5., / 0 co N DuctWork # 1 Front View .,,,Sn• wm DuctWork # 1 Side View Pizza Oven 2 � f. Pizza Oven 2 << 92.09 MIMI 46,13±4.00" 1101. - d CD-) M «..,, , ............ f :'s5;•3 : .�/.. 5.:.. : ;» �t LL 5 . . / : : 5 / a >x i. ...:::.:....:.. 46.13±4.00' /i .<,...... .,,. f o CL) U ❑ 120.97 DuctWork # 1 SE View 92,70±5,00" ' Pizza Oven 2 3 z ........ N -N IN L� . 1207 9 cv 0 % M 7 ,01_+ 3,00" .--`-- ----`- «<..:., . ::;x:5•,:5.,. ..,.. :.. DATE: 5/22/2015 r 72.01±3.00„ �.:::..::::::.: ,:::55•;,< y:. DWG.#. ff, :r 2337572 72.01±3.00" .5 <: r/ DRAWN r n85 Y a SCALE: 92.70±5,00` 3/41) 1 0 f"' 46,13-4,00„ <`<`:.',,,,•f„ .:. MASTER DRAWING SHEET NO. 2 92,09